Mathematical Analysis Collection

Single and Multivariate Mathematical Analysis

From real numbers and limits to several variables and measure

Qiulin Fan · 2026

1 Introduction

This collection joins the single-variable MATH 451 notes with the multivariate MATH 395 notes. The reading path moves from the real-number system, sequences, continuity, differentiation, series, and Riemann integration to metric spaces, multivariable differentiation, implicit functions, change of variables, and an IBL transition toward Lebesgue measure.

The original course directories and their source manifests remain authoritative. This entry only composes their lecture notes and personal homework transcriptions for publication. Missing submissions and unfinished source proofs remain visibly missing rather than being reconstructed from checking-only material.

2 The real-number system

2.1 Set notation and the construction of ℕ

源页题记:「此课将使用以下 symbols」。

Definition 2.1 : Power set and indexed families
The power set of 𝑋 is 𝒫︀(𝑋)={𝐴:𝐴⊆𝑋}. 若 𝐼 是一个 set,且对每个 𝑖∈𝐼, 𝐴𝑖 是一个 set,则 {𝐴𝑖:𝑖∈𝐼} 是一个 indexed family of sets。

For such a family,

⋃𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖={𝑥:𝑥∈𝐴𝑖 for some 𝑖∈𝐼}

and

⋂𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖={𝑥:𝑥∈𝐴𝑖 for all 𝑖∈𝐼}.

The relative complement is 𝐴∖𝐵={𝑥∈𝐴:𝑥∉𝐵}. The source places these next to the inclusion chain

ℕ⊆ℤ⊆ℚ⊆ℝ⊆ℂ.

It annotates this chain with “given by God” below ℕ and “algebraically closed” below ℂ. The structural discussion distinguishes three approaches to fundamental issues:

  • naïve approach;
  • axiomatic approach; and
  • constructive approach (set theory, 582).

constructive approach 从 0=∅, 1={0}={∅}, 2={0,1}={∅,{∅}}, and 3={0,1,2} 构造 ℕ。本课程中 0∉ℕ。

Definition 2.2 : Inductive subset of ℝ

A set 𝐼⊆ℝ is inductive if:

  • 0∈𝐼; and
  • for every 𝑥∈ℝ, 𝑥∈𝐼 implies 𝑥+1∈𝐼.

Then ℕ=⋂{𝐼⊆ℝ:𝐼 is inductive} is the smallest inductive subset of ℝ; hence ℕ={1,2,3,…} under the course convention.

Definition 2.3 : Definitions by induction

For 𝑎∈ℝ and 𝑛∈ℕ, integer powers are fixed by 𝑎0=1 and 𝑎𝑛=𝑎𝑛−1𝑎. The factorial is fixed by 0!=1 and (𝑛+1)!=(𝑛+1)𝑛!.

The handout also records summation and product notation: ∑𝑘=1𝑛+1𝑎𝑘=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘+𝑎𝑛+1 and ∏𝑘=1𝑛+1𝑎𝑘=(∏𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘)𝑎𝑛+1.

The recalled identities are

  • ∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘=𝑛(𝑛+1)2;
  • ∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘2=𝑛(𝑛+1)2𝑛+16;
  • ∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑟𝑘=1−𝑟𝑛+11−𝑟 for 𝑟≠1;
  • (𝑛𝑘)=(𝑛−1𝑘)+(𝑛−1𝑘−1); and
  • (𝑎+𝑏)𝑛=∑𝑘=0𝑛(𝑛𝑘)𝑎𝑛−𝑘𝑏𝑘.

The source labels the last formula “Binomial Thm”.

2.2 Ordered fields and completeness

ℝ 是一个 ordered field:其 order 是 transitive、irreflexive 和 trichotomous。它满足 completeness axiom:每个非空且 bounded above 的 ℝ 的 subset 在 ℝ 中都有 supremum。这是 ℝ 的 geometric’‘ closure, 区别于 ℂ 的 algebraic closure。

Theorem 2.1 : The unique Complete ordered field
ℝ is the unique complete ordered field. Also, ℕ is the intersection of all inductive subsets of ℝ.

源页以混排写道:ℕ 有 + 和 ×,但没有 +−1;ℤ 有 +−1,但没有 ×−1;(ℚ,+,×,<) 才满足 ordered-field axioms。 随后标出 ℚ 的 algebraic deficiency’‘:有 rational coefficients 的 polynomial equation 却没有 rational root。例子是 𝑥2−2=0,旁注为 Pythagoras: 2 is irrational’‘。

Theorem 2.2 : Rational roots theorem
Let 𝑓(𝑥)=∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑥𝑘 with 𝑎𝑘∈ℤ and 𝑎0𝑎𝑛≠0. If 𝑟=𝑝𝑞 is a root, where 𝑝,𝑞∈ℤ are coprime and 𝑞≠0, then 𝑝|𝑎0 and 𝑞|𝑎𝑛.

Indeed, multiplying 0=𝑓(𝑝𝑞)=∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑎𝑘(𝑝𝑞)𝑘 by 𝑞𝑛 yields

𝑎0𝑞𝑛=−∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘𝑞𝑛−𝑘

and, symmetrically,

𝑎𝑛𝑝𝑛=−∑𝑘=0𝑛−1𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘𝑞𝑛−𝑘.

Thus 𝑝|𝑎0𝑞𝑛 and 𝑞|𝑎𝑛𝑝𝑛; coprimality and the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic give 𝑝|𝑎0 and 𝑞|𝑎𝑛. For 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2−2, the only possible rational roots would be in {−2,−1,1,2}, and none is a root.

Definition 2.4 : Algebraic and transcendental numbers
A complex number 𝑧 is algebraic if it is a root of a polynomial with coefficients in ℚ; otherwise 𝑧 is transcendental.

The examples in the source are 2 (a root of 𝑥2−2), 2+43 (a root of 𝑥6−6𝑥4+12𝑥2−12), 𝑖=−1 (a root of 𝑥2+1), and every 𝑞∈ℚ (a root of 𝑥−𝑞). The annotation is “𝜋 and 𝑒 are transcendental (hard to prove)”. The set of all algebraic numbers is denoted ℚ̄, the algebraic closure of ℚ, and is a field.

Definition 2.5 : Algebraically closed field
A field 𝐹 is algebraically closed if every polynomial of degree 𝑛 with coefficients in 𝐹 has 𝑛 roots in 𝐹, counting multiplicities.

Thus ℚ̄ is algebraically closed, and the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra says that ℂ is algebraically closed. 源页旁注以原来的 混排对照 algebraically closed’‘ 与 geometric deficiency (R.F. order theory)’‘:ℚ̄ 有一部分 real numbers 和一部分 non-real numbers,但缺少 ℝ 的 order-theoretic completeness。

2.3 Bounds, extrema, and intervals

Definition 2.6 : Upper/lower bounds and extrema

Let 𝑋 have a linear relation ≤, and let 𝐴⊆𝑋. A point 𝑏∈𝑋 is an upper bound of 𝐴 when 𝑎≤𝑏 for every 𝑎∈𝐴; then 𝐴 is bounded above in 𝑋. Lower bounds and bounded below are defined dually.

If 𝑏∈𝐴 is an upper bound, then 𝑏=max𝐴, the largest element of 𝐴. If 𝑏 is an upper bound and every upper bound 𝑢 satisfies 𝑢≥𝑏, then 𝑏=sup𝐴, the least upper bound (supremum). Dually one has min𝐴 and inf𝐴 (infimum).

The notes emphasize that 𝐴 may have no maxmin in 𝑋 and may have no supinf in 𝑋. If a maximum exists, it is unique: if 𝑎,𝑏=max𝐴, then 𝑎≤𝑏 and 𝑏≤𝑎, so 𝑎=𝑏.

Definition 2.7 : Bounded set and interval
𝐴⊆𝑋 is bounded in 𝑋 if it is both bounded above and bounded below. An interval 𝐼⊆𝑋 is a set such that whenever 𝑥,𝑦∈𝐼 and 𝑥≤𝑧≤𝑦, then 𝑧∈𝐼.

For a linear order, [𝑎,𝑏]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑎≤𝑥≤𝑏} and (𝑎,𝑏]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑎<𝑥≤𝑏}; similarly for the other endpoint choices. The convention on the page is [𝑎,∞)={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑥≥𝑎}, sup∅=−∞, and inf∅=+∞. The latter two are explicitly “not in ℝ”.

Examples from the page:

  • every finite 𝐴⊆ℝ is bounded and has a maximum and minimum;
  • ℕ, ℤ, and ℚ are not bounded above in ℝ;
  • ℕ is bounded below in ℝ, with infℕ=1 and its lower bounds (−∞,1];
  • inf(0,1)=inf[0,1]=0 and sup(0,1)=sup[0,1]=1;
  • min(0,1) does not exist, while min[0,1]=0;
  • for 𝐴={1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}, inf𝐴=0, sup𝐴=max𝐴=1, and min𝐴 does not exist.

If 𝑥 is an upper bound of 𝐴 in 𝑋, every 𝑦≥𝑥 in 𝑋 is an upper bound; lower bounds satisfy the dual statement. If 𝐴 has a maximum, then sup𝐴=max𝐴.

Theorem 2.3 : Completeness axiom and its dual
Every nonempty 𝐴⊆ℝ that is bounded above has sup𝐴∈ℝ. Equivalently, every nonempty 𝐴⊆ℝ bounded below has inf𝐴∈ℝ.

For the dual statement, let 𝐿 be the set of all lower bounds of 𝐴. Then sup𝐿∈ℝ, and inf𝐴=sup𝐿. Equivalently, with −𝐴={−𝑎:𝑎∈𝐴}, a nonempty set bounded below has inf𝐴=−sup(−𝐴).

源页称此为 LUB property’‘,并写道 geometrically complete ordered set 需要 LUB property’‘;从这个意义上 complete ordered field 就是 ℝ。In particular, 𝐴={𝑟∈ℚ:𝑟2<2} has sup𝐴=2 outside ℚ; this exhibits the geometric deficiency of both ℚ and ℚ̄.

2.4 Page-complete lecture record

The following preserves the remaining readable working, labels, and native schematics from the two source pages. It is intentionally kept in the source’s Chinese–English mixed language.

2.4.1 L01–Real–Num–System–I, p. 1

The sheet begins Instructor: Scott Schneider and records the four symbols power set, indexed family, indexed union, indexed intersection, and relative complement. Its number-system relationship is reconstructed as a native table; the labels given by god, ordered field, field, and algebraically closed occur at these positions.

It explicitly gives

𝒫︀(𝑋)={𝐴:𝐴⊆𝑋},⋃𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖={𝑥:𝑥∈𝐴𝑖 for some 𝑖∈𝐼},

⋂𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖={𝑥:𝑥∈𝐴𝑖 for all 𝑖∈𝐼},𝐴∖𝐵={𝑥∈𝐴:𝑥∉𝐵}.

If 𝐼 is a set and, for every 𝑖∈𝐼, 𝐴𝑖 is a set, then {𝐴𝑖:𝑖∈𝐼} is an indexed family of sets. The three approaches are The three approaches are (1) naive approach; (2) axiomatic approach; and (3) constructive approach (set theory, 582). Under Using constructive approach to build ℕ, it lists

0=∅,1={0}={∅},2={0,1}={∅,{∅}},3={0,1,2}={∅,{∅,{∅}}},….

In this class, 0∉ℕ. The inductive definition reads

𝐼⊆ℝ is inductive⇒0∈𝐼 and (∀𝑥∈ℝ)(𝑥∈𝐼⇒𝑥+1∈𝐼),

ℕ=⋂{𝐼:𝐼 is an inductive subset of ℝ}(smallest inductive subset),

followed by Then ℕ={1,2,3,…}. The recalled secondary-school formulas are, in the source order,

∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘=𝑛(𝑛+1)2,∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘2=𝑛(𝑛+1)2𝑛+16,

∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑟𝑘=1−𝑟𝑛+11−𝑟,(𝑛𝑘)=(𝑛−1𝑘)+(𝑛−1𝑘−1),

and, for all 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ, (𝑎+𝑏)𝑛=∑𝑘=0𝑛(𝑛𝑘)𝑎𝑛−𝑘𝑏𝑘 (Binomial Thm.). The induction definitions also state, for 𝑎∈ℝ,

𝑎0=1,𝑎𝑛=𝑎𝑛−1𝑎;0≠1,(𝑛+1)≠(𝑛+1)𝑛!,

∑𝑘=11𝑎𝑘=∏𝑘=11𝑎𝑘=𝑎1,

∑𝑘=1𝑛+1𝑎𝑘=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘+𝑎𝑛+1,∏𝑘=1𝑛+1𝑎𝑘=(∏𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘)𝑎𝑛+1.

The last lower-right note says that ℝ has the linear relation <, marked (1) transitive, irreflexive; (2) trichotomy, and the completeness axiom ∀𝑆⊆ℝ, 𝑆≠∅, sup𝑆∈ℝ.

2.4.2 L02–Real–Num–System–II, p. 1

The top note is ℝ is the unique complete ordered field (所有 complete ordered field 都同构 ℝ), and again ℕ is the intersection of all inductive subsets of ℝ. The deficiency table is retained in source order:

ℕ没有 +−1, ×−1
ℤ没有 ×−1
(ℚ,+,×,<)satisfies Axiom 1–14, so ℚ is an ordered field
ℚalgebraic deficiency: rational-coefficient algebraic equations can have no rational roots

For 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2−2, the page writes 𝑟=𝑝𝑞, 𝑝|−2, 𝑞|1, hence 𝑟∈{−2,−1,1,2}, and says these are not roots. Its complete calculation is

𝑓(𝑝𝑞)=∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑎𝑘(𝑝𝑞)𝑘=0,

∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘𝑞𝑛−𝑘=0,

𝑎0𝑞𝑛=−∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘𝑞𝑛−𝑘=𝑝(−∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘−1𝑞𝑛−𝑘)∈ℤ,

𝑎𝑛𝑝𝑛=𝑞(−∑𝑘=0𝑛−1𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑘𝑞𝑛−𝑘−1)∈ℤ.

By FTA and (𝑝,𝑞)=1, this yields 𝑝|𝑎0 and 𝑞|𝑎𝑛. The algebraic-number examples are: 2 is a root of 𝑥2−2; 2+43 is a root of 𝑥6−6𝑥4+12𝑥2−12; 𝑖=−1 is a root of 𝑥2+1; and every 𝑞∈ℚ is algebraic since it is a root of 𝑥−𝑞=0. 𝜋 and 𝑒 are transcendental (hard to prove). The set of all algebraic numbers is ℚ̄, which is a field, called the algebraic closure of ℚ.

An algebraically closed field is stated as: every polynomial of degree 𝑛 with coeffs in 𝐹 has 𝑛 roots in 𝐹 (counting multiplicities). Thus ℚ̄ is algebraically closed; by FTA, ℂ is algebraically closed. ℚ̄ has some irrational and some non-real numbers, but still has geometric deficiency (see order theory). The reminder is: an irreflexive, transitive partial order (≤) that also has trichotomy is a linear order (<).

2.4.3 L02–Real–Num–System–II, p. 2

For bounds, the sheet requires 𝐴⊆𝑋, 𝑏∈𝑋, and a linear relation on 𝑋:

𝑏 is an upper bound of 𝐴⇒(∀𝑎∈𝐴)𝑎≤𝑏,

𝑏=max𝐴⇒𝑏∈𝐴 and 𝑏 is an upper bound,

𝑏=sup𝐴⇒𝑏 is an upper bound and (∀𝑢 upper bound of 𝐴)𝑢≥𝑏.

Similarly we have lower bound, bounded below, min𝐴, infimum (inf𝐴). Its proof of uniqueness is 𝑎,𝑏=max𝐴⇒𝑎≤𝑏,𝑏≤𝑎⇒𝑎=𝑏. An interval is

𝐼⊆𝑋 is an interval⇒𝑥,𝑦∈𝐼,𝑥<𝑧<𝑦⇒𝑧∈𝐼.

It records [𝑎,𝑏]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑎≤𝑥≤𝑏} and (𝑎,𝑏]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑎<𝑥≤𝑏}, then the convention [𝑎,∞)={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑥≥𝑎}, sup∅=−∞, inf∅=+∞ (They are not in ℝ). The listed examples are:

  • Every finite 𝐴⊆ℝ is bounded and has max,min.
  • ℕ,ℤ,ℚ are not bounded above in ℝ.
  • ℕ is bounded below in ℝ, infℕ=1, and all lower bounds of ℕ in ℝ are (−∞,1].
  • inf(0,1)=inf[0,1]=0, sup(0,1)=sup[0,1]=1, min(0,1) and max(0,1) DNE, while min[0,1]=0, max[0,1]=1.
  • For 𝐴={1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}, min𝐴 DNE, inf𝐴=0, max𝐴=sup𝐴=1.

If 𝑥 is a UB of 𝐴 in 𝑋, every 𝑦≥𝑥 in 𝑋 is a UB (LB similarly); if 𝐴 has a maximum then max𝐴=sup𝐴. The LUB property is: if 𝐴⊆𝑋 is not empty, then sup𝐴∈𝑋; an ordered set with it is geometrically complete, and an ordered field with it is a complete ordered field. The handwritten example is

𝐴={𝑟∈ℚ:𝑟2<2}⇒sup𝐴=2∉ℚ,

and it closes: ℚ and ℚ̄ have geometric deficiency, whereas ℝ is a complete ordered field (but has algebraic deficiency).

3 Functions, countability, and metric spaces

3.1 Archimedean facts and metric spaces

源页问 一个 field 既 algebraically closed 又 geometrically closed’‘。 答案是 ℂ:both algebraically and geometrically closed (topologically)’‘; 但 ℂ 不是 ordered field。作业旁注是 impossible to define linear order on ℂ’‘。尽管 ℝ 的 completeness axiom 用 order 表述,后面会从 Cauchy sequences 得到一个不依赖 order 的版本。

Theorem 3.4 : Useful supremum test
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ and 𝑙∈ℝ. Then 𝑙=sup𝐴 if and only if 𝑙 is an upper bound of 𝐴 and, for every 𝜀>0, there exists 𝑎∈𝐴 with 𝑙−𝜀<𝑎≤𝑙.

The Chinese explanation is: “只要下移一点点,就会超进去”. For a set bounded below, if 𝐿 is its set of lower bounds, then inf𝐴=sup𝐿; equivalently, inf𝐴=−sup(−𝐴).

Theorem 3.5 : Copies of ℕ, ℤ, and ℚ
Every ordered field 𝐹 contains copies of ℕ, ℤ, and ℚ: 1𝐹, 2𝐹=1𝐹+1𝐹, and so on give ℕ; additive inverses give ℤ; and 𝑝𝐹𝑞𝐹 gives ℚ.
Theorem 3.6 : Archimedean properties

In an Archimedean ordered field 𝐹:

  • for every 𝑥∈𝐹, there is 𝑛∈ℕ with 𝑥<𝑛;
  • for every 𝑥>0 in 𝐹, there is 𝑛∈ℕ with 1𝑛<𝑥;
  • for every 𝑥∈𝐹, there is 𝑛∈ℤ with 𝑛−1≤𝑥≤𝑛;
  • equivalently, for 𝑥,𝑦>0 in 𝐹, there is 𝑛∈ℕ with 𝑛𝑦>𝑥.

这些 characterizations 给出 ℚ 的 density:

∀𝑥<𝑦∈𝐹,∃𝑟∈ℚ:𝑥<𝑟<𝑦.

取 𝑛 使 𝑛(𝑦−𝑥)>2,再取 𝑚∈ℤ 使 𝑛𝑥<𝑚<𝑛𝑦,于是 𝑥<𝑚𝑛<𝑦。所以任意两个 reals 之间有 infinitely many rational points。 源页还写 ℝ∖ℚ is also dense in ℝ (hw)‘’。

Theorem 3.7 : ℝ is Archimedean
ℝ is an Archimedean ordered field.

若 ℕ 有 upper bound,令 𝑠=supℕ。则 𝑠−1 不是 upper bound,故某个 𝑛∈ℕ 满足 𝑠−1<𝑛。于是 𝑠<𝑛+1,但 𝑛+1∈ℕ,矛盾。源页给出 ℝ(𝑥)(rational functions)和 𝑝-adic fields ℚ𝑝 作为 non-Archimedean examples,并写道: “there is a consistent and rigorous way to do calculus with infinitesimals (non-standard analysis)”.

Definition 3.8 : Absolute value
For 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ, −|𝑎|≤𝑎≤|𝑎|, |𝑎|=𝑎2, |𝑎𝑏|=|𝑎||𝑏|, and |𝑎+𝑏|≤|𝑎|+|𝑏|. Consequently ||𝑎|−|𝑏||≤|𝑎−𝑏|.

The proof of the triangle inequality squares both sides: (𝑎+𝑏)2≤𝑎2+2|𝑎||𝑏|+𝑏2=(|𝑎|+|𝑏|)2. The extended form is |∑𝑖=1𝑛𝑎𝑖|≤∑𝑖=1𝑛|𝑎𝑖|.

Definition 3.9 : Metric and Metric space

A metric on 𝑋 is a map 𝑑:𝑋×𝑋→ℝ such that, for all 𝑎,𝑏,𝑐∈𝑋:

  • 𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)≥0, with equality if and only if 𝑎=𝑏;
  • 𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)=𝑑(𝑏,𝑎); and
  • 𝑑(𝑎,𝑐)≤𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)+𝑑(𝑏,𝑐).

The pair (𝑋,𝑑) is a metric space.

Theorem 3.8 : Euclidean metric
For every 𝑘∈ℕ, ℝ𝑘 is a metric space under 𝑑((𝑥),(𝑦))=‖(𝑥)−(𝑦)‖, where (𝑥)⋅(𝑦)=∑𝑖=1𝑘𝑥𝑖𝑦𝑖 and ‖(𝑥)‖=(𝑥)⋅(𝑥).

Cauchy–Schwarz, |(𝑥)⋅(𝑦)|≤‖(𝑥)‖‖(𝑦)‖, follows by expanding ‖𝜆(𝑥)−(𝑦)‖2≥0 and taking 𝜆=(𝑥)⋅(𝑦)‖(𝑥)‖2 when (𝑥)≠0. The metric triangle inequality then follows from (𝑥)−(𝑦)=((𝑥)−(𝑧))+((𝑧)−(𝑦)).

3.2 Functions

The lecture begins with

[𝑎,𝑏]=⋂𝑛∈ℕ(𝑎−1𝑛,𝑏+1𝑛)

and

(𝑎,𝑏)=⋃𝑛∈ℕ[𝑎+1𝑛,𝑏−1𝑛].

It records inf(𝐴∪𝐵)=min(inf𝐴,inf𝐵), sup(𝐴∪𝐵)=max(sup𝐴,sup𝐵), sup(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐sup𝐴 for 𝑐>0, sup(−𝐴)=−inf𝐴, and sup(𝐴+𝐵)=sup𝐴+sup𝐵. The warning is sup(𝐴𝐵)≠sup𝐴sup𝐵 in general.

Definition 3.10 : Function, domain, codomain, image

一个 function 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 是 𝑓⊆𝑋×𝑌 的 subset,且对每个 𝑥∈𝑋,恰有一个 𝑦∈𝑌 满足 (𝑥,𝑦)∈𝑓。 Write dom(𝑓)=𝑋, cod(𝑓)=𝑌, and im(𝑓)=ran(𝑓)={𝑓(𝑥):𝑥∈𝑋}⊆𝑌.

For 𝐴⊆𝑋 and 𝐵⊆𝑌, 𝑓[𝐴]={𝑓(𝑎)∈𝑌:𝑎∈𝐴} and 𝑓−1[𝐵]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑓(𝑥)∈𝐵}.

源页 examples 为 𝑥↦𝑥2 on ℝ、𝑥↦1𝑥 on ℝ∖{0}、the supremum function from 𝒫︀(ℝ) to ℝ∪{+∞,−∞}, the harmonic function 𝑛↦1𝑛, and Dirichlet’s function 𝐷(𝑥)=1 for 𝑥∈ℚ and 𝐷(𝑥)=0 for 𝑥∈ℝ∖ℚ.

The handout “More Joy of Sets” retains its English terminology: “map” and “mapping” are synonyms for function; domain/source and codomain/target space are dom(𝑓) and cod(𝑓); an input variable is independent and an output variable dependent. The pointwise notation is 𝑥↦𝑓(𝑥).

For image and inverse image:

  • 𝑓[𝑓−1[𝐶]]⊆𝐶 and 𝑓−1[𝑓[𝐴]]⊇𝐴;
  • 𝑓[𝐴∪𝐵]=𝑓[𝐴]∪𝑓[𝐵];
  • 𝑓[𝐴∩𝐵]⊆𝑓[𝐴]∩𝑓[𝐵];
  • 𝑓[𝐴∖𝐵]⊇𝑓[𝐴]∖𝑓[𝐵];
  • inverse images preserve union, intersection, and difference exactly.

The identity is id𝑋:𝑋→𝑋, id𝑋(𝑥)=𝑥. Composition is (𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥)=𝑔(𝑓(𝑥)) and is associative.

Definition 3.11 : Inverse, injection, surjection, bijection
An inverse of 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 is 𝑔:𝑌→𝑋 with 𝑔∘𝑓=id𝑋 and 𝑓∘𝑔=id𝑌. A function is injective if 𝑥≠𝑥′ implies 𝑓(𝑥)≠𝑓(𝑥′), surjective if each 𝑦∈𝑌 has a preimage, and bijective if it is both.
Theorem 3.9 : Invertibility criterion
A function is invertible if and only if it is bijective.

If 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 and 𝑔:𝑌→𝑍, composition preserves injectivity, surjectivity, and bijectivity; if 𝑔∘𝑓 is injective, 𝑓 is injective, and if it is surjective, 𝑔 is surjective. The source’s graph remark is that horizontal lines meet an injective real graph at most once and a surjective one at least once.

The restriction of 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 to 𝐴⊆𝑋 is the map 𝐴→𝑌 which agrees with 𝑓 on 𝐴. Thus 𝑥↦𝑥2 on ℝ is neither injective nor surjective, its restriction to [0,∞) is injective, and [0,∞)→[0,∞), 𝑥↦𝑥2, is bijective.

list 记住 order 和 repetition: (𝑁,𝐴,𝑆,𝐴)≠(𝑁,𝐴,𝑆) and (𝑁,𝐴,𝑆)≠(𝑁,𝑆,𝐴). An 𝑛-tuple is (𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛). The Cartesian product is 𝑋×𝑌={(𝑥,𝑦):𝑥∈𝑋 and 𝑦∈𝑌}, while ℝ𝑛 is both a Cartesian product and a vector space. The graph is graph(𝑓)={(𝑥,𝑦)∈𝑋×𝑌:𝑓(𝑥)=𝑦}, and the rigorous ordered-pair encoding is (𝑥,𝑦)={{𝑥},{𝑥,𝑦}}.

3.3 Cardinality and countability

Definition 3.12 : Cardinality and countability

𝑋 is finite if |𝑋|=𝑛 for some 𝑛∈ℕ, and infinite if an injection ℕ→𝑋 exists. Write 𝑋≤𝑌 for an injection 𝑋→𝑌, and 𝑋≈𝑌 for a bijection.

𝑋 is countably infinite if 𝑋≈ℕ; it is countable if 𝑋≤ℕ.

The example ℕ≈ℤ maps an odd 𝑛 to 𝑛−12 and an even 𝑛 to −𝑛2; it is bijective.

Theorem 3.10 : Cantor–Schröder–Bernstein
If 𝑋≤𝑌 and 𝑌≤𝑋, then 𝑋≈𝑌.
Theorem 3.11 : Cantor diagonal arguments
ℚ is countable, ℝ is uncountable, and every set 𝑋 satisfies |𝒫︀(𝑋)|>|𝑋|.

Rationals are diagonally enumerated as pairs (𝑚,𝑛)∈ℤ×ℤ, 𝑛≠0. If 𝑓:ℕ→[0,1] were surjective, choose decimal 0.𝑑1𝑑2… whose 𝑛th digit differs from the 𝑛th digit of 𝑓(𝑛); it is not in the range. More generally, for 𝑓:𝑋→𝒫︀(𝑋), 𝐷={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑥∉𝑓(𝑥)} cannot equal 𝑓(𝑥0) for any 𝑥0. The page notes ℂ≈ℝ2 and calls the assertion that no cardinality lies strictly between ℕ and ℝ the continuum hypothesis.

Theorem 3.12 : Countable products and unions
If 𝐴1,…,𝐴𝑛 are countable, then 𝐴1×…×𝐴𝑛 is countable. If 𝐼 is countable and every 𝐴𝑖 is countable, then ⋃𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖 is countable.

For the product, injections 𝑓𝑖:𝐴𝑖→ℕ yield

𝑓(𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑛)=∏𝑖=1𝑛𝑝𝑖𝑓𝑖(𝑎𝑖),

an injection by unique prime factorization. For the union, take a surjection 𝑓:ℕ→𝐼, surjections 𝑓𝑛:ℕ→𝐴𝑓(𝑛), and a surjection ℎ:ℕ→ℕ×ℕ with ℎ(𝑛)=(𝑛1,𝑛2); then 𝑔(𝑛)=𝑓𝑛1(𝑛2) is surjective onto the union.

最后,(𝑎,𝑏) 包含 uncountably many irrational numbers:若其 irrational part countable,与 (𝑎,𝑏)∩ℚ 的 union 会使 (𝑎,𝑏) countable。手写结论为 ℚ̄ is countable,so there are uncountably many transcendental numbers。

3.4 Page-complete lecture record

3.4.1 L03–Archimedean-property&Metric-Space, p. 1

The review first says ℚ̄ is algebraically closed and ℝ is geometrically closed, but ℚ̄≠ℝ and ℝ≠ℚ̄. The written question is “can we find a both-closed field?” Answer: yes, ℂ; “ℂ is both algebraically and geometrically closed (topologically)”. However, “ℂ is not an ordered field” and the homework is “impossible to define linear order on ℂ”. The note asks how ℂ can be geometrically complete if the completeness axiom for ℝ is based on order; answer: define an order-free axiom with Cauchy sequences (next week).

The dual completeness statement is written and proved twice:

𝐴⊆ℝ,𝐴≠∅,𝐴 bounded below⇒∃inf𝐴∈ℝ.

First let 𝐿 be the set of all lower bounds of 𝐴; completeness gives sup𝐿∈ℝ, and the goal is sup𝐿=inf𝐴. Second define −𝐴={−𝑎:𝑎∈𝐴}; then −𝐴≠∅ and, since 𝐴 is bounded below, −𝐴 is bounded above, and inf𝐴=−sup(−𝐴).

The useful supremum fact is stated as

𝑙=sup𝐴⇒𝑙 is a UB of 𝐴 and (∀𝜀>0)(∃𝑎∈𝐴)(𝑙−𝜀<𝑎≤𝑙).

The source’s number-line schematic is equivalently rendered by

and its Chinese explanation is “只要下移一点点,就会超进去”. It also records the “wrong” Newton/Leibniz definition 𝜀>0 is infinitesimal exactly when (∀𝑛∈ℕ)𝜀≤1𝑛, then asks “这边 infinitesimal 吗?” The answer depends on the definition of ℝ; according to axioms 1–15, “NO!”, and the present proof uses the Archimedean property of ℝ.

For every ordered field 𝐹, the page constructs its copies of ℕ,ℤ,ℚ: 1𝐹, 2𝐹=1𝐹+1𝐹, 3𝐹=1𝐹+1𝐹+1𝐹,…; then 0𝐹−1𝐹,−2𝐹=0𝐹−1𝐹−1𝐹,…; and finally (𝑝𝑞)𝐹=𝑝𝐹𝑞𝐹. The Archimedean properties are listed exactly as

∀𝑥∈𝐹,∃𝑛∈ℕ:𝑥<𝑛;

∀𝑥>0∈𝐹,∃𝑛∈ℕ:1𝑛<𝑥;

∀𝑥∈𝐹,∃𝑛∈ℤ:𝑛−1≤𝑥<𝑛;

∀𝑥,𝑦>0∈𝐹,∃𝑛∈ℕ:𝑛𝑦>𝑥.

3.4.2 L03–Archimedean-property&Metric-Space, p. 2

The page observes that (4) implies (1) by taking 𝑦=1, while (1) implies (4): given 𝑥,𝑦>0, choose 𝑛>𝑥𝑦. It states density in the mixed wording “ℚ 在 𝐹 中稠密性:∀𝑥<𝑦∈𝐹,∃𝑟∈ℚ s.t. 𝑥<𝑟<𝑦”. The complete working is

𝑥<𝑦⇒𝑦−𝑥>0; choose 𝑛∈ℕ with 𝑛(𝑦−𝑥)>2; by the integer property choose 𝑚∈ℤ with 𝑛𝑥<𝑚<𝑛𝑦; hence 𝑥<𝑚𝑛<𝑦.

The native number-line schematic on the sheet has the rational point between the endpoints:

The conclusion is “there are infinitely many rational pts between 𝑥,𝑦”; also “ℝ∖ℚ is also dense in ℝ (hw)”. It contrasts ℝ and ℚ as Archimedean with non-Archimedean ordered fields, giving ℝ(𝑥) (all real functions) and 𝑝-adic fields ℚ𝑝. The full proof of “ℝ is an Archimedean ordered field” is: suppose ∃𝑥∈ℝ such that no 𝑛∈ℕ has 𝑥<𝑛. Then 𝑥 is a UB of ℕ, so supℕ∈ℝ. Since supℕ−1 is not a UB, some 𝑛∈ℕ satisfies supℕ−1<𝑛, hence supℕ<𝑛+1, contradicting 𝑛+1∈ℕ. The source then says, “尽管 infinitesimal 在 real line 上不存在, there is a consistent and rigorous way to do calculus with infinitesimals (non-standard analysis).”

The absolute-value list is

−|𝑎|≤𝑎≤|𝑎|,|𝑎|=𝑎2,|𝑎𝑏|=|𝑎‖𝑏|,

|𝑎+𝑏|≤|𝑎|+|𝑏|,|𝑎−𝑏|≥‖𝑎|−|𝑏‖.

For the triangle inequality it writes

|𝑎+𝑏|2=(𝑎+𝑏)2=𝑎2+2𝑎𝑏+𝑏2≤𝑎2+2|𝑎‖𝑏|+𝑏2=(|𝑎|+|𝑏|)2,

then |𝑎+𝑏|≤|𝑎|+|𝑏|. The extension is

∀𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑛∈ℝ,|∑𝑖=1𝑛𝑎𝑖|≤∑𝑖=1𝑛|𝑎𝑖|.

A metric is a function 𝑑:𝑋×𝑋→ℝ with (i) 𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)≥0 and 𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)=0⇒𝑎=𝑏, (ii) 𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)=𝑑(𝑏,𝑎), and (iii) 𝑑(𝑎,𝑐)≤𝑑(𝑎,𝑏)+𝑑(𝑏,𝑐). If it satisfies the triangular property, 𝑑 is a metric and 𝑋 is a metric space; hence absolute value makes ℝ a metric space.

3.4.3 L03–Archimedean-property&Metric-Space, p. 3

For 𝑘∈ℕ, the source writes

ℝ𝑘={(𝑥)=(𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑘):𝑥𝑖∈ℝ,1≤𝑖≤𝑘},

(𝑥)⋅(𝑦)=∑𝑖=1𝑘𝑥𝑖𝑦𝑖,‖(𝑥)‖=(𝑥)⋅(𝑥),

and 𝑑((𝑥),(𝑦))=‖(𝑥)−(𝑦)‖. The proofs of positivity and symmetry are explicitly ∑𝑖=1𝑘(𝑥𝑖−𝑦𝑖)2>0 if (𝑥)≠(𝑦) (and =0 exactly when equal), and ∑𝑖=1𝑘(𝑥𝑖−𝑦𝑖)2=∑𝑖=1𝑘(𝑦𝑖−𝑥𝑖)2.

For Cauchy–Schwarz, (𝜆(𝑥)−(𝑦))2≥0 gives

𝜆2‖(𝑥)‖2−2𝜆(𝑥)⋅(𝑦)+‖(𝑦)‖2≥0.

Take 𝜆=(𝑥)⋅(𝑦)‖(𝑥)‖2 when (𝑥)≠0, giving

((𝑥)⋅(𝑦))2‖(𝑥)‖2≤‖(𝑦)‖2,

hence ‖(𝑥)‖‖(𝑦)‖≥(𝑥)⋅(𝑦). For the triangle inequality, let (𝑎)=(𝑥)−(𝑦), (𝑏)=(𝑥)−(𝑧), (𝑐)=(𝑧)−(𝑦), so (𝑎)=(𝑏)+(𝑐); then

(‖(𝑏)‖+‖(𝑐)‖)2=‖(𝑏)‖2+2‖(𝑏)‖‖(𝑐)‖+‖(𝑐)‖2

≥‖(𝑏)‖2+2(𝑏)⋅(𝑐)+‖(𝑐)‖2=‖(𝑏)+(𝑐)‖2=‖(𝑥)−(𝑦)‖2.

3.4.4 L04(1)–Function&Countability, pp. 1–3

The review uses the two native interval relationships

[𝑎,𝑏]=⋂𝑛∈ℕ(𝑎−1𝑛,𝑏+1𝑛),(𝑎,𝑏)=⋃𝑛∈ℕ[𝑎+1𝑛,𝑏−1𝑛]

and the Archimedean test: in any ordered field, (∀𝜀>0,|𝑎−𝑏|<𝜀)⇒𝑎=𝑏; in an Archimedean ordered field it suffices that (∀𝑛∈ℕ,|𝑎−𝑏|<1𝑛)⇒𝑎=𝑏. It then lists inf𝐴≤sup𝐴, inf(𝐴∪𝐵)=min(inf𝐴,inf𝐵), sup(𝐴∪𝐵)=max(sup𝐴,sup𝐵), sup(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐sup𝐴 for 𝑐>0, sup(−𝐴)=−inf𝐴, sup(𝐴+𝐵)=sup𝐴+sup𝐵, and sup(𝐴𝐵)≠sup(𝐴)sup(𝐵).

The “blobs and arrows” function diagram is rebuilt natively:

Its exact definition is 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌, 𝑓⊆𝑋×𝑌, and (∀𝑥∈𝑋)(∃!𝑦∈𝑌) such that (𝑥,𝑦)∈𝑓; it calls 𝑋=dom(𝑓), 𝑌=cod(𝑓), and im(𝑓)=ran(𝑓)={𝑓(𝑥):𝑥∈𝑋}⊆cod(𝑓). It gives 𝑓[𝐴]={𝑓(𝑥)∈cod(𝑓):𝑥∈𝐴} and 𝑓−1[𝐵]={𝑥∈dom(𝑓):𝑓(𝑥)∈𝐵}. The explicit examples are the squaring function, reciprocal function ℝ∖{0}→ℝ∖{0}, supremum function 𝒫︀(ℝ)→ℝ∪{+∞,−∞}, harmonic function ℕ→ℝ, ℎ(𝑛)=1𝑛, and Dirichlet’s function 𝐷(𝑥)=0 for 𝑥∈ℝ∖ℚ, 𝐷(𝑥)=1 for 𝑥∈ℚ.

Its two-level function sketch is retained natively:

For cardinality, “finite” means ∃𝑛∈ℕ such that 𝑋 has 𝑛 elements, denoted |𝑋|=𝑛; “infinite” means an injection ℕ→𝑋. 𝑋≤𝑌 means an injection and 𝑋≈𝑌 a bijection. The homework remark is 𝑋≤𝑌 iff there is an injection 𝑋→𝑌, not merely a surjection 𝑌→𝑋. The ℕ≈ℤ bijection is 𝑓(𝑛)=𝑛−12 for odd 𝑛 and 𝑓(𝑛)=𝑛2 for even 𝑛, with table 1↦0, 2↦1, 3↦−1, 4↦2, 5↦−2, 6↦3, dots. “Countably infinite” means 𝑋≈ℕ; “countable” means 𝑋≤ℕ, equivalently a surjection ℕ→𝑋.

The lattice diagram for ℚ is retained natively. View 𝑚𝑛 as (𝑚,𝑛)∈ℤ×ℤ, 𝑛≠0, and enumerate the lattice by increasingly large finite squares, omitting repetitions; this yields a surjection ℕ→ℚ. Cantor’s proof writes any proposed 𝑓:ℕ→[0,1] as 𝑓(𝑛)=0.𝑛1𝑛2𝑛3…, chooses 𝑥=0.𝑑1𝑑2𝑑3… with 𝑑𝑛≠𝑛th digit of 𝑓(𝑛), and concludes 𝑥≠𝑓(𝑛) for every 𝑛, so [0,1] and ℝ are uncountable.

The power-set proof defines, for 𝑓:𝑋→𝒫︀(𝑋),

𝐷={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑥∉𝑓(𝑥)}∈𝒫︀(𝑋).

If 𝐷=𝑓(𝑥0), then 𝑥0∈𝐷 iff 𝑥0∉𝐷, a contradiction. The page then asks whether there are cardinalities larger than ℝ and answers ℂ≈ℝ2 (though ℂ≠ℝ); whether there are cardinalities strictly between ℕ and ℝ remains unknown, and the assertion that there are none is the continuum hypothesis. The final theorem says finite products of countable sets are countable and, for countable 𝐼, a family {𝐴𝑖:𝑖∈𝐼} of countable sets has countable union; the final application is that (𝑎,𝑏) has uncountably many irrationals and ℚ̄ is countable, hence there are uncountably many transcendental numbers.

3.4.5 L04(2)–Handout–Function, pp. 1–4

“More Joy of Sets” says it continues the basic-set-theory summary from “The Joy of Sets”, with special emphasis on FUNCTIONS. It explains that a function from 𝑋 to 𝑌 assigns each 𝑥∈𝑋 a unique 𝑦∈𝑌; 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 is read “𝑓 maps 𝑋 to 𝑌”. Map/mapping are synonyms for function; 𝑋 is domain/source and 𝑌 codomain/target space. The pointwise arrow is 𝑥↦𝑓(𝑥); a rule’s input variable is independent and output variable dependent. A footnote says (𝑥)𝑓 might have been better notation for a left-to-right reader, but mathematical convention writes 𝑓(𝑥).

The image is im(𝑓)={𝑓(𝑥):𝑥∈𝑋}; for subsets, 𝑓[𝐴]={𝑓(𝑎)∈𝑌:𝑎∈𝐴} and 𝑓−1[𝐵]={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑓(𝑥)∈𝐵}. The complete displayed list is

𝑓[𝑓−1[𝐶]]⊆𝐶;𝑓−1[𝑓[𝐴]]⊇𝐴;

𝑓[𝐴∪𝐵]=𝑓[𝐴]∪𝑓[𝐵];𝑓[𝐴∩𝐵]⊆𝑓[𝐴]∩𝑓[𝐵];

𝑓[𝐴∖𝐵]⊇𝑓[𝐴]∖𝑓[𝐵];

𝑓−1[𝐶∪𝐷]=𝑓−1[𝐶]∪𝑓−1[𝐷];

𝑓−1[𝐶∩𝐷]=𝑓−1[𝐶]∩𝑓−1[𝐷];𝑓−1[𝐶∖𝐷]=𝑓−1[𝐶]∖𝑓−1[𝐷].

The identity example is id𝑋:𝑋→𝑋, id𝑋(𝑥)=𝑥. It gives the power-set example 𝒫︀:𝑉→𝑉, 𝒫︀(𝑋)={𝑌:𝑌⊆𝑋}, then composition: if 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌, 𝑔:𝑌→𝑍, (𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥)=𝑔(𝑓(𝑥)), and ℎ𝑔∘𝑓̊=(ℎ∘𝑔)∘𝑓. Composition is read backwards: “𝑔∘𝑓 means first apply 𝑓, then apply 𝑔”.

An inverse 𝑔:𝑌→𝑋 satisfies 𝑔∘𝑓=id𝑋 and 𝑓∘𝑔=id𝑌; if it exists it is unique and is denoted 𝑓−1. Definitions are injective (𝑥≠𝑥′ implies 𝑓(𝑥)≠𝑓(𝑥′)), surjective ((∀𝑦∈𝑌)(∃𝑥∈𝑋)𝑦=𝑓(𝑥)), and bijective (both); the theorem is “for any function 𝑓, 𝑓 is invertible iff 𝑓 is bijective”. The sheet adds: equal functions require the same domain and codomain; 𝑓 restricted to 𝐴⊆𝑋 is 𝑔:𝐴→𝑌, 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥), written 𝑓|𝐴 or res𝐴𝑓; a function 𝑋→im(𝑓) with the same rule is surjective. For real graphs, injective means every horizontal line meets at most once; surjective means every horizontal line meets at least once. The squaring function example and its [0,∞) restriction have the same statements as above.

A list is a finite ordered set: (𝑁,𝐴,𝑆,𝐴)≠(𝑁,𝐴,𝑆) and (𝑁,𝐴,𝑆)≠(𝑁,𝑆,𝐴); order and repetition matter. A list of length 𝑛 is 𝐿=(𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛)=(𝑥𝑘:1≤𝑘≤𝑛); equal lists have the same length and entries in the same order. A sequence is an infinite ordered set ordered like ℕ. Cartesian products are

𝑋×𝑌={(𝑥,𝑦):𝑥∈𝑋 and 𝑦∈𝑌},

𝑋1×…×𝑋𝑛={(𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛):𝑥𝑘∈𝑋𝑘 for each 1≤𝑘≤𝑛},

with ℝ2=ℝ×ℝ={(𝑎,𝑏):𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ} and generally ℝ𝑛 the set of 𝑛-tuples. It gives graph(exp)={(𝑥,𝑦)∈ℝ2:𝑒𝑥=𝑦} and the familiar increasing exponential sketch through (0,1); generally graph(𝑓)={(𝑥,𝑦)∈𝑋×𝑌:𝑓(𝑥)=𝑦}. The rigorous definition is then repeated: a function is its graph, and (𝑥,𝑦)={{𝑥},{𝑥,𝑦}}; this has (𝑎,𝑏)=(𝑐,𝑑)⇒𝑎=𝑐 and 𝑏=𝑑.

3.4.6 L04(3)–Handout–Countability, pp. 1–2

The Cantor–Schröder–Bernstein proof is reproduced in full. Given injective 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 and 𝑔:𝑌→𝑋, define 𝜑:𝒫︀(𝑋)→𝒫︀(𝑋) by

𝜑(𝐴)=𝑋∖(𝑔[𝑌∖𝑓[𝐴]]).

Put 𝐴0=∅, 𝐴𝑛+1=𝜑(𝐴𝑛), and 𝐴=⋃𝑛𝐴𝑛. Define

ℎ(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥) for 𝑥∈𝐴, while ℎ(𝑥)=𝑔−1(𝑥) for 𝑥∈𝑋∖𝐴.

Using De Morgan and preservation of unions/intersections by forward images of injective functions,

𝜑(𝐴)=𝑋∖𝑔[𝑌∖𝑓[⋃𝑛𝐴𝑛]]

=𝑋∖𝑔[⋂𝑛(𝑌∖𝑓[𝐴𝑛])=⋃𝑛(𝑋∖𝑔[𝑌∖𝑓[𝐴𝑛]])

=⋃𝑛𝜑(𝐴𝑛)=⋃𝑛𝐴𝑛+1=𝐴.

Thus 𝑋∖𝐴=𝑔[𝑌∖𝑓[𝐴]], which makes ℎ bijective.

For countable products, injections 𝑓𝑖:𝐴𝑖→ℕ produce

𝑓(𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑛)=∏𝑖=1𝑛𝑝𝑖𝑓𝑖(𝑎𝑖),

where 𝑝𝑖 is the 𝑖th prime; FTA makes it injective. For countable unions, take a surjection 𝑓:ℕ→𝐼, for each 𝑛 a surjection 𝑓𝑛:ℕ→𝐴𝑓(𝑛), and a surjection ℎ:ℕ→ℕ×ℕ, ℎ(𝑛)=(𝑛1,𝑛2). Then 𝑔(𝑛)=𝑓𝑛1(𝑛2) is surjective onto ⋃𝑖∈𝐼𝐴𝑖.

4 Sequences and metric topology

4.1 Sequences and elementary limits

Definition 4.13 : Sequence
一个 sequence 是一个 function,其 domain 为某个 𝑛0∈ℤ 的 {𝑛∈ℤ:𝑛≥𝑛0};其 values 称为 terms。For 𝑠:ℕ→ℝ,write 𝑠𝑛、(𝑠𝑛)𝑛∈ℕ,or (𝑠𝑛)1∞。

源页强调 order matters in seq.!!‘’。其 examples 是 constant sequence (0,0,0,…)、harmonic sequence (1𝑛)𝑛∈ℕ、 (2−𝑛)𝑛∈ℕ∪{0}, the Fibonacci sequence 𝑠1=𝑠2=1, 𝑠𝑛+2=𝑠𝑛+1+𝑠𝑛, ((−1)𝑛)𝑛∈ℕ, decimal approximations to 𝜋, and (1+1𝑛)𝑛.

Definition 4.14 : Convergence in ℝ
A sequence (𝑠𝑛) converges to 𝑙∈ℝ if, for every 𝜀>0, there is 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑠𝑛−𝑙|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Write lim𝑛→∞𝑠𝑛=𝑙 or 𝑠𝑛→𝑙.

不存在 𝑙∈ℝ 使其 converges 的 sequence 称为 divergent。源页还定义:对每个 𝑀∈ℝ 都 eventually 𝑠𝑛>𝑀 时 𝑠𝑛→+∞;𝑠𝑛→−∞ 对偶。 其 examples 是:

  • a constant sequence converges to its constant;
  • 1𝑛→0 by the Archimedean property;
  • 2−𝑛→0;
  • Fibonacci terms diverge to +∞;
  • (−1)𝑛 does not converge;
  • decimal approximations converge to 𝜋; and
  • (1+1𝑛)𝑛→𝑒 (the definition of 𝑒 appears later).
Theorem 4.13 : Every real is a rational-sequence limit
For every 𝑟∈ℝ, there is a sequence (𝑞𝑛) in ℚ such that 𝑞𝑛→𝑟.

Use density to choose 𝑞𝑛∈ℚ with 𝑟<𝑞𝑛<𝑟+1𝑛.

Theorem 4.14 : Uniqueness of limit
If 𝑠𝑛→𝑙1 and 𝑠𝑛→𝑙2, then 𝑙1=𝑙2.

Given 𝜀>0, choose 𝑁=max(𝑁1,𝑁2) so that both |𝑠𝑛−𝑙𝑖|<𝜀2 after 𝑁. Then |𝑙1−𝑙2|≤|𝑙1−𝑠𝑛|+|𝑠𝑛−𝑙2|<𝜀.

Theorem 4.15 : Basic limits
For 𝑝>0, 𝑛𝑝→+∞; for 𝑝<0, 𝑛𝑝→0. If 𝑟>1, then 𝑟𝑛→+∞; if |𝑟|<1, then 𝑟𝑛→0. Also 𝑠𝑛→0 if and only if |𝑠𝑛|→0, and 𝑠𝑛→1 if and only if |𝑠𝑛−1|→0.

For 𝑟=1+𝑎>1, Bernoulli gives 𝑟𝑛>1+𝑛𝑎; for 0<𝑟<1, write 𝑟=11+𝑎 and compare with 11+𝑛𝑎. The handwritten note says that the −1<𝑟<0 case uses an earlier fact. The source also proves 𝑐1𝑛→1 for 𝑐>0 and 𝑛1𝑛→1, citing Rudin 3.20 for the latter.

Theorem 4.16 : Subsequences preserve convergence
(𝑠𝑛) converges to 𝑙 if and only if every subsequence converges to 𝑙. A tail (𝑠𝑛+𝑘)𝑛∈ℕ has the same limit.

源页写道 convergent sequence 与其 tail 可以看成没有任何本质区别’‘。

The rendered page is blank except for its page frame; it contains no mathematical text to transcribe.

4.2 Limit laws, boundedness, and lim suplim inf

Theorem 4.17 : Limit laws

If 𝑠𝑛→𝑠 and 𝑡𝑛→𝑡, then

  • 𝑠𝑛+𝑡𝑛→𝑠+𝑡 (and likewise for subtraction);
  • 𝑐𝑠𝑛→𝑐𝑠 for every 𝑐∈ℝ;
  • 𝑠𝑛𝑡𝑛→𝑠𝑡; and
  • if no 𝑠𝑛 is zero and 𝑠≠0, then 1𝑠𝑛→1𝑠.

对于 product,展开 𝑠𝑛𝑡𝑛−𝑠𝑡=(𝑠𝑛−𝑠)(𝑡𝑛−𝑡)+𝑠(𝑡𝑛−𝑡)+𝑡(𝑠𝑛−𝑠) and use 𝜀 bounds. For reciprocals, first use convergence to obtain |𝑠𝑛|≥|𝑠|2 eventually, then |1𝑠𝑛−1𝑠|≤2|𝑠𝑛−𝑠||𝑠|2. The source annotates these two preliminary bounds as “bound ①” and “bound ②”.

Further laws recorded on the page are: convergent (𝑎𝑛) implies (|𝑎𝑛|) converges; for 𝑘∈ℕ, lim𝑎𝑛𝑘=(lim𝑎𝑛)𝑘; and for 𝑘∈ℕ, lim𝑎𝑛1𝑘=(lim𝑎𝑛)1𝑘 provided 𝑎𝑛≥0. It defines real exponentiation for 𝑥>0 by 𝑥𝑟=sup{𝑦∈ℝ:𝑦≥0 and 𝑦𝑛≤𝑥𝑚} when 𝑟=𝑚𝑛.

Theorem 4.18 : Vector sequences
A sequence ((𝑥)𝑛) in ℝ𝑘, with components (𝑥)𝑛=(𝑎1,𝑛,…,𝑎𝑘,𝑛), converges to (𝑎)=(𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑘) if and only if 𝑎𝑖,𝑛→𝑎𝑖 for every 𝑖.

正向使用 |𝑎𝑖,𝑛−𝑎𝑖|≤‖(𝑥)𝑛−(𝑎)‖; for the reverse direction, make each coordinate error smaller than 𝜀𝑘. Vector sum, dot product, and scalar multiplication obey the same limit laws as real sequences.

Definition 4.15 : Bounded function and bounded sequence
A function 𝑓:𝑋→ℝ is bounded when its range is bounded. In particular a sequence is bounded if all of its terms lie between two real bounds.
Theorem 4.19 : Convergent sequences are bounded
Every convergent sequence of real numbers is bounded.

若 𝑎𝑛→𝑙,取一个 tail 使 |𝑎𝑛−𝑙|<1,再分别 bound finitely many earlier terms。直接应用 limit laws 给出 rational function 𝑎𝑚𝑛𝑚+…+𝑎0𝑏𝑘𝑛𝑘+…+𝑏0: it is 𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑘 when 𝑚=𝑘, it is either +∞ or −∞ when 𝑚>𝑘, with the sign determined by 𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑘.

Theorem 4.20 : Limits involving +∞ and −∞
If 𝑎𝑛→+∞ and 𝑏𝑛→𝑙>0, then 𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛→+∞; for 𝑙<0 the product tends to −∞. The signs reverse when 𝑎𝑛→−∞. If 𝑎𝑛 tends to either infinite endpoint and 𝑏𝑛 converges, then 𝑎𝑛+𝑏𝑛 has the same infinite limit.

The exercise records, for a positive real sequence: 𝑎𝑛→+∞ if and only if 1𝑎𝑛→0; the negative version gives 𝑎𝑛→−∞ if and only if 1𝑎𝑛→0.

Definition 4.16 : Monotone sequence
(𝑎𝑛) is increasing if 𝑎𝑛≤𝑎𝑛+1 for every 𝑛, decreasing if 𝑎𝑛≥𝑎𝑛+1, and monotone if it is either.
Theorem 4.21 : Monotone convergence theorem
Every bounded monotone real sequence converges. If (𝑎𝑛) is bounded and increasing, then 𝑎𝑛→sup{𝑎𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}; if decreasing, its limit is the corresponding infimum.

源页说明 increasing seq. 必定 bounded below;decreasing seq. 必定 bounded above’‘。证明令 𝑙=sup{𝑎𝑛} and takes a term with 𝑙−𝜀<𝑎𝑁≤𝑎𝑛≤𝑙.

Definition 4.17 : lim sup and lim inf

For a bounded sequence set 𝑢𝑛=sup{𝑎𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛} and 𝑣𝑛=inf{𝑎𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}. Then (𝑢𝑛) is decreasing and (𝑣𝑛) increasing, and

lim sup𝑎𝑛=lim𝑛→∞𝑢𝑛, lim inf𝑎𝑛=lim𝑛→∞𝑣𝑛.

The notes display

inf{𝑎𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ}≤lim inf𝑎𝑛≤lim sup𝑎𝑛≤sup{𝑎𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ}.

直观地,lim sup 是 the largest number that can get arbitrarily close to, for infinitely often’‘。𝑙 是 lim sup𝑎𝑛 当且仅当对每个 𝜀>0,有 infinitely many 𝑛 使 𝑎𝑛>𝑙−𝜀,且只有 finitely many 𝑛 使 𝑎𝑛>𝑙+𝜀。定义也经由 +∞ 和 −∞ 延伸至 unbounded sequences。

Theorem 4.22 : Convergence via upper and lower limits
If 𝑎𝑛→𝑙, then lim inf𝑎𝑛=lim sup𝑎𝑛=𝑙. Conversely, if lim inf𝑎𝑛=lim sup𝑎𝑛=𝑙∈ℝ, then 𝑎𝑛→𝑙.

Examples include lim inf(−1)𝑛=−1, lim sup(−1)𝑛=1, lim inf((−1)𝑛+1𝑛)=−1, and lim sup(sin𝑛)=1, lim inf(sin𝑛)=−1. If 𝑎𝑛≤𝑏𝑛 eventually, then lim sup𝑎𝑛≤lim sup𝑏𝑛 and lim inf𝑎𝑛≤lim inf𝑏𝑛. The page proves the squeeze theorem and the ratio-test corollary: for positive 𝑎𝑛, if lim(𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛)=𝑙<1, then 𝑎𝑛→0.

4.3 Cauchy sequences, subsequences, and completeness

Definition 4.18 : Cauchy sequence
A real sequence (𝑎𝑛) is Cauchy if for every 𝜀>0 there is 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑚−𝑎𝑛|<𝜀 whenever 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁.
Theorem 4.23 : Cauchy criterion in ℝ
A sequence in ℝ converges if and only if it is Cauchy.

Every Cauchy sequence is bounded: use the Cauchy condition with 𝜀=1 for a tail and bound the finitely many initial terms. The converse first proves lim inf𝑎𝑛=lim sup𝑎𝑛 from pairwise closeness.

Definition 4.19 : Complete metric space
A metric space (𝑋,𝑑) is complete if every Cauchy sequence in 𝑋 converges to a point of 𝑋.

源页写 ℝ 和 ℂ complete,而 ℚ 不 complete。一个 example 定义 𝑠0=𝑎、𝑠1=𝑏,and 𝑠𝑛+2=𝑠𝑛+𝑠𝑛+12 for 𝑎<𝑏; it has |𝑠𝑛+2−𝑠𝑛+1|=𝑏−𝑎2𝑛+1 and is Cauchy.

Definition 4.20 : Contractive sequence
(𝑎𝑛) is contractive if some 𝑐∈(0,1) satisfies |𝑎𝑛+2−𝑎𝑛+1|≤𝑐|𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛| for every 𝑛.

Every contractive real sequence is Cauchy, hence convergent. The source uses the geometric bound |𝑠𝑚−𝑠𝑛|≤∑𝑘=𝑛𝑚−1𝑏−𝑎2𝑘≤𝑏−𝑎2𝑛−1. It also solves 𝑎1=1, 𝑎𝑛+1=2+𝑎𝑛: a bounded increasing sequence converges to the positive root 2. The decreasing sequence (1+1𝑛)𝑛+1 defines 𝑒=lim𝑛→∞(1+1𝑛)𝑛.

Definition 4.21 : Subsequence and subsequential limit
If 𝑠:ℕ→ℝ and 𝑔:ℕ→ℕ is strictly increasing, then 𝑠∘𝑔=(𝑠𝑛𝑘)𝑘∈ℕ, 𝑛𝑘=𝑔(𝑘), is a subsequence. A subsequential limit is the limit of a subsequence.

对 𝑠𝑛=(−1)𝑛,even subsequence converges to 1 而 full sequence diverges。(1𝑛) 的每个 subsequence 都 converges to 0,且每个 tail 是一个 subsequence。

Theorem 4.24 : Monotone subsequence theorem
Every real sequence has a monotone subsequence.

A term is dominant if it is at least every later term. If infinitely many dominant terms occur, they form a decreasing subsequence; otherwise, after the final dominant term one recursively chooses later, strictly larger terms to obtain an increasing subsequence.

Theorem 4.25 : Bolzano–Weierstrass
Every bounded real sequence has a convergent subsequence.

Apply the monotone subsequence theorem and monotone convergence. For a bounded sequence 𝑆 of values, the set of subsequential limits is nonempty; if lim𝑎𝑛=𝑙, it is {𝑙}; and lim sup𝑎𝑛=max𝑆, lim inf𝑎𝑛=min𝑆. The source adds that these claims extend to unbounded sequences using +∞ and −∞.

4.4 Topology in metric spaces

Definition 4.22 : Open neighborhood, open/closed set
In (𝑋,𝑑), the open neighborhood of 𝑥0 of radius 𝜀 is 𝑉𝜀(𝑥0)={𝑥∈𝑋:𝑑(𝑥,𝑥0)<𝜀}. A set 𝑈⊆𝑋 is open if every 𝑥∈𝑈 has an 𝜀>0 with 𝑉𝜀(𝑥)⊆𝑈. A set 𝐹⊆𝑋 is closed if 𝑋∖𝐹 is open.

The examples say ∅ and 𝑋 are both open and closed in 𝑋, while ℝ is closed but not open in ℂ. Common metrics are |𝑥−𝑦| on ℝ, Euclidean distance and taxi-cab distance on ℝ𝑛, and 𝑑(𝑎+𝑏𝑖,𝑐+𝑑𝑖)=(𝑎−𝑐)2+(𝑏−𝑑)2 on ℂ.

Definition 4.23 : Interior, limit point, isolated point, closure

𝑝∈𝐸⊆𝑋 is an interior point if some neighborhood of 𝑝 lies in 𝐸; int(𝐸) is the set of all such points.

𝑝∈𝑋 is a limit point of 𝐸 if every neighborhood of 𝑝 contains a point of 𝐸∖{𝑝}. An element of 𝐸 which is not a limit point is isolated. The closure is cl(𝐸)=𝐸∪𝐸′ where 𝐸′ is the set of limit points.

The Chinese note says interior membership is necessary but not sufficient for being an interior point; isolated points are not necessarily interior points. A set is open exactly when int(𝑈)=𝑈. A discrete set is 𝐴=𝐴∖𝐴′; it has no limit points, only isolated points.

Theorem 4.26 : Sequential and closure characterizations
𝐹⊆𝑋 is closed if and only if every convergent sequence in 𝐹 has its limit in 𝐹. Equivalently, 𝐹 contains all its limit points. Also cl(𝐸) is closed and is the smallest closed subset of 𝑋 containing 𝐸.

In ℝ, every open neighborhood is exactly an open interval, every nonempty open 𝑈⊆ℝ contains (𝑎,𝑏) around each of its points, closed intervals are closed, finite sets are closed, and every open set is a countable union of open intervals. The generalized Bolzano–Weierstrass theorem recorded here is: every bounded sequence in a complete metric space has a convergent subsequence. In particular ℝ𝑛 and ℂ are complete, but ℚ is not.

4.5 Page-complete lecture record

4.5.1 L05–Seq&Limit, pp. 1–3

Besides the definitions above, the source writes the divergent negation ∀𝑙∈ℝ,∃𝜀>0,∀𝑁∈ℕ,∃𝑛≥𝑁:|𝑠𝑛−𝑙|≥𝜀, and 𝑠𝑛→+∞ as ∀𝑀∈ℝ,∃𝑁∈ℕ,𝑛≥𝑁⇒𝑠𝑛>𝑀 (dually for −∞). It gives the decimal sequence (3,3.1,3.14,3.141,3.1415,…) for 𝜋, the Fibonacci recurrence 𝑠1=𝑠2=1, 𝑠𝑛+2=𝑠𝑛+1+𝑠𝑛, and the proof of uniqueness: for 𝑁=max(𝑁1,𝑁2), |𝑙1−𝑙2|≤|𝑙1−𝑠𝑛|+|𝑠𝑛−𝑙2|<𝜀. For every 𝑟∈ℝ, choose 𝑞𝑛∈ℚ with 𝑟<𝑞𝑛<𝑟+1𝑛.

For 𝑝>0, 𝑁=𝑀1𝑝+1 proves 𝑛𝑝→+∞; for 𝑝<0, 𝑁=(1𝜀)−1𝑝+1 proves 𝑛𝑝→0. If 𝑟=1+𝑎>1, (1+𝑎)𝑛≥1+𝑛𝑎; if 0<𝑟<1, write 𝑟=11+𝑎 and use 0<𝑟𝑛≤11+𝑛𝑎<𝜀. The −1<𝑟<0 case is annotated as an earlier fact. For 𝑐>0, 𝑥𝑛=𝑐1𝑛−1 obeys 0<𝑥𝑛≤𝑐−1𝑛; for 𝑛1𝑛−1=𝑥𝑛, 𝑛=(1+𝑥𝑛)𝑛≥(𝑛2)𝑥𝑛2, so 𝑥𝑛→0 (Rudin 3.20). L05 p. 3 is visually blank.

4.5.2 L06–Limit–II, pp. 1–4

The worked epsilon proof is |3𝑛+14𝑛−1−34|=74(4𝑛−1)<𝜀 once 𝑛>716𝜀+14. The product-law proof expands 𝑠𝑛𝑡𝑛−𝑠𝑡=(𝑠𝑛−𝑠)(𝑡𝑛−𝑡)+𝑠(𝑡𝑛−𝑡)+𝑡(𝑠𝑛−𝑠); the reciprocal proof uses eventually |𝑠𝑛|>|𝑠|2 and |1𝑠𝑛−1𝑠|<2|𝑠𝑛−𝑠||𝑠|2. The source additionally gives lim(𝑎𝑛𝑘)=(lim𝑎𝑛)𝑘, lim(𝑎𝑛1𝑘)=(lim𝑎𝑛)1𝑘 for nonnegative terms, and 𝑥1𝑛=sup{𝑦∈ℝ:𝑦≥0 and 𝑦𝑛≤𝑥}.

For vector sequences, coordinatewise convergence is equivalent to Euclidean convergence: |𝛼𝑖,𝑛−𝛼𝑖|≤‖(𝑥)𝑛−(𝑥)‖ one way, and coordinate errors <𝜀𝑘 the other. The rational function rule is 𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑘 for equal degrees, 0 for numerator degree smaller, and signed infinity for larger degree. A convergent sequence’s explicit bounds are 𝑀1=min(𝑙−1,min{𝑎𝑘:𝑘<𝑁}), 𝑀2=max(𝑙+1,max{𝑎𝑘:𝑘<𝑁}).

The infinity multiplication table has the usual signs (+)(+)=+, (+)(−)=−, (−)(+)=−, (−)(−)=+; if one sequence tends to either infinity and the other converges, their sum tends to that infinity. For positive 𝑎𝑛, 𝑎𝑛→+∞ exactly when 1𝑎𝑛→0 (negative dual). The monotone proof is: bounded increasing (𝑎𝑛) has 𝑙=sup{𝑎𝑛} and 𝑙−𝜀<𝑎𝑁≤𝑎𝑛≤𝑙 for 𝑛≥𝑁; the decreasing dual tends to infimum.

Put 𝑢𝑛=sup{𝑎𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}, 𝑙𝑛=inf{𝑎𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}; (𝑢𝑛) is decreasing, (𝑙𝑛) increasing, and limsup/liminf are their limits. The native tail schematic is

It gives the “infinitely often” limsup criterion and examples lim inf(−1)𝑛=−1, lim sup(−1)𝑛=1, lim inf((−1)𝑛+1𝑛)=−1, lim sup((−1)𝑛+1𝑛)=1, lim inf(sin𝑛)=−1, lim sup(sin𝑛)=1. It proves convergence iff limsup equals liminf, including the +∞ extension. The comparisons, squeeze theorem, and ratio corollary are all shown with their tail bounds: positive 𝑎𝑛 and lim(𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛)<1 give 𝑎𝑛→0; homework records the >1 divergence case.

4.5.3 L07–Cauchy-seq, pp. 1–3

The source warns 𝑎𝑛 convergent implies |𝑎𝑛−𝑎𝑛+1↦0, but not conversely. The Cauchy boundedness proof takes epsilon 1 about 𝑎𝑁, then bounds the initial finite set. For the reverse Cauchy criterion, pairwise closeness gives

𝑎𝑁−𝜀2≤inf{𝑎𝑚:𝑚≥𝑁}≤lim inf𝑎𝑛≤lim sup𝑎𝑛≤sup{𝑎𝑚:𝑚≥𝑁}≤𝑎𝑁+𝜀2,

so upper and lower limits are equal. Complete metric space means every Cauchy sequence converges; the source explicitly gives the complex metric 𝑑(𝑎+𝑏𝑖,𝑐+𝑑𝑖)=(𝑎−𝑐)2+(𝑏−𝑑)2.

The averaging example is 𝑠0=𝑎, 𝑠1=𝑏, 𝑠𝑛+2=𝑠𝑛+𝑠𝑛+12, with |𝑠𝑛+2−𝑠𝑛+1|=𝑏−𝑎2𝑛+1 and

|𝑠𝑚−𝑠𝑛|≤∑𝑘=𝑚𝑛−1𝑏−𝑎2𝑘≤𝑏−𝑎2𝑚−1.

A contractive sequence has |𝑎𝑛+2−𝑎𝑛+1|≤𝑐|𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛|, 0<𝑐<1, and is Cauchy (Rudin 3.8). 𝑎1=1, 𝑎𝑛+1=2+𝑎𝑛 is bounded increasing and limits to 2. For the same averaging recursion with 0<𝑎<𝑏, the source derives 𝑑𝑛=−𝑑𝑛−12 and limit 2𝑏3+𝑎3. It proves (1+1𝑛)𝑛+1 weakly decreasing and >1, then defines 𝑒=lim(1+1𝑛)𝑛=lim(1+1𝑛)𝑛+1.

4.5.4 L08(1)–subseqs, pp. 1–2

A subsequence is 𝑠∘𝑔 for strictly increasing 𝑔:ℕ→ℕ. Examples: (−1)𝑛 has 𝑔(𝑛)=2𝑛 and constant subsequence 1; sin(𝑛𝜋2) has subsequential limits 0,1,−1. The forward proof for subsequences uses 𝑛𝑘≥𝑘. A dominant term has 𝑠𝑛≥𝑠𝑚 for all later 𝑚; infinitely many dominant terms form a decreasing subsequence, otherwise the recursive choice of later larger terms gives a strictly increasing one. Thus BW holds. It names (sin𝑘) as an example.

For bounded (𝑠𝑛), the set 𝑆 of subsequential limits is nonempty, lim𝑠𝑛=𝑙⇒𝑆={𝑙}, lim sup𝑠𝑛=max𝑆, lim inf𝑠𝑛=min𝑆. The proof chooses 𝑛𝑘 with both |sup{𝑠𝑗:𝑗≥𝑛𝑘}−𝑙|<1𝑘 and |𝑠𝑛𝑘−𝑙|<2𝑘, and rules out 𝑀>𝑙 by a tail supremum. It explicitly extends this to unbounded sequences: 𝑛(−1)𝑛 has 𝑆={0,+∞}, limsup +∞, liminf 0.

4.5.5 L08(2)–topology-in-metric-space, pp. 1–3

The source’s visible native neighborhood pictures are the circle 𝑉𝜀(𝑥0) in ℝ2 and interval (𝑥0−𝜀,𝑥0+𝜀) in ℝ. It defines int(𝐸)⊆𝐸, and says membership is necessary but not sufficient for being interior; isolated points need not be interior. It defines 𝐸′, cl(𝐸)=𝐸∪𝐸′, isolated 𝑝∈𝐸∖𝐸′, and discrete 𝐴=𝐴∖𝐴′.

The sequential closed-set proof is complete: if 𝐹 is closed, an open neighborhood of any 𝑙∈𝑋∖𝐹 eventually contains any sequence tending to 𝑙, so it cannot lie in 𝐹. If not closed, choose 𝑎𝑛∈(𝑥0−1𝑛,𝑥0+1𝑛)∩𝐹 for a point 𝑥0∈𝑋∖𝐹 whose every neighborhood meets 𝐹; then 𝑎𝑛→𝑥0. It also proves a limit point has infinitely many nearby points by using the minimum positive distance to a hypothetical finite list. In ℝ, every open set is a countable union of open intervals. General convergence, boundedness by ∃𝑀>0,∀𝑥,𝑦,𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)≤𝑀, and generalized BW are stated; the page concludes ℝ𝑛,ℂ complete and ℚ not complete.

5 Limits and continuity

5.1 Limit points and limits of functions

Definition 5.24 : Limit point, closure, isolated and discrete sets

Let 𝐴⊆ℝ and 𝑐∈ℝ. Then 𝑐 is a limit point of 𝐴 if for every 𝜀>0 there exists 𝑥∈𝐴 with 0<|𝑥−𝑐|<𝜀. Equivalently, every open neighborhood of 𝑐 meets 𝐴∖{𝑐}.

Write 𝐴′ for the set of limit points and cl(𝐴)=𝐴∪𝐴′ for the closure. A point of 𝐴∖𝐴′ is isolated; a set is discrete when 𝐴=𝐴∖𝐴′.

中文批注说,在 topology 中也能给出这个定义,但“还是等价的”. 每个 limit point 都是某个 subsequence 的 limit;若 𝐴={𝑎𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ},则其 limit points 来自 (𝑎𝑛) 的 subsequential limits,但 reverse inclusion 不必成立。Examples:

  • ℕ has no limit point in ℝ;
  • every real number is a limit point of ℚ;
  • ({0}∪(1,2)∪(2,3))′=[1,3].

源页写 cl(𝐴) 是 closed,并且是包含 𝐴 的 smallest closed set。

Definition 5.25 : Limit of a function
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, and let 𝑐 be a limit point of 𝐴. We say lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 if for every 𝜀>0 there is 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑙|<𝜀 whenever 𝑥∈𝐴 and 0<|𝑥−𝑐|<𝛿.

中文解释把它和 sequences 比较:𝑛→∞ 控制 index,而这里 𝑥→𝑐 由 distance 𝛿 控制。此 definition 不要求 𝑐∈𝐴,并且即使 𝑓(𝑐) 有定义, 其 value 也不起作用。

Theorem 5.27 : Sequential criterion for a function limit
lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 if and only if every sequence (𝑎𝑛) in 𝐴∖{𝑐} with 𝑎𝑛→𝑐 satisfies 𝑓(𝑎𝑛)→𝑙.

The source uses its contrapositive to show that if some (𝑎𝑛) approaches 𝑐 but 𝑓(𝑎𝑛) does not approach 𝑙, then the limit is not 𝑙; if one approaching sequence has divergent values, or two have different image limits, the function limit does not exist.

Definition 5.26 : Infinite and one-sided function limits

lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=+∞ means that for every 𝑀>0 there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑀 whenever 𝑥∈dom(𝑓) and 0<|𝑥−𝑐|<𝛿. Definitions at +∞ and −∞ are analogous.

If 𝑐 is a limit point of dom(𝑓)∩(𝑐,+∞), then lim𝑥→𝑐+𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 means the same estimate with 0<𝑥−𝑐<𝛿. The left-hand limit is defined dually.

源页说有五种 function limits:𝑐,𝑐+,𝑐−,+∞,−∞。其 examples 包括 lim𝑥→0|𝑥|𝑥 does not exist and lim𝑥→01𝑥 does not exist.

Theorem 5.28 : Function-limit laws

If lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥) and lim𝑥→𝑐𝑔(𝑥) exist, then for 𝑘∈ℝ:

  • lim𝑥→𝑐𝑘𝑓(𝑥)=𝑘lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥);
  • lim𝑥→𝑐(𝑓(𝑥)+𝑔(𝑥))=lim𝑓+lim𝑔;
  • lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥)=(lim𝑓)(lim𝑔); and
  • lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥)=lim𝑓lim𝑔 when lim𝑔(𝑥)≠0.

Function limits are unique. If 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥) in a deleted neighborhood of 𝑐 and both limits exist, then lim𝑓≤lim𝑔. The squeeze theorem says that 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥)≤ℎ(𝑥) there and lim𝑓=limℎ=𝑙 imply lim𝑔=𝑙. The examples are

lim𝑥→0sin(𝑥)𝑥=1,

lim𝑥→0𝑥sin(1𝑥)=0, and

lim𝑥→0sin(1𝑥) does not exist.

The last page annotation explains that 𝑥2𝑥−2, and every rational function in particular, is continuous at every point of its domain.

5.2 Alternative formulations and continuity

sequence test 再次强调:𝑎𝑛→𝑐 不表示 every sequence of domain points 都 tends to 𝑐;test limit 要取 dom(𝑓)∖{𝑐} 中 approaching 𝑐 的 sequences。源页也给出如下 open-neighborhood formulation。

Definition 5.27 : Function limit in terms of open sets
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, and 𝑐,𝑙∈ℝ∪{+∞,−∞}, with 𝑐∈𝐴′. Then lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 if every open neighborhood 𝑉 of 𝑙 contains 𝑓[(𝐴∩𝑈)∖{𝑐}] for some open neighborhood 𝑈 of 𝑐.

The source convention is that if 𝐴 is bounded above/below, then +∞−∞∈𝐴′; open neighborhoods of +∞ are (𝑎,+∞) and of −∞ are (−∞,𝑎).

Theorem 5.29 : One-sided and ordinary limits
lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 if and only if both lim𝑥→𝑐−𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 and lim𝑥→𝑐+𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙, provided 𝑐 is a limit point from both sides.
Theorem 5.30 : Equivalent zero formulations
For a finite limit, the following are equivalent: lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙, lim𝑥→𝑐(𝑓(𝑥)−𝑙)=0, lim𝑥→𝑐|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑙|=0, and lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙 after replacing 𝑓 by |𝑓−𝑙|.
Definition 5.28 : Continuity
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, and 𝑎∈𝐴. Then 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎 if, for every 𝜀>0, there exists 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)|<𝜀 whenever 𝑥∈dom(𝑓) and |𝑥−𝑎|<𝛿.

手写 distinction 很重要:limit at 𝑐 需要 𝑐∈(dom𝑓)′,却不需要 𝑐∈dom𝑓;continuity at 𝑎 需要 𝑎∈dom𝑓,却不需要 𝑎 是 limit point。 Accordingly, every function is continuous at an isolated point of its domain.

Theorem 5.31 : Continuity criteria

For 𝑎∈𝐴, the following are equivalent:

  • 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎;
  • either 𝑎 is isolated in 𝐴, or lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑎);
  • for every sequence (𝑎𝑛) in 𝐴 with 𝑎𝑛→𝑎, one has 𝑓(𝑎𝑛)→𝑓(𝑎);
  • for every open neighborhood 𝑉 of 𝑓(𝑎), there is an open neighborhood 𝑈 of 𝑎 with 𝑓[𝐴∩𝑈]⊆𝑉.

The source lists rational functions (especially polynomials), power functions 𝑥𝑝 on 𝑥>0, exponential functions, logarithms, trig/inverse trig functions, and |𝑥| as continuous on their natural domains.

Definition 5.29 : Continuous on a set and topological continuity
𝑓 is continuous on 𝐵⊆dom(𝑓) when it is continuous at every 𝑏∈𝐵; it is a continuous function when this holds on all of dom(𝑓). More generally, 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 between metric/topological spaces is continuous if 𝑓−1[𝑉] is open in 𝑋 for every open 𝑉⊆𝑌.

源页给出 𝑥2 在 2 ctn 的 direct epsilon–delta proof,取 𝛿=min(1,𝜀5);在一般 𝑎 取 𝛿=min(1,𝜀2|𝑎|+1)。 又用 ||𝑥|−|𝑎||≤|𝑥−𝑎| 证明 |𝑥| everywhere ctn,旁注为: “here 𝛿 depend on 𝜀 but not 𝑎”.

It also notes that

𝑔(𝑥)=sin(1𝑥) for 𝑥≠0, while 𝑔(0)=0

is continuous everywhere except at 0, whereas

ℎ(𝑥)=𝑥sin(1𝑥) for 𝑥≠0, while ℎ(0)=0

is continuous everywhere by squeeze. Dirichlet’s function is discontinuous everywhere. Thomae’s function

𝑇(𝑚𝑛)=1𝑛 for a rational 𝑚𝑛 in lowest terms, and 𝑇(𝑥)=0 for 𝑥∈ℝ∖ℚ

is continuous at every irrational and is a source of the questions “是否存在 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ 使 𝑓 ctn at 𝑥 iff 𝑥∈ℚ?” and “is 𝑇 diffable anywhere?”.

Definition 5.30 : Discontinuities
𝑓 is discontinuous at 𝑎∈dom(𝑓) if it is not continuous there. If both one-sided limits exist but differ, 𝑓 has a jump discontinuity; if lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥) exists but differs from 𝑓(𝑎), it has a removable discontinuity; if a one-sided limit fails to exist by oscillation, it has an essential discontinuity; and if a one-sided limit is infinite, it has an infinite discontinuity.

The examples are |𝑥|𝑥 for a jump, the function 1 off 0 and 0 at 0 for a removable discontinuity, sin(1𝑥) for essential/oscillating discontinuity, and 1𝑥 (with a chosen value at 0) for infinite discontinuity.

5.3 Closure properties and uniform continuity

Theorem 5.32 : Closure properties of continuous functions
If 𝑓,𝑔 are continuous at 𝑎, then 𝑓+𝑔, 𝑓−𝑔, 𝑓𝑔, 𝑓𝑔 where defined, and 𝑐𝑓 for 𝑐∈ℝ are continuous at 𝑎.

The domains recorded on the page are 𝐴∩𝐵 for 𝑓+𝑔, 𝑓−𝑔, and 𝑓𝑔, and {𝑥∈𝐴∩𝐵:𝑔(𝑥)≠0} for 𝑓𝑔.

Theorem 5.33 : Composition
If 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ is continuous at 𝑎 and 𝑔:𝐵→ℝ is continuous at 𝑓(𝑎)∈𝐵, then 𝑔∘𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎 and lim𝑥→𝑎𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))=𝑔(lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)).

源页明确说此 theorem 也有 variants,把 limit at 𝑎 全部替换为 limit at 𝑎+、𝑎−、+∞ 或 −∞。Examples 是 lim𝑥→0+arctan(1𝑥)=𝜋2 and lim𝜃→𝜋2−𝑒−tan𝜃=0.

Further source examples retain their proof choices:

  • 𝑥2 at 2: |𝑥2−4|=|𝑥−2||𝑥+2|, choose 𝛿=min(1,𝜀5);
  • |𝑥|: choose 𝛿=𝜀;
  • 𝑥2 at any 𝑎: choose 𝛿=min(1,𝜀2|𝑎|+1);
  • 𝑥2 has a “longest 𝛿” at 𝑎=2 of 4+𝜀−2;
  • 𝑥2 is uniformly continuous on [−𝑐,𝑐] with 𝛿=𝜀2𝑐;
  • 𝑥sin(1𝑥) with value 0 at 0 is continuous everywhere;
  • 𝐷 is discontinuous everywhere; and
  • 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥 for 𝑥∈ℚ, 𝑓(𝑥)=0 for 𝑥∈ℝ∖ℚ is continuous at 0 but discontinuous everywhere else.
Definition 5.31 : Uniform continuity
Let 𝐵⊆𝐴⊆ℝ and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ. Then 𝑓 is uniformly continuous on 𝐵 if, for every 𝜀>0, there is 𝛿>0 such that for all 𝑥,𝑦∈𝐵, |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿 implies |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀.

The source’s quantifier comparison is retained: ordinary continuity has “for every point 𝑎” before the choice of 𝛿; uniform continuity chooses one 𝛿 for all points. 中文解释为:对任意 𝜀,总有一个距离 𝛿 使得在 𝐵 上距离足够近 的点,其 image 的距离也足够近;“uniformly ctn 的要求比 ctn 更严格”.

Theorem 5.34 : Basic uniform-continuity facts
Uniform continuity on 𝐵 implies continuity on 𝐵. A restriction of a uniformly continuous function is uniformly continuous.

The examples are 𝑥↦𝑐𝑥 (choose 𝛿=𝜀|𝑐|), 𝑥2 not uniformly continuous on ℝ (take 𝜀=1 and a large 𝑎=2𝛿), and 𝑥2 uniformly continuous on [−𝑐,𝑐]. The source observes that 1𝑥 is uniformly continuous on [1,∞) but not on (0,1] nor on [𝑎,∞) for 𝑎>0.

Theorem 5.35 : Heine–Cantor
If 𝐴⊆ℝ is closed and bounded (compact) and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ is continuous, then 𝑓 is uniformly continuous on 𝐴.

proof 假设 not uniformly continuous,固定 𝜀>0,构造 𝑥𝑛,𝑦𝑛∈𝐴 使 |𝑥𝑛−𝑦𝑛|<1𝑛 但 |𝑓(𝑥𝑛)−𝑓(𝑦𝑛)|≥𝜀。Bolzano–Weierstrass 给出 convergent subsequences 𝑥𝑛𝑘→𝑙1、𝑦𝑛𝑘→𝑙2;distance condition 给出 𝑙1=𝑙2。closedness 保证 𝑙1∈𝐴,continuity 使两条 image subsequences 都趋于 𝑓(𝑙1),矛盾。

The Chinese discussion explains why both hypotheses matter: 𝑥2 on ℝ is continuous and its domain closed but unbounded, so not uniformly continuous; sin(1𝑥) on [−5,0)∪(0,4] is continuous on a bounded but nonclosed set and is not uniformly continuous. Positive examples are 𝑥 on [0,1], sin(1𝑥) on [𝑎,𝑏] for 0<𝑎<𝑏, and 𝑥sin(1𝑥) with value 0 at zero on [0,1].

Theorem 5.36 : Uniform continuity preserves Cauchy sequences
If 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ is uniformly continuous and (𝑎𝑛) is Cauchy in 𝐴, then (𝑓(𝑎𝑛)) is Cauchy.

The page’s counterexample is 𝑓(𝑥)=1𝑥 on 𝑥>0: (1𝑛) is Cauchy but (𝑛) is not, so 𝑓 is not uniformly continuous on any set containing {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}.

Theorem 5.37 : Extension criterion
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ be bounded and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ. Then 𝑓 is uniformly continuous if and only if there is a continuous 𝑔:cl(𝐴)→ℝ whose restriction to 𝐴 equals 𝑓.

For the forward direction, if 𝑎∈cl(𝐴)∖𝐴 and 𝑎𝑛∈𝐴 tends to 𝑎, define 𝑔(𝑎)=lim𝑓(𝑎𝑛); uniform continuity makes (𝑓(𝑎𝑛)) Cauchy and the definition independent of the approximating sequence.

5.4 Extreme and intermediate values

Theorem 5.38 : Extreme Value Theorem
If nonempty 𝐴⊆ℝ is closed and bounded and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ is continuous, then 𝑓 is bounded and there are 𝑥0,𝑦0∈𝐴 such that 𝑓(𝑥0)≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑦0) for every 𝑥∈𝐴.

The proof sets 𝑀=sup{𝑓(𝑥):𝑥∈𝐴}. Choose (𝑥𝑛) in 𝐴 with 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)→𝑀, take a convergent subsequence, use closedness to retain its limit 𝑦0∈𝐴, and use continuity to obtain 𝑀=𝑓(𝑦0). The notes summarize: “closed + bounded 𝐴 + ctn 𝑓,那么 extreme value 一定存在”.

Theorem 5.39 : Intermediate Value Theorem
If 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is continuous and 𝑙 lies between 𝑓(𝑎) and 𝑓(𝑏), then some 𝑐∈[𝑎,𝑏] satisfies 𝑓(𝑐)=𝑙.

Assume 𝑓(𝑎)<𝑙<𝑓(𝑏) and set 𝑆={𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]:𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑙}. Then 𝑆 is nonempty and bounded above; for 𝑐=sup𝑆, continuity and sequences approaching 𝑐 from both sides give 𝑓(𝑐)=𝑙. The source’s Chinese explanation is that a continuous curve on an interval must “覆盖了 [𝑓(𝑎),𝑓(𝑏)] 中的所有值”.

The application is the fixed-point theorem: if 𝑓:[0,1]→[0,1] is continuous, then some 𝑥0∈[0,1] has 𝑓(𝑥0)=𝑥0. When the endpoint signs do not immediately give this, take 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑥−𝑓(𝑥) and apply IVT.

Theorem 5.40 : Continuous image of an interval
If 𝐼⊆ℝ is an interval and 𝑓:𝐼→ℝ is continuous, then 𝑓[𝐼] is an interval.

For 𝑦1<𝑦2∈𝑓[𝐼], choose preimages 𝑥1,𝑥2∈𝐼 and apply IVT on the subinterval between them. If 𝐼 is a closed bounded interval, EVT gives 𝑓[𝐼]=[𝑚,𝑀], so the image is again a closed bounded interval.

5.5 Page-complete proof and diagram ledger

5.5.1 L09–Limit-of-Functions-I, pp. 1–3

The visible lecture framing is “Ch4 limit of functions”, 𝐴⊆ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, with three equivalent styles: epsilon/delta, sequences, and open sets. A limit point is exactly ∀𝜀>0,∃𝑥∈𝐴:0<|𝑥−𝑐|<𝜀, equivalently every open neighborhood meets 𝐴∖{𝑐}. The sheet writes that a sequence’s limit points are subsequential limits but the reverse can fail (constant-sequence example); it gives ℕ no limit point, all reals as limit points of ℚ, and ({0}∪(1,2)∪(2,3))′=[1,3]. It defines cl(𝐴)=𝐴∪𝐴′, isolated 𝑎∈𝐴∖𝐴′, and discrete 𝐴=𝐴∖𝐴′.

The three graph examples 𝑥+2, 𝑥2−4𝑥−2, and the latter assigned zero at 2 have the same limit 4 at 2. The sequential proof forward combines |𝑎𝑛−𝑐|<𝛿 with the epsilon condition; backwards selects 𝑎𝑛∈𝐴 with 0<|𝑎𝑛−𝑐|<1𝑛 and |𝑓(𝑎𝑛)−𝑙|≥𝜀. It explicitly records the diagnostics: one approaching sequence with images not tending to 𝑙 disproves 𝑙; divergent images prove DNE; two image limits that differ prove DNE.

The one-sided definition restricts 0<𝑥−𝑐<𝛿, requiring 𝑐 a limit point from that side. The displayed examples are |𝑥|𝑥 and 1𝑥 DNE at zero. The sheet says there are five kinds of limits: 𝑐,𝑐+,𝑐−,+∞,−∞. The limit laws include scalar, sum, product, quotient, order and squeeze. Its calculations are cos𝑥≤sin𝑥𝑥≤1 near 0, −|𝑥|≤𝑥sin(1𝑥)≤|𝑥|, and 𝑎𝑛=2𝑛𝜋→0 while sin(1𝑎𝑛) diverges.

5.5.2 L10(1)–Limit-of-Functions-II, pp. 1–2

The sequence review graph distinguishes a sequence approaching 1 with image limits 2 and 0 (so no limit) from a curve with a separately assigned isolated value at 1 (nearby limit 2). The open-neighborhood definition is

lim𝑥→𝑐𝑓(𝑥)=𝑙⇒∀ open nbh𝑉 of 𝑙,∃ open nbh𝑈 of 𝑐:𝑓[(𝐴∩𝑈)∖{𝑐}]⊆𝑉.

The convention gives +∞,−∞∈𝐴′ for bounded-above/below sets and neighborhoods (𝑎,+∞), (−∞,𝑎). The ordinary limit is equivalent to both matching one-sided limits; the proof takes 𝛿=min(𝛿1,𝛿2). The finite zero forms are lim𝑓=𝑙, lim(𝑓−𝑙)=0, and lim|𝑓−𝑙|=0.

5.5.3 L10(2)–Continuity-I, pp. 1–2

The source contrasts a limit at 𝑐 (requires 𝑐∈(dom𝑓)′, not 𝑐∈dom𝑓) with continuity at 𝑎 (requires 𝑎∈dom𝑓, not a limit point). Thus every isolated domain point is continuous. Its four criteria are: continuity; isolated or limit 𝑓(𝑎); sequence criterion; and the open neighborhood inverse-image inclusion.

Visible epsilon proofs are |𝑥2−4|≤5|𝑥−2| with 𝛿=min(1,𝜀5); |𝑥2−𝑎2|≤|𝑥−𝑎|(2|𝑎|+1) with 𝛿=min(1,𝜀2|𝑎|+1); and ‖𝑥|−|𝑎‖≤|𝑥−𝑎| with 𝛿=𝜀. It asks for the longest delta at 2, recording 4+𝜀−2. The diagrams classify jump |𝑥|𝑥, removable 1 off zero and 0 at zero, essential sin(1𝑥), and infinite 1𝑥 with a zero value. It proves 𝑥sin(1𝑥) continuous at zero by −|𝑥|≤𝑥sin(1𝑥)≤|𝑥|, says Dirichlet is discontinuous everywhere, and states the continuity properties of the rational/irrational indicator and Thomae’s function exactly as in the source.

5.5.4 L11(1)–Continuity-II, pp. 1–2

The closure-property domain ledger is: dom(𝑓+𝑔)=dom(𝑓−𝑔)=dom(𝑓𝑔)=𝐴∩𝐵, dom(𝑓𝑔)={𝑥∈𝐴∩𝐵:𝑔(𝑥)≠0}. The proof uses sequence continuity. For composition, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, 𝑔:𝐵→ℝ, 𝑓(𝑎)∈𝐵 gives lim𝑥→𝑎𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))=𝑔(lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)); the source’s variants replace 𝑎 throughout by 𝑎+,𝑎−,+∞,−∞. Examples are lim𝑥→0+arctan(1𝑥)=𝜋2 and lim𝜃→𝜋2−𝑒−tan𝜃=0. The topology proof uses (𝑔∘𝑓)−1[𝑉]=𝑓−1[𝑔−1[𝑉]].

5.5.5 L11(2)–Uniform-Continuity, pp. 1–3

The quantifier contrast is ∀𝑎,∀𝜀,∃𝛿 for ordinary continuity versus ∀𝜀,∃𝛿,∀𝑥,𝑦 for uniform continuity; the page states the latter delta does not depend on the position of 𝑥,𝑦. Uniform continuity implies continuity and restrictions remain uniform. Examples: 𝑐𝑥 uses 𝛿=𝜀|𝑐|; 𝑥2 on ℝ fails by taking epsilon 1, 𝑎=1𝛿, and comparing 𝑎,𝑎+𝛿2; 𝑥2 on [−𝑐,𝑐] uses 𝛿=𝜀2𝑐; 1𝑥 is uniform on [1,∞) but not on (0,1] or [𝑎,∞) for 𝑎>0.

Heine–Cantor’s contradiction creates |𝑥𝑛−𝑦𝑛|<1𝑛, |𝑓(𝑥𝑛)−𝑓(𝑦𝑛)|≥𝜀, takes convergent subsequences, uses equal limits from the distance condition, closedness to retain the limit in 𝐴, and continuity for the contradiction. It lists the source counterexamples 𝑥2 on ℝ and sin(1𝑥) on [−5,0)∪(0,4], plus positive examples 𝑥, sin(1𝑥) away from zero, and 𝑥sin(1𝑥) on [0,1].

The Cauchy theorem follows by applying uniform delta to the Cauchy tail. For 1𝑥, (1𝑛) is Cauchy but (𝑛) is not, so no uniform continuity on a set containing {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}. The extension theorem for bounded 𝐴 defines, for 𝑎∈cl(𝐴)∖𝐴, 𝑔(𝑎)=lim𝑓(𝑎𝑛) for any 𝑎𝑛∈𝐴 tending to 𝑎; uniform continuity makes this well-defined. The reverse direction uses compact cl(𝐴) and Heine–Cantor.

5.5.6 L12–EVT&IVT, pp. 1–2

EVT proves a maximum by 𝑀=sup{𝑓(𝑥):𝑥∈𝐴}, a sequence 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)→𝑀, BW 𝑥𝑛𝑘→𝑦0, closedness 𝑦0∈𝐴, and continuity 𝑀=𝑓(𝑦0); the minimum is dual. IVT takes 𝑆={𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]:𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑙}, 𝑐=sup𝑆, 𝑠𝑛∈𝑆 tending to 𝑐, and 𝑡𝑛=min(𝑐+1𝑛,𝑏), then continuity yields 𝑓(𝑐)=𝑙. The fixed point proof uses 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑥−𝑓(𝑥). For continuous 𝑓:𝐼→ℝ, 𝑓[𝐼] is an interval by applying IVT between preimages; for [𝑎,𝑏], EVT plus IVT gives ran(𝑓)=[𝑚,𝑀].

6 Differentiation

6.1 Derivatives and rules (L13)

Definition 6.32 : Derivative

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, and 𝑎∈𝐴∩𝐴′ (此处 𝑎 是 accumulation point,所以 𝑎 lies in the domain of 𝑓′). Define the derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑎 by

𝑓′(𝑎)=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)ℎ.

If 𝑥=𝑎+ℎ, then ℎ=𝑥−𝑎, hence equivalently

𝑓′(𝑎)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎.

如果 𝑓′(𝑎) exists,则称 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑎. 把 𝑎 作为 variable 时,我们把 derivative 看作 function:

𝑓′(𝑥)=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑥+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥)ℎ,dom(𝑓′)={𝑥∈dom(𝑓):𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥}.

如果 𝐵⊂dom(𝑓) 且 ∀𝑥∈𝐵 都有 𝑓 differentiable at 𝑥, 则称 𝑓 is differentiable on 𝐵.

Theorem 6.41 : Differentiability implies continuity
If 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑎, then 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎.
Proof

Suppose 𝑓′(𝑎) exists, so 𝑎∈dom(𝑓′). Then

lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎(𝑓(𝑎)+𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎(𝑥−𝑎))=𝑓(𝑎)+𝑓′(𝑎)0=𝑓(𝑎).

Since 𝑎∈dom(𝑓′), lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑎) implies continuity. 因而 differentiability ⇒ continuity,但反之不成立(例如尖点图形)。 □

Theorem 6.42 : Linearity of the derivative

Suppose 𝑓,𝑔 are differentiable at 𝑎, and 𝑐∈ℝ. Then 𝑐𝑓 and 𝑓+𝑔 are differentiable at 𝑎, and

(𝑐𝑓)′(𝑎)=𝑐𝑓′(𝑎),(𝑓+𝑔)′(𝑎)=𝑓′(𝑎)+𝑔′(𝑎).

即 dd𝑥 is a linear operator.

Proof
(𝑐𝑓)′(𝑎)=limℎ→0𝑐𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑐𝑓(𝑎)ℎ=𝑐limℎ→0𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)ℎ=𝑐𝑓′(𝑎),

and the source continues the second calculation line by line:

(𝑓+𝑔)′(𝑎)=limℎ→0(𝑓+𝑔)(𝑎+ℎ)−(𝑓+𝑔)(𝑎)ℎ\=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)ℎ+limℎ→0𝑔(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑔(𝑎)ℎ\=𝑓′(𝑎)+𝑔′(𝑎).

□

Theorem 6.43 : Product rule

若 𝑓,𝑔 在 𝑎 处 diffble,则 𝑓𝑔 在 𝑎 处 diffble,且

(𝑓𝑔)′(𝑎)=𝑓′(𝑎)𝑔(𝑎)+𝑓(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑎).
Proof
(𝑓𝑔)′(𝑎)=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)𝑔(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑔(𝑎)ℎ=limℎ→0(𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎))𝑔(𝑎+ℎ)+𝑓(𝑎)(𝑔(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑔(𝑎))ℎ=𝑓′(𝑎)limℎ→0𝑔(𝑎+ℎ)+limℎ→0𝑓(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑎)=𝑓′(𝑎)𝑔(𝑎)+𝑓(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑎).

□

Theorem 6.44 : Quotient rule

若 𝑓,𝑔 在 𝑎 处 diffble 且 𝑔(𝑎)≠0,则 𝑓𝑔 在 𝑎 处 diffble,且

(𝑓𝑔)′(𝑎)=𝑓′(𝑎)𝑔(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑎)(𝑔(𝑎))2.
Proof
PF similar to product rule. □

记号为 𝑓′(𝑥)=dd𝑥(𝑓),且 𝑓′(𝑎)=dd𝑥|𝑥=𝑎(𝑓); likewise 𝑓′′(𝑥)=d2𝑦d𝑥2, 𝑓′′(𝑎), 𝑓(𝑞)(𝑥), ….

Example 6.1 : Polynomials and standard derivatives

If 𝑝(𝑥)=∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑎𝑘𝑥𝑘 is a polynomial, then

𝑝′(𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘𝑎𝑘𝑥𝑘−1.

The proof is by induction on 𝑛; in particular

dd𝑥(𝑥𝑛)=dd𝑥(𝑥𝑥𝑛)=𝑥𝑛+𝑥⋅𝑛𝑥𝑛−1=(𝑛+1)𝑥𝑛.

The lecture records the facts

∀𝑝∈ℝ,dd𝑥(𝑥𝑝)=𝑝𝑥𝑝−1,dd𝑥(𝑎𝑥)=(ln𝑎)𝑎𝑥,

especially dd𝑥(𝑒𝑥)=𝑒𝑥, and

dd𝑥(sin𝑥)=cos𝑥,dd𝑥(cos𝑥)=−sin𝑥.

L13 p.2 还逐项写了以下 derivative-law exercises:

(1)dd𝑥𝑥=limℎ→0𝑥+ℎ−𝑥ℎ=limℎ→01𝑥+ℎ+𝑥=12𝑥;(2)𝑓(𝑥)=|𝑥| is differentiable everywhere except at 𝑥=0;(3)dd𝑥(𝑒3𝑥sin(𝑥2))=3𝑒3𝑥sin(𝑥2)+2𝑥𝑒3𝑥cos(𝑥2);(4)lim𝑥→4𝑥32−𝑥−6𝑥−4=𝑓′(4)=114,𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥32−𝑥.
Theorem 6.45 : Chain rule

如果 𝑓 在 𝑎 处 differentiable 且 𝑔 在 𝑓(𝑎) 处 differentiable, 则 𝑔○𝑓 在 𝑎 处 differentiable,且

(𝑔○𝑓)′(𝑎)=𝑔′(𝑓(𝑎))𝑓′(𝑎).
Proof

设 𝑔 的辅助函数为

𝜑(𝑢)={𝑔(𝑢)−𝑔(𝑓(𝑎))𝑢−𝑓(𝑎)𝑢≠𝑓(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑓(𝑎))𝑢=𝑓(𝑎)

Thus 𝜑(𝑢)(𝑢−𝑓(𝑎))=𝑔(𝑢)−𝑔(𝑓(𝑎)) for all 𝑢 in the domain of 𝑔, and 𝜑 is continuous at 𝑓(𝑎). Hence

𝑓′(𝑎)𝑔′(𝑓(𝑎))=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎lim𝑥→𝑎𝜑(𝑓(𝑥))=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))−𝑔(𝑓(𝑎))𝑥−𝑎=(𝑔○𝑓)′(𝑎).

这个证明的核心在于构造一个函数 𝜑,用来模拟用 tangent line 逼近 𝑔(𝑓(𝑎)) 附近的行为,并通过 𝑔 的 differentiability 说明 𝜑 在 𝑔(𝑓(𝑎)) 的 continuity,从而在 limit 中使用 expansion。 □

Example 6.2 : Derivative need not be continuous

Let

𝑓(𝑥)={𝑥sin(1𝑥)𝑥≠00𝑥=0,𝑔(𝑥)={𝑥2sin(1𝑥)𝑥≠00𝑥=0.

We know 𝑓,𝑔 are continuous everywhere. For 𝑥≠0,

𝑓′(𝑥)=sin(1𝑥)−(1𝑥)cos(1𝑥),𝑔′(𝑥)=2𝑥sin(1𝑥)−cos(1𝑥).

At 0, 𝑓′(0)=lim𝑥→0sin(1𝑥) DNE, while 𝑔′(0)=0; but lim𝑥→0𝑔′(𝑥) DNE. 因而 derivatives 不连续。

Definition 6.33 : 𝐶𝑛
Given 𝑛∈ℕ, the function 𝑓∈𝐶𝑛 (𝑛-times continuously differentiable) on an open set 𝑈⊂ℝ if 𝑓(𝑛) exists and is continuous on 𝑈.

6.2 Extrema, MVT, and Darboux (L14)

Definition 6.34 : Local extrema

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, and 𝑐∈𝐴. If there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑐) for all 𝑥∈𝑉𝛿(𝑐)∩dom(𝑓), then 𝑐 is a local maximum point of 𝑓, and 𝑓(𝑐) is a local maximum value of 𝑓. Dually define local minimum point/value; together these are local extreme point and local extrema.

L14 p.1 的曲线标出了一个 local min、两个 local max(其中右侧极大值 高于左侧),以及随后的 local min;其可辨识信息是极值只比较 𝑐 的某个 neighborhood,而非整个 domain。用点位/不等式表表示为

left local mininterior local maxright local min
𝑓(𝑐)≤𝑓(𝑥) nearby𝑓(𝑐)≥𝑓(𝑥) nearby𝑓(𝑐)≤𝑓(𝑥) nearby

.

Lemma 6.1 : Key lemma

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, 𝑐∈𝐴∩𝐴′, and suppose 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑐.

(i) If 𝑓′(𝑐)>0, then there is 𝛿>0 such that, for all 𝑥,𝑦∈𝑉𝛿(𝑐)∩𝐴, 𝑥<𝑐<𝑦 implies 𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑐)<𝑓(𝑦).

(ii) Dually, if 𝑓′(𝑐)<0, then there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑥<𝑐<𝑦 implies 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑓(𝑐)>𝑓(𝑦).

Proof

For (i), let 𝜀=𝑓′(𝑐)2. Fix 𝛿>0 such that

|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑐)𝑥−𝑐−𝑓′(𝑐)|<𝜀

whenever 0<|𝑥−𝑐|<𝛿. Thus

0<𝑓′(𝑐)2<𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑐)𝑥−𝑐<3𝑓′(𝑐)2.

If 𝑥<𝑐<𝑦, division by 𝑥−𝑐<0 gives 𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑐), while division by 𝑦−𝑐>0 gives 𝑓(𝑐)<𝑓(𝑦). (ii) is dual. 这两条 lemma 的结论也说明: 如果 𝑓′(𝑐)≠0,则 𝑓 在 𝑐 的某个 open neighborhood 中严格 monotone。 □

Corollary 6.1 : Fermat’s theorem
Suppose 𝑓 is defined on an open neighborhood of 𝑐. 如果 𝑐 是 𝑓 的 一个 local extreme point 且 𝑓′(𝑐) 存在,则 𝑓′(𝑐)=0.
Proof
Directly follows from the key lemma: if 𝑓′(𝑐)>0 or 𝑓′(𝑐)<0, then 𝑐 cannot be a local extreme point. □
Corollary 6.2 : Rolle’s theorem
If 𝑓 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏], differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), and 𝑓(𝑎)=𝑓(𝑏), then there is some 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏) such that 𝑓′(𝑐)=0.
Proof
By EVT, choose 𝑥0,𝑦0∈[𝑎,𝑏] such that 𝑓(𝑥0)≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑦0) for all 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]. If neither is an endpoint, Fermat gives the result. More explicitly as on L14 p.1: if 𝑓(𝑥0)<𝑓(𝑎), then 𝑥0 is an interior local minimum and 𝑓′(𝑥0)=0; if 𝑓(𝑦0)>𝑓(𝑎), then 𝑦0 is an interior local maximum and 𝑓′(𝑦0)=0. If neither strict inequality holds, then 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑎) for every 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏], so 𝑓 is constant and 𝑓′(𝑐)=0 for every 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏). □
Corollary 6.3 : Mean Value Theorem

If 𝑓 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏] and differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), then there is 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏) such that

𝑓′(𝑐)=𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑏−𝑎.
Proof

Let 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−(𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑏−𝑎)(𝑥−𝑎). Then 𝑔 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏], differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), and 𝑔(𝑎)=𝑔(𝑏). Rolle’s theorem gives 𝑔′(𝑐)=0, which rearranges to the displayed equality.

The L14 p.1 secant/tangent diagram records the same parallel-slope relation:

𝑎𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏)𝑏
𝑓(𝑎)𝑓′(𝑐) is the tangent slope𝑓(𝑏)
secant slope=𝑓′(𝑐)𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑏−𝑎

□

Corollary 6.4 : Zero derivative and monotonicity
若 𝑓 在 (𝑎,𝑏) 上 diffble 且每个 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏) 都有 𝑓′(𝑥)=0,则 𝑓 在 (𝑎,𝑏) 上 constant。于是若 𝑓′=𝑔′ on (𝑎,𝑏),则该处 𝑓=𝑔+𝐶。interval 𝐼 上的 function 在 𝑥<𝑦 推出 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑦) 时称 increasing;𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑦) 时称 strictly increasing;decreasing 对偶定义。 Weakly increasing or decreasing on 𝐼’‘ 与 monotone on 𝐼 同义。
Proof
If 𝑓 were not constant, there would be 𝑥≠𝑦 with 𝑓(𝑥)≠𝑓(𝑦); MVT would give 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)𝑥−𝑦≠0, a contradiction. Apply this to 𝑓−𝑔 for the second assertion. □
Corollary 6.5 : Increasing/decreasing test

If 𝑓 is differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), then 𝑓′(𝑥)≥0 for every 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏) implies 𝑓 is increasing on (𝑎,𝑏). If 𝑓′(𝑥)>0 for all 𝑥, then 𝑓 is strictly increasing. Both statements have decreasing duals.

Note: (i) is a weak statement, but (ii) has a strict conclusion. For 𝑦=𝑥3, 𝑥<𝑦 implies 𝑥3<𝑦3, though 𝑓′(0)=0.

Proof
For 𝑥<𝑦, MVT gives a 𝑐∈(𝑥,𝑦) with 𝑓(𝑦)−𝑓(𝑥)𝑦−𝑥=𝑓′(𝑐)≥0. □
Corollary 6.6 : First derivative test
Let 𝑐∈ℝ and suppose 𝑓 is continuous on 𝑉𝜀(𝑐) for some 𝜀>0, and differentiable on (𝑐−𝜀,𝑐) and (𝑐,𝑐+𝜀). If 𝑓′>0 on (𝑐−𝜀,𝑐) and 𝑓′<0 on (𝑐,𝑐+𝜀), then 𝑐 is a local maximum of 𝑓; dually, the reversed signs give a local minimum.
Proof
For 𝑥<𝑐, MVT gives a 𝑡∈(𝑥,𝑐) with 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑐)𝑥−𝑐=𝑓′(𝑡)>0, hence 𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑐). The same argument for 𝑐<𝑦 gives 𝑓(𝑦)<𝑓(𝑐). □
Theorem 6.46 : Darboux’s theorem
If 𝑓 is differentiable on [𝑎,𝑏] and 𝑓′(𝑎)<ℓ<𝑓′(𝑏), then there is 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏) such that 𝑓′(𝑐)=ℓ. Thus a differentiable function has every slope between 𝑓′(𝑎) and 𝑓′(𝑏): derivatives satisfy IVT even though they need not be continuous (no jump/infinite discontinuity).
Proof
WLOG let 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−ℓ𝑥. Then 𝑔′(𝑎)<0<𝑔′(𝑏), and 𝑔 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏]. EVT gives a minimum point 𝑐 of 𝑔. The endpoint derivative signs force 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏), so Fermat gives 𝑔′(𝑐)=0, hence 𝑓′(𝑐)=ℓ. □

6.3 Functions on intervals, inverse functions, and L’Hôpital (L14(2))

Standing assumption: let 𝐼⊂ℝ be a nondegenerate interval, and 𝑓:𝐼→ℝ a function.

Theorem 6.47 : Strictly increasing functions

If 𝑓 is strictly increasing, then:

  • 𝑓 is injective;
  • 𝑓−1 is also strictly increasing;
  • if 𝑐∈𝐼 is not the right endpoint of 𝐼, then lim𝑥→𝑐+𝑓(𝑥) exists;
  • if 𝑐∈𝐼 is not the left endpoint of 𝐼, then lim𝑥→𝑐−𝑓(𝑥) exists;
  • 𝑓 has at most countably many discontinuities, and they are all jumps;
  • if 𝑓[𝐼] is an interval, then 𝑓 is continuous.
Proof
For the right limit let 𝑆=𝑓[𝐼∩(𝑐,∞)], which is nonempty and bounded below by 𝑓(𝑐); write 𝐿=inf(𝑆). Given 𝜀>0, fix 0<𝛿 with 𝑐+𝛿∈𝐼 and 𝑓(𝑐+𝛿)<𝐿+𝜀. Then 𝐿≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑐+𝛿)<𝐿+𝜀 for 𝑥∈(𝑐,𝑐+𝛿), so lim𝑥→𝑐+𝑓(𝑥)=𝐿. The left-limit proof is similar, and these imply that discontinuities are jumps. For the final claim, prove the contrapositive: at an interior jump with ℓ=lim𝑥→𝑐−𝑓(𝑥)<𝐿=lim𝑥→𝑐+𝑓(𝑥), both (−∞,ℓ]∩𝑓[𝐼] and [𝐿,∞)∩𝑓[𝐼] are nonempty but (ℓ,𝐿) is not contained in 𝑓[𝐼] because (ℓ,𝐿)∩𝑓[𝐼]⊂{𝑓(𝑐)}. The endpoint cases are similar. The remaining proofs are left as exercises. Remark: the dual also holds if 𝑓 is strictly decreasing. □
Theorem 6.48 : Continuous functions on intervals

If 𝑓 is continuous, then:

  • 𝑓[𝐼] is an interval;
  • if 𝐼 is closed and bounded, so is 𝑓[𝐼];
  • 𝑓 is strictly monotone iff 𝑓 is injective;
  • if 𝑓 is injective, then 𝑓−1 is also continuous.
Proof

The first two were proved previously. For the backward direction of (iii), if 𝑓 is not strictly monotone, WLOG find 𝑥<𝑦<𝑧 in 𝐼 with either 𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑦)>𝑓(𝑧) or 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑓(𝑦)<𝑓(𝑧). IVT then implies 𝑓 is not one-to-one. L14(2) p.2 visualizes these two alternatives by the following ordered-value charts, each forcing a repeated intermediate value:

𝑥<𝑦<𝑧𝑥<𝑦<𝑧
𝑓(𝑥)<𝑓(𝑦)>𝑓(𝑧)𝑓(𝑥)>𝑓(𝑦)<𝑓(𝑧)not one-to-one by IVT

Finally, injectivity makes 𝑓 strictly monotone, hence 𝑓−1 strictly monotone; since 𝐼=𝑓−1[𝑓[𝐼]] is an interval, the previous theorem makes 𝑓−1 continuous. □

Corollary 6.7 : Injective functions and inverses

If 𝑓 is injective, then 𝑓 is strictly increasing iff 𝑓−1 is strictly increasing; 𝑓 is strictly decreasing iff 𝑓−1 is strictly decreasing; and 𝑓 is continuous iff 𝑓−1 is continuous.

Question: Could we add “𝑓 is differentiable iff 𝑓−1 is differentiable”? Answer: not quite. 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥3 is injective and differentiable on (−1,1), but 𝑓−1 is not differentiable at 𝑓(0)=0.

Theorem 6.49 : Inverse Function Theorem

Suppose 𝑓 is continuous and injective on an open interval 𝐼, let 𝑥0∈𝐼, and suppose 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0 with 𝑓′(𝑥0)≠0. Then 𝑓−1 is differentiable at 𝑦0=𝑓(𝑥0) and

(𝑓−1)′(𝑦0)=1𝑓′(𝑥0).

The p.3 inverse-function sketch has the paired coordinates

𝑥0𝑓𝑦0=𝑓(𝑥0)
𝑔(𝑦0)=𝑥0𝑔=𝑓−1𝑦0

.

Proof

Write 𝑔=𝑓−1. Since 𝑓′(𝑥0)≠0 and 𝑓(𝑥)≠𝑓(𝑥0) for 𝑥≠𝑥0,

lim𝑥→𝑥0𝑥−𝑥0𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0)=1𝑓′(𝑥0).

Fix 𝛿0>0 such that the difference between the displayed quotient and 1𝑓′(𝑥0) is less than 𝜀 whenever 0<|𝑥−𝑥0|<𝛿0. Continuity of 𝑔 at 𝑦0 supplies 𝛿1>0 with |𝑔(𝑦)−𝑔(𝑦0)|<𝛿0 whenever |𝑦−𝑦0|<𝛿1. Substitution 𝑥=𝑔(𝑦) is the displayed p.4 calculation: for 0<|𝑦−𝑦0|<𝛿1,

|𝑔(𝑦)−𝑔(𝑦0)𝑓(𝑔(𝑦))−𝑓(𝑔(𝑦0))−1𝑓′(𝑥0)|<𝜀,

and, since 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦))=𝑦 and 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦0))=𝑦0, this gives

|𝑔(𝑦)−𝑔(𝑦0)𝑦−𝑦0−1𝑓′(𝑥0)|<𝜀,

whence the result. Consequently, if 𝑓 is differentiable and 𝑓′≠0 on an open interval 𝐼, then 𝑓 is injective on 𝐼, 𝑓−1 is differentiable on 𝑓[𝐼], and (𝑓−1)′=1𝑓′○𝑓−1. The final visible p.4 margin annotation is: “Prove? Fix? Skip? 6.1.9”. □

Example 6.3 : Inverse derivative

Define the invertible differentiable function

𝑓(𝑥)=𝑒𝑥𝑥2+1+𝑥3+2𝑥

on ℝ. Find (𝑓−1)′(1). Since 𝑓(0)=1 and

𝑓′(𝑥)=𝑒𝑥(𝑥2+1)−2𝑥𝑒𝑥(𝑥2+1)2+3𝑥2+2=𝑒𝑥(𝑥−1)2(𝑥2+1)2+3𝑥2+2,(𝑓−1)′(1)=1𝑓′(𝑓−1(1))=1𝑓′(0)=13.

6.4 L’Hôpital’s Rule

Lemma 6.2 : Cauchy’s Mean Value Theorem

Let 𝑎<𝑏, and suppose 𝑓,𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ are continuous on [𝑎,𝑏] and differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏). Then there is 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏) such that

(𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎))𝑔′(𝑐)=(𝑔(𝑏)−𝑔(𝑎))𝑓′(𝑐).
Proof
Apply MVT to ℎ(𝑥)=(𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎))𝑔(𝑥)−(𝑔(𝑏)−𝑔(𝑎))𝑓(𝑥) on [𝑎,𝑏]. □
Theorem 6.50 : L’Hôpital’s Rule
Let 𝑎<𝑏, and let 𝑓,𝑔:(𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ be differentiable functions with 𝑔′(𝑥)≠0 for all 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏). Suppose lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑓(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑔(𝑥)=0. If lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑓′(𝑥)𝑔′(𝑥) exists and equals 𝐿∈ℝ, then lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥) exists and equals 𝐿.
Proof

Extend 𝑓,𝑔 to 𝐹,𝐺:[𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ by 𝐹(𝑎)=𝐺(𝑎)=0. Rolle’s theorem on 𝐺 shows that not just 𝑔′ but 𝑔 itself is never 0 on (𝑎,𝑏). Let (𝑥𝑛) in (𝑎,𝑏) tend to 𝑎. Cauchy’s MVT supplies 𝑦𝑛∈(𝑎,𝑥𝑛) with

𝐹′(𝑦𝑛)(𝐺(𝑥𝑛)−𝐺(𝑎))=𝐺′(𝑦𝑛)(𝐹(𝑥𝑛)−𝐹(𝑎)).

Then 𝑦𝑛→𝑎 and 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)𝑔(𝑥𝑛)=𝑓′(𝑦𝑛)𝑔′(𝑦𝑛) for all 𝑛; hence the quotient tends to 𝐿. Since (𝑥𝑛) was arbitrary, the desired right-hand limit is 𝐿.

Remark: the rule also holds for two-sided limits and limits at ±∞. It also holds for indeterminate limits of the form ±∞±∞, and can be adapted to ∞−∞, 0⋅∞, 1∞, 00, and ∞0 (see 6.3). Skip the rest? □

Example 6.4 : L’Hôpital examples
lim𝑥→0sin𝑥𝑥=lim𝑥→0cos𝑥1=1;∀𝑎>0,lim𝑥→∞ln𝑥𝑥𝑎=lim𝑥→∞1𝑎𝑥𝑎=0;∀𝑎>0,lim𝑥→∞𝑥𝑎𝑒𝑥=lim𝑥→∞𝑎𝑥𝑎−1𝑒𝑥=…=0.
Corollary 6.8 : No removable discontinuity for a derivative
Let 𝑎∈ℝ, let 𝐼 be an open interval containing 𝑎, and let 𝑓:𝐼→ℝ be continuous and differentiable on 𝐼∖{𝑎}. If lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓′(𝑥) exists, then 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑎 and lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓′(𝑥)=𝑓′(𝑎).
Proof

Let 𝐹(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎) and 𝐺(𝑥)=𝑥−𝑎. Then lim𝑥→𝑎𝐹(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝐺(𝑥)=0 and lim𝑥→𝑎𝐹′(𝑥)𝐺′(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓′(𝑥) exists. The definition of derivative and L’Hôpital’s rule give

𝑓′(𝑎)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎=lim𝑥→𝑎𝐹(𝑥)𝐺(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝐹′(𝑥)𝐺′(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓′(𝑥).

□

Example 6.5 : Final counterexample
Let 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥sin(1𝑥) for 𝑥≠0, and 𝑓(0)=0. From continuity at 0 and differentiability everywhere except at 0, we already know that lim𝑥→0𝑓′(𝑥) cannot exist.

7 Numerical series

Definition 7.35 : Series

若 (𝑎𝑘)𝑘∈ℕ 是 ℝ 中的一个 sequence,记

𝑠𝑛=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘

为其 𝑛th partial sum;(𝑠𝑛) 是 sequence of partial sums。用 ∑𝑘=1∞𝑎𝑘 表示由 (𝑎𝑘) 确定的 infinite series。

若 lim𝑛→∞∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘=𝐿,则 series converges;否则 diverges。Informally,∑𝑎𝑘<∞。Note: ∑𝑘=1∞𝑎𝑘 代表一个 limit 而非 algebraic operation.

Example 7.6 : Harmonic and geometric series

The harmonic series diverges to +∞:

∑𝑛=1∞1𝑛=1+12+(13+14)+(15+16+17+18)+…≥1+12+12+…=∑𝑛=1∞12=∞.

给定 𝑎,𝑟∈ℝ 和 𝑚∈ℤ,∑𝑘=𝑚∞𝑎𝑟𝑘 是 geometric series。If 𝑟≠1,then

∑𝑘=𝑚𝑛𝑎𝑟𝑘=𝑎(𝑟𝑚−𝑟𝑛+1)1−𝑟,

and therefore

∑𝑘=𝑚∞𝑎𝑟𝑘={𝑎𝑟𝑚1−𝑟|𝑟|<1DNE|𝑟|≥1.

The source writes the finite calculation explicitly (for 𝑚≤𝑛):

(1−𝑟)∑𝑘=𝑚𝑛𝑎𝑟𝑘=𝑎[(𝑟𝑚+…+𝑟𝑛)−(𝑟𝑚+1+…+𝑟𝑛+1)],

hence ∑𝑘=𝑚𝑛𝑎𝑟𝑘=𝑎(𝑟𝑚−𝑟𝑛+1)1−𝑟.

Definition 7.36 : 𝑝-series

给定 𝑝∈ℝ,形如

∑𝑛=1∞(1𝑛)𝑝

的 series 称为 𝑝-series。

Theorem 7.51 : 𝑝-series criterion
A 𝑝-series converges iff 𝑝>1.
Proof

If 𝑝≤1, then 𝑛𝑝≤𝑛, so 1𝑛𝑝≥1𝑛 and comparison with the harmonic series gives divergence. If 𝑝>1,

∑𝑛=1∞1𝑛𝑝=1+12𝑝+13𝑝+(14𝑝+…+17𝑝)+(18𝑝+…+115𝑝)+…≤1+22𝑝+44𝑝+88𝑝+…=∑𝑗=0∞(12𝑝−1)𝑗=11−(12)𝑝−1<∞.

The notes record ∑1𝑛2=𝜋26, ∑1𝑛4=𝜋490, and “∑1𝑛3: no nice formula”. □

Example 7.7 : Telescoping and alternating harmonic series
∑𝑛=1∞(1𝑛−1𝑛+1)=(1−12)+(12−13)+…=lim𝑛→∞(1−1𝑛+1)=1.

For the alternating harmonic series,

∑𝑘=1∞(−1)𝑘+1𝑘=(1−12)+(13−14)+….

If 𝑠𝑛=∑𝑘=1𝑛(−1)𝑘+1𝑘, then (𝑠2𝑛) increases and (𝑠2𝑛+1) decreases, so

∑𝑘=1∞(−1)𝑘+1𝑘=sup{𝑠2𝑛}=inf{𝑠2𝑛+1}=ln2.
Theorem 7.52 : Linearity of series

设 ∑𝑎𝑛 和 ∑𝑏𝑛 converge,且 𝑐∈ℝ。Then

∑𝑐𝑎𝑛=𝑐∑𝑎𝑛,∑(𝑎𝑛+𝑏𝑛)=∑𝑎𝑛+∑𝑏𝑛.

Note: ∑𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛≠(∑𝑎𝑛)(∑𝑏𝑛).

Theorem 7.53 : Cauchy criterion for convergence

令 ∑𝑎𝑘 是 partial sums 为 (𝑠𝑛) 的 series。则 ∑𝑎𝑘 converges iff (𝑠𝑛) is Cauchy,即对每个 𝜀>0 存在 𝑁∈ℕ such that

|𝑠𝑛−𝑠𝑚|<𝜀whenever𝑁≤𝑚≤𝑛.

Equivalently, |∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑎𝑘|<𝜀.

Proof
课后。 □
Theorem 7.54 : The 𝑛th-term test
If ∑𝑎𝑛 converges, then 𝑎𝑛→0. Contrapositively useful: (𝑎𝑛) not tending to 0 implies ∑𝑎𝑛 diverges. (这是 convergence 的 necessary 而非 sufficient condition。)
Proof
lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘=lim𝑘→∞(𝑠𝑘−𝑠𝑘−1)=lim𝑘→∞𝑠𝑘−lim𝑘→∞𝑠𝑘−1=0.

□

Theorem 7.55 : Comparison test

Let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence of nonnegative numbers and let (𝑏𝑛) be any sequence.

  • If ∑𝑎𝑛 converges and |𝑏𝑛|≤𝑎𝑛 for all 𝑛, then ∑𝑏𝑛 converges.
  • If ∑𝑎𝑛=∞ and 𝑏𝑛≥𝑎𝑛 for all 𝑛, then ∑𝑏𝑛=∞.

The finite-tail form is also recorded: if ∑𝑏𝑛 converges and |𝑏𝑛|≤𝑎𝑛 for all 𝑛≥𝑁, then ∑𝑏𝑛 converges; of course the limit is different.

Proof

Let (𝑠𝑛) and (𝑡𝑛) be the partial sums of ∑𝑎𝑘 and ∑𝑏𝑘. In the first case,

|𝑡𝑛−𝑡𝑚|=|∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑏𝑘|≤∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛|𝑏𝑘|≤∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑎𝑘=|𝑠𝑛−𝑠𝑚|.

Thus the Cauchy criterion makes ∑𝑏𝑘 converge. The second assertion is similar. □

Example 7.8 : Comparison and absolute convergence
∑𝑛=2∞sin(𝑛)𝑛2ln𝑛

converges by comparison with ∑1𝑛2, since for all sufficiently large 𝑛,

|sin𝑛𝑛2ln𝑛|<1𝑛2.

A series ∑𝑎𝑘 converges absolutely if ∑|𝑎𝑘| converges. Absolute convergence is a stronger condition: if ∑𝑎𝑘 converges absolutely, then ∑𝑎𝑘 converges, because

|𝑠𝑛−𝑠𝑚|=|∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑎𝑘|≤∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛|𝑎𝑘|.
Definition 7.37 : Conditional convergence
一个 convergent 但不 absolutely convergent 的 series 称为 conditionally convergent。alternating harmonic series ∑𝑘=1∞(−1)𝑘+1𝑘 conditional convergence。
Theorem 7.56 : Root test

Let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence in ℝ and let 𝜌=lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛.

  • If 𝜌<1, then ∑𝑎𝑛 converges absolutely.
  • If |𝑎𝑛|≥1 for infinitely many 𝑛 (which happens when 𝜌>1), then ∑𝑎𝑛 diverges.

Note: 𝐿=lim sup𝑎𝑛 iff, for every 𝜀>0, there are only finitely many 𝑛 with 𝑎𝑛>𝐿+𝜀, while there are infinitely many 𝑛 with 𝑎𝑛>𝐿−𝜀.

Proof
Assume 𝜌<1, fix 𝜌<𝑟<1, and choose 𝑁 such that |𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤𝑟 for 𝑛≥𝑁. Then |𝑎𝑛|≤𝑟𝑛 and comparison with ∑𝑟𝑛 proves absolute convergence. If |𝑎𝑛|≥1 infinitely often, then 𝑎𝑛 does not tend to 0, so the 𝑛th-term test gives divergence. □
Theorem 7.57 : Ratio test

Let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence of nonzero numbers.

  • If lim sup|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|<1, then ∑𝑎𝑛 converges absolutely.
  • If lim inf|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|>1, then ∑𝑎𝑛 diverges.

This follows from the root test and the lecture’s fact

lim inf|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|≤lim inf|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤lim sup|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|.
Theorem 7.58 : Alternating Series Test

If (𝑎𝑘) is a decreasing sequence of positive numbers converging to 0, then

∑𝑘=1∞(−1)𝑘+1𝑎𝑘

converges.

Proof

Let 𝑠𝑛=∑𝑘=1𝑛(−1)𝑘+1𝑎𝑘. Then

𝑠2𝑛=(𝑎1−𝑎2)+(𝑎3−𝑎4)+…+(𝑎2𝑛−1−𝑎2𝑛)

is increasing and bounded above by 𝑎1, hence converges to ℓ. Choose 𝑁 so that |𝑠2𝑛−ℓ|<𝜀2 and |𝑎2𝑛+1|<𝜀2 for 𝑛≥𝑁. Then

|𝑠2𝑛+1−ℓ|≤|𝑠2𝑛−ℓ|+|𝑎2𝑛+1|<𝜀.

Thus 𝑠2𝑛+1→ℓ as well, hence 𝑠𝑛→ℓ. □

Theorem 7.59 : Integral test

Let 𝑓 be a positive and decreasing function on [1,∞). Then

∑𝑘=1∞𝑓(𝑘) converges⇔∫1∞𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥

converges, where

∫1∞𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥=lim𝑏→∞∫1𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥.

Note: 此时我们还没有严格定义 improper integral;integral test 的证明以后 再证,但其意义很直观,并由矩形比较

𝑓(𝑘+1)≤∫𝑘𝑘+1𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥≤𝑓(𝑘).

L15 p.4 的紫色 rectangle sketch 就是这组不等式:一个宽度为 1 的 interval [𝑘,𝑘+1] 上,decreasing curve 下的 area 介于两端点高的 rectangles 之间。其 native table reconstruction is

left rectanglecurve area over [𝑘,𝑘+1]right rectangle
𝑓(𝑘+1)⋅1∫𝑘𝑘+1𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥𝑓(𝑘)⋅1
lower boundmiddleupper bound

.

8 Riemann integration

8.1 Antiderivatives and Riemann sums (L16)

Definition 8.38 : Antiderivatives
A function 𝐹 被称为 an antiderivative of 𝑓 on interval 𝐼,if 𝐹′(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥) for all 𝑥∈𝐼。若 𝐹 是 𝑓 在 𝐼 上的 antdv,那么 对任意 𝐶∈ℝ,𝐹(𝑥)+𝐶 都是在 𝐼 上的 antdv;且 𝑓 在 𝐼 上的任何 antdv 都是 𝐹(𝑥)+𝐶 的形式。
Example 8.9 : The antiderivative problem

For 𝑟≠−1,

dd𝑥(𝑥𝑟+1𝑟+1)=𝑥𝑟.

Thus 𝑥𝑟+1𝑟+1 is an antiderivative of 𝑥𝑟 on ℝ. For example, 𝑓(𝑥)=3𝑥2−2𝑥+7 has antiderivative 𝐹(𝑥)=𝑥3−𝑥2+7𝑥+𝐶; 𝑔(𝑥)=sin(2𝑥) has 𝐺(𝑥)=−cos(2𝑥)2+𝐶; for ℎ(𝑥)=cos(𝑥2), the question 𝐻(𝑥)=? is left as an illustration that antiderivatives need not have a familiar formula.

The antiderivative problem:given a ctn function 𝑓 on interval 𝐼,find 𝐹 such that 𝐹′=𝑓 on 𝐼。Informal 的分析是:当 ℎ 很小时, differentiability suggests 𝐹(𝑎+ℎ)−𝐹(𝑎)≈ℎ𝑓(𝑎),即 graph 下的一条 narrow region 的 area approximately 为 ℎ𝑓(𝑎)。

Definition 8.39 : Def② 基础架构:partitions, mesh, and tags

𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ 是一个 function(不需要 ctn)。

  1. A partition 𝑃 of [𝑎,𝑏] is a finite ordered set 𝑃=(𝑥0,𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛) where 𝑎=𝑥0<𝑥1<…<𝑥𝑛=𝑏.
  2. 𝐼𝑘=[𝑥𝑘−1,𝑥𝑘] is the 𝑘th subinterval of [𝑎,𝑏].
  3. The norm (mesh) is

    ‖𝑃‖=max{Δ𝑥𝑘:1≤𝑘≤𝑛},Δ𝑥𝑘=𝑥𝑘−𝑥𝑘−1.
  4. A tagged partition ⋅𝑃 is a partition 𝑃=(𝑥0,…,𝑥𝑛) together with a choice 𝑡𝑘∈𝐼𝑘 for every 𝑘; 𝑡𝑘 is the tag.

The numbered line on L16 p.2 is the partition picture 𝑎=𝑥0<𝑥1<…<𝑥𝑛=𝑏; a representative finite rendering is

𝑎=𝑥0𝑥1𝑥2…𝑥𝑛=𝑏
𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝐼𝑛

.

Definition 8.40 : Riemann sum

对 tagged partition ⋅𝑃,𝑓 在 [𝑎,𝑏] 上的 Riemann Sum 是

𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓(𝑡𝑘)Δ𝑥𝑘.

tagged partition 就是把 [𝑎,𝑏] 切分成 𝑛 个 subinterval,在每个 subinterval 上都取一点作为 tag;Riemann Sum 对每个 subinterval 都用 𝑓(𝑡𝑘)Δ𝑥𝑘 近似面积。

The colored rectangles in L16 p.2 assign one tag to each interval:

𝐼1𝐼2…𝐼𝑛
𝑡1∈𝐼1𝑡2∈𝐼2…𝑡𝑛∈𝐼𝑛
𝑓(𝑡1)Δ𝑥1𝑓(𝑡2)Δ𝑥2…𝑓(𝑡𝑛)Δ𝑥𝑛

.

Definition 8.41 : Riemann integrability

称 𝑓 在 [𝑎,𝑏] 上 Riemann Integrable,若存在 𝐿∈ℝ,使对任意 𝜀>0,存在 𝛿>0 满足

|𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)−𝐿|<𝜀

对任何 ‖𝑃‖<𝛿 的 tagged partition ⋅𝑃 都成立。记

𝐿=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓

并称为 𝑓 在 [𝑎,𝑏] 上的 Riemann integral。

Riemann Integrable: 对于任意小的 𝜀,都存在 𝛿 使得对于任何 mesh 小于 𝛿 的 partition,都有其 Riemann Sum 和 𝐿 的距离小于 𝜀。我们发现这是一个 Cauchy 式的 Definition;直觉上(稍后将证明) mesh ‖𝑃‖ 越小,即 partition 越精细,Riemann Sum 就会越接近 area so far,因而这个定义很符合直觉。Informally, lim‖𝑃‖→0𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)=𝐿.

Theorem 8.60 : bounded 是 Riemann integrable 的必要条件
If 𝑓 is Riemann integrable on [𝑎,𝑏],then 𝑓 is bounded on [𝑎,𝑏]。
Proof

Prove the contrapositive. Suppose 𝑓 is unbounded on [𝑎,𝑏]. Let 𝜀=1, choose any 𝛿>0, and take any tagged partition ⋅𝑃 with ‖𝑃‖<𝛿. Fix 𝑘 such that 𝑓 is unbounded on 𝐼𝑘, then choose 𝑠𝑘∈𝐼𝑘 with

|𝑓(𝑠𝑘)−𝑓(𝑡𝑘)|>1Δ𝑥𝑘.

Replace only the 𝑘th tag of ⋅𝑃 by 𝑠𝑘, producing ⋅𝑃′. Then |𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)−𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃′)|>1. Thus no common limiting 𝐿 can satisfy the definition. □

Definition 8.42 : Special Riemann sums

一个 regular partition 的所有 Δ𝑥𝑘 都相同: Δ𝑥𝑘=‖𝑃‖=𝑏−𝑎𝑛。对一个 partition,取 𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘 得 right Riemann sum;取 𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘−1 得 left Riemann sum;取 𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘+𝑥𝑘−12 得 midpoint Riemann sum。

Combining the regular partition with the right Riemann sum gives

𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓(𝑎+𝑘(𝑏−𝑎)𝑛)𝑏−𝑎𝑛.

L16 p.3 displays the three choices with their tag positions:

right Riemann sumleft Riemann summidpoint Riemann sum
𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘−1𝑡𝑘=𝑥𝑘−1+𝑥𝑘2

.

Example 8.10 : A right sum for 𝑥2

Compute the right Riemann sum of 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2 on [0,1] using a regular partition with 𝑛 subintervals. Here

𝑥𝑘=𝑘𝑛,Δ𝑥𝑘=1𝑛,𝑡𝑘=𝑘𝑛

for 1≤𝑘≤𝑛, so

𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃𝑛)=∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝑘𝑛)2(1𝑛)=1𝑛3∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑘2=2𝑛3+3𝑛2+𝑛6𝑛3.

Therefore lim𝑛→∞𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃𝑛)=13. But this is only one kind of tags on one family of partitions; Riemann integrability must cover all tagged partitions. We return to this using Darboux sums.

Definition 8.43 : Darboux sums and integral

Suppose 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is bounded and 𝑃=(𝑥0,…,𝑥𝑛) is a partition. The upper and lower sums are

𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)=∑𝑘=1𝑛sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘]Δ𝑥𝑘,𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)=∑𝑘=1𝑛inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘]Δ𝑥𝑘.

The upper and lower Darboux integrals are

𝑈(𝑓)=inf{𝑈(𝑓,𝑃):𝑃 partitions of [𝑎,𝑏]},𝐿(𝑓)=sup{𝐿(𝑓,𝑃):𝑃 partitions of [𝑎,𝑏]}.

Always 𝐿(𝑓)≤𝑈(𝑓). We say 𝑓 is Darboux integrable on [𝑎,𝑏] iff 𝑈(𝑓)=𝐿(𝑓). Upper Darboux integral 是所有 partitions 的 upper sum 的下确界; lower Darboux integral 是所有 partitions 的 lower sum 的上确界。

Darboux sum 本身不是 Riemann sum,除非 𝑓 continuous(此时 extrema 可取); but for every tagged partition, 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃).

L16 p.4 contrasts the upper and lower rectangle pictures on one partition:

rectangle height on 𝐼𝑘tag heightrectangle height on 𝐼𝑘
inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘] (lower sum)𝑓(𝑡𝑘)sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘] (upper sum)
𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)

.

Theorem 8.61 : Refinement lemma

Let 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ be bounded with |𝑓(𝑥)|≤𝐵 for all 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]. Let 𝑄⊇𝑃=(𝑥𝑘)𝑘=0𝑛 be partitions of [𝑎,𝑏], and put

𝐽={𝑘:𝑄∩(𝑥𝑘−1,𝑥𝑘)≠∅}.

Then

𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝑓,𝑄),|𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑄)|≤2|𝐽|𝐵‖𝑃‖,

and dually

𝑈(𝑓,𝑄)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃),|𝑈(𝑓,𝑄)−𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)|≤2|𝐽|𝐵‖𝑃‖.
Proof

Fix 𝑘∈𝐽, and let 𝑥𝑘−1=𝑦0<…<𝑦𝑟=𝑥𝑘 be the partition points of 𝑄 in 𝐼𝑘. Then

𝐿(𝑓,𝑄∩𝐼𝑘)=∑𝑗=1𝑟inf[𝑦𝑗−1,𝑦𝑗]𝑓Δ𝑦𝑗

whereas (inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘])Δ𝑥𝑘=∑𝑗=1𝑟inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘]Δ𝑦𝑗. Each difference is at most 2𝐵Δ𝑦𝑗, hence

0≤𝐿(𝑓,𝑄∩𝐼𝑘)−(inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘])Δ𝑥𝑘≤2𝐵Δ𝑥𝑘≤2𝐵‖𝑃‖.

Sum over 𝑘∈𝐽. The upper-sum statement is dual. Thus refinement makes lower sums bigger and upper sums smaller, and the difference depends on how many new points and how small the mesh is. □

8.2 Equivalence and basic properties (L17)

Theorem 8.62 : Equivalent Riemann/Darboux criteria

For a bounded function 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ, the following are equivalent:

  1. 𝑓 is Riemann integrable on [𝑎,𝑏].
  2. For every 𝜀>0, there is 𝛿>0 such that every two tagged partitions ⋅𝑃,⋅𝑄 with ‖𝑃‖,‖𝑄‖<𝛿 satisfy |𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)−𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑄)|<𝜀.
  3. For every 𝜀>0, there is 𝛿>0 such that every partition 𝑃 with ‖𝑃‖<𝛿 satisfies 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀.
  4. 𝑓 is Darboux integrable on [𝑎,𝑏].
  5. For every 𝜀>0, there is a partition 𝑃 of [𝑎,𝑏] such that 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀.
Proof

(1) => (2). If all sufficiently fine Riemann sums are within 𝜀2 of 𝐿, their pairwise difference is below 𝜀.

(2) => (3). For a fixed fine partition choose, in every 𝐼𝑘, points 𝑠𝑘,𝑡𝑘 approaching inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘] and sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘] sufficiently closely:

|𝑓(𝑠𝑘)−inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘]|<𝜀4(𝑏−𝑎),|𝑓(𝑡𝑘)−sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘]|<𝜀4(𝑏−𝑎).

The associated tagged sums differ by less than 𝜀2, while their distances to 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃) and 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃) are each below 𝜀4; thus 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀.

(3) => (4). Since 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝑓)≤𝑈(𝑓)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃) for every 𝑃, |𝐿(𝑓)−𝑈(𝑓)|≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀. Hence 𝐿(𝑓)=𝑈(𝑓).

(4) => (5). Choose partitions 𝑃,𝑄 with 𝐿(𝑓)−𝜀2<𝐿(𝑓,𝑃) and 𝑈(𝑓,𝑄)<𝑈(𝑓)+𝜀2. For the common refinement 𝑃∪𝑄,

𝐿(𝑓)−𝜀2<𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝑓,𝑃∪𝑄)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃∪𝑄)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑄)<𝑈(𝑓)+𝜀2,

whence its upper-minus-lower sum is below 𝜀.

(5) => (3). Fix 𝑃0 with 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃0)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃0)<𝜀2. Let |𝑓(𝑥)|≤𝐵 and choose 𝛿=𝜀8𝑚𝐵, where 𝑚 is the number of subintervals of 𝑃0. For any 𝑃 with ‖𝑃‖<𝛿, let 𝑄=𝑃∪𝑃0. The refinement lemma bounds both changes by 2𝑚𝐵𝛿≤𝜀4. Together with 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃0)≤𝐿(𝑓,𝑄)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑄)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃0) this gives 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀. □

Example 8.11 : 𝑥2 and the Dirichlet function

For 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2 on [0,1] and the regular partition 𝑃𝑛 with 𝑛 intervals,

𝑈(𝑓,𝑃𝑛)=∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝑘𝑛)2(1𝑛)=2𝑛3+3𝑛2+𝑛6𝑛3,𝐿(𝑓,𝑃𝑛)=∑𝑘=0𝑛−1(𝑘𝑛)2(1𝑛)=2𝑛3−3𝑛2+𝑛6𝑛3.

Both tend to 13, so 𝑥2 is Darboux and hence Riemann integrable, with ∫01𝑥2d𝑥=13.

For 𝐷(𝑥)=1 on ℚ and 0 on ℝ∖ℚ, every subinterval contains rationals and irrationals, so every partition has 𝑈(𝐷,𝑃)=1 and 𝐿(𝐷,𝑃)=0. Therefore it is neither Darboux nor Riemann integrable, although it is Lebesgue integrable and ∫01𝐷(𝑥)d𝑥=0.

Theorem 8.63 : Linearity of integration

If 𝑓,𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ are Riemann integrable and 𝑐∈ℝ, then 𝑐𝑓 and 𝑓+𝑔 are Riemann integrable and

∫𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑓=𝑐∫𝑎𝑏𝑓,∫𝑎𝑏(𝑓+𝑔)=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓+∫𝑎𝑏𝑔.
Proof
This follows from linearity of Riemann sums: 𝑆(𝑐𝑓,⋅𝑃)=𝑐𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃) and 𝑆(𝑓+𝑔,⋅𝑃)=𝑆(𝑓,⋅𝑃)+𝑆(𝑔,⋅𝑃). □
Theorem 8.64 : Monotonicity of integration

If 𝑓,𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ are Riemann integrable and 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥) for all 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏], then

∫𝑎𝑏𝑓≤∫𝑎𝑏𝑔.
Proof
For every partition 𝑃, 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝑈(𝑔,𝑃), hence 𝑈(𝑓)≤𝑈(𝑔). □
Theorem 8.65 : Monotone functions are integrable
If 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is monotone on [𝑎,𝑏], then 𝑓 is Riemann integrable on [𝑎,𝑏].
Proof

WLOG suppose 𝑓 is increasing. Given 𝜀>0, take any partition 𝑃=(𝑥𝑘)𝑘=0𝑛 with ‖𝑃‖<𝜀𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎). Then

𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)=∑𝑘=1𝑛(sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘]−inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘])Δ𝑥𝑘=∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝑓(𝑥𝑘)−𝑓(𝑥𝑘−1))Δ𝑥𝑘≤∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝑓(𝑥𝑘)−𝑓(𝑥𝑘−1))𝜀𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑎)=𝜀.

□

8.3 Measure-zero criterion, FTC, and rules (L18)

Definition 8.44 : Zero-measure set

𝐴⊂ℝ has measure zero if, for every 𝜀>0, there is a sequence of open intervals ((𝑎𝑘,𝑏𝑘))𝑘∈ℕ such that

𝐴⊂∪𝑘∈ℕ(𝑎𝑘,𝑏𝑘),∑𝑘=1∞(𝑏𝑘−𝑎𝑘)<𝜀.

注:zero measure 的意义是这个集合的 length 是 0。它可以是无限甚至 uncountable 的,但能由一串很窄的开区间覆盖;例如 Cantor set, |𝐹|=𝑐, 但它是 zero measure。

Theorem 8.66 : Lebesgue’s characterization of integrability
A bounded function 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is Riemann integrable iff the set of discontinuities of 𝑓 has measure zero. (𝑓 的非连续点是零测的。)
Lemma 8.3 : Uniform-continuity oscillation estimate

Let 𝑔:[𝑐,𝑑]→ℝ. Suppose there are 𝜀,𝛿>0 such that |𝑔(𝑥)−𝑔(𝑦)|<𝜀 whenever 𝑥,𝑦∈[𝑐,𝑑] and |𝑥−𝑦|≤𝛿. Then 𝑔 is bounded, and

sup(𝑔)−inf(𝑔)≤(𝑑−𝑐𝛿+1)𝜀.
Proof

Given 𝑥<𝑦, choose least 𝑛 with 𝑑−𝑐𝛿≤𝑛, so 𝑛<1+𝑑−𝑐𝛿, and set 𝑧𝑘=𝑥+𝑘(𝑦−𝑥)𝑛. Each increment is at most 𝛿, hence

|𝑔(𝑥)−𝑔(𝑦)|≤∑𝑘=1𝑛|𝑔(𝑧𝑘)−𝑔(𝑧𝑘−1)|<𝑛𝜀<(𝑑−𝑐𝛿+1)𝜀.

Since 𝑥,𝑦 are arbitrary, the claim follows. □

Theorem 8.67 : Composition theorem
Let 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ be integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], and suppose 𝑔:ℝ→ℝ is continuous. Then 𝑔○𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏].
Proof

Since 𝑓 is integrable it is bounded, so choose a closed bounded interval 𝐼⊇𝑓([𝑎,𝑏]). Then 𝑔 is uniformly continuous on 𝐼. Given 𝜀>0, choose 𝛿>0 so that

|𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿⇒|𝑔(𝑥)−𝑔(𝑦)|<𝜀2(𝑏−𝑎).

Choose 𝑃 with 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝛿(𝑏−𝑎). Apply the lemma on every [inf𝑓[𝐼𝑘],sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘]] to estimate its 𝑔○𝑓 oscillation. Then

𝑈(𝑔○𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑔○𝑓,𝑃)≤𝜀2𝛿(𝑏−𝑎)(𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃))+∑𝑘=1𝑛𝜀2(𝑏−𝑎)Δ𝑥𝑘<𝜀.

□

Corollary 8.9 : Continuous functions and products

Continuous functions are integrable: take 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑥 in the composition theorem. If 𝑓 and 𝑔 are integrable, then 𝑓𝑔 is integrable, because

𝑓𝑔=12((𝑓+𝑔)2−𝑓2−𝑔2)

and ℎ(𝑥)=𝑥2 is continuous.

Theorem 8.68 : Additional properties of the integral

If 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], then |𝑓| is integrable and

|∫𝑎𝑏𝑓|≤∫𝑎𝑏|𝑓|.

If 𝑎<𝑐<𝑏, then 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏] iff it is integrable on both [𝑎,𝑐] and [𝑐,𝑏], and

∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=∫𝑎𝑐𝑓+∫𝑐𝑏𝑓.

More generally, the L18 p.2 restriction construction says: if [𝑐,𝑑]⊂[𝑎,𝑏] and

𝑔(𝑥)={𝑓(𝑥)𝑥∈[𝑐,𝑑]0𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]∖[𝑐,𝑑],

then 𝑔=𝑓𝜒[𝑐,𝑑], where

𝜒𝐴(𝑥)={1𝑥∈𝐴0𝑥∉𝐴,

is the characteristic function of 𝐴⊂ℝ, and

∫𝑐𝑑𝑓=∫𝑎𝑏𝑔=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝜒[𝑐,𝑑].

Altering 𝑓 at finitely many points does not change integrability or the integral. Equivalently, if 𝑓 is integrable and

𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥) for all but finitely many 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏],

then 𝑔 is integrable and ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=∫𝑎𝑏𝑔. The proof uses uniform continuity to make the changed finite-point contributions arbitrarily small.

8.4 Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

Theorem 8.69 : FTC I

Suppose 𝐹:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏], differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), and 𝐹′ is Riemann integrable on [𝑎,𝑏]. Then

∫𝑎𝑏𝐹′(𝑥)d𝑥=𝐹(𝑏)−𝐹(𝑎).

Notation: 𝐹(𝑏)−𝐹(𝑎)=𝐹(𝑥)|𝑎𝑏.

Proof

Given a partition 𝑃=(𝑥𝑘)𝑘=0𝑛 with 𝑈(𝐹′,𝑃)−𝐿(𝐹′,𝑃)<𝜀, MVT supplies 𝑡𝑘∈𝐼𝑘 with

𝐹′(𝑡𝑘)=𝐹(𝑥𝑘)−𝐹(𝑥𝑘−1)𝑥𝑘−𝑥𝑘−1.

Thus

𝐹(𝑏)−𝐹(𝑎)=∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝐹(𝑥𝑘)−𝐹(𝑥𝑘−1))=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝐹′(𝑡𝑘)Δ𝑥𝑘=𝑆(𝐹′,⋅𝑃).

Since 𝐿(𝐹′,𝑃)≤𝑆(𝐹′,⋅𝑃)≤𝑈(𝐹′,𝑃), the difference between ∫𝑎𝑏𝐹′ and 𝐹(𝑏)−𝐹(𝑎) is below 𝜀. □

Theorem 8.70 : FTC II

Let 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ be Riemann integrable and define

𝐹(𝑥)=∫𝑎𝑥𝑓(𝑡)d𝑡,𝑎≤𝑥≤𝑏.

Then 𝐹 is uniformly continuous on [𝑎,𝑏]. If 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑥0∈(𝑎,𝑏), then 𝐹 is differentiable at 𝑥0 and 𝐹′(𝑥0)=𝑓(𝑥0).

Proof

Fix 𝐵 with |𝑓(𝑥)|≤𝐵. If 0<𝑥−𝑦<𝛿=𝜀𝐵, then

|𝐹(𝑥)−𝐹(𝑦)|=|∫𝑦𝑥𝑓(𝑡)d𝑡|≤∫𝑦𝑥|𝑓(𝑡)|d𝑡≤𝐵(𝑥−𝑦)<𝜀,

so 𝐹 is uniformly continuous. At a continuity point 𝑥0,

𝐹(𝑥)−𝐹(𝑥0)𝑥−𝑥0−𝑓(𝑥0)=1𝑥−𝑥0∫𝑥0𝑥(𝑓(𝑡)−𝑓(𝑥0))d𝑡.

Given 𝜀>0, continuity gives 𝛿>0 with |𝑓(𝑡)−𝑓(𝑥0)|<𝜀 whenever |𝑡−𝑥0|<𝛿. Thus, for 𝑥∈𝑉𝛿(𝑥0) and 𝑥≠𝑥0,

|𝐹(𝑥)−𝐹(𝑥0)𝑥−𝑥0−𝑓(𝑥0)|≤1|𝑥−𝑥0||∫𝑥0𝑥(𝑓(𝑡)−𝑓(𝑥0))d𝑡|≤1|𝑥−𝑥0|∫𝑥0𝑥𝜀d𝑡=𝜀.

Therefore 𝐹′(𝑥0)=𝑓(𝑥0).

Note: 𝑓 在 𝑥0 处 continuous 是 FTC II 中很重要的条件。 □

Example 8.12 : FTC examples and caveats
𝑔(𝑥)=∫0𝑥cos(𝑡2)d𝑡

is an antiderivative of 𝑓(𝑥)=cos𝑥2 on ℝ because 𝑓 is continuous. Also

dd𝑥∫0𝑥𝑒𝑡2d𝑡=𝑒𝑥2,

though the integral generally cannot be written in elementary closed form. By the chain rule,

dd𝑥∫0𝑥3sin𝑡d𝑡=sin(𝑥3)⋅3𝑥2.

More generally,

dd𝑥∫𝑎𝑔(𝑥)𝑓(𝑡)d𝑡=𝑓(𝑔(𝑥))𝑔′(𝑥)

if 𝑓 is Riemann integrable and continuous where needed.

FTC says differentiation and integration can be inverse operations, but: (1) derivatives need not be integrable, for example 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2sin(1𝑥2) has an unbounded derivative; (2) indefinite integrals need not be antiderivatives (Thomae’s function has no antiderivative), while an integral has constant zero.

Theorem 8.71 : Integration by parts

If 𝑢,𝑣 are continuous on [𝑎,𝑏], differentiable on (𝑎,𝑏), and 𝑢′,𝑣′ are integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], then

∫𝑎𝑏𝑢(𝑥)𝑣′(𝑥)d𝑥=𝑢(𝑥)𝑣(𝑥)|𝑎𝑏−∫𝑎𝑏𝑢′(𝑥)𝑣(𝑥)d𝑥.

In the shorthand, ∫𝑢d𝑣=𝑢𝑣−∫𝑣d𝑢.

Proof
Differentiate 𝑢(𝑥)𝑣(𝑥): (𝑢𝑣)′=𝑢′𝑣+𝑢𝑣′, then integrate on [𝑎,𝑏] and use FTC I. □
Theorem 8.72 : Change of variables

Suppose 𝑢=𝑓(𝑥) is a continuously differentiable function on an open interval 𝐽, let 𝐼 be an open interval with 𝐼⊇𝑓[𝐽], and let 𝑔 be continuous on 𝐼. Then for 𝑎,𝑏∈𝐽,

∫𝑎𝑏𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))𝑓′(𝑥)d𝑥=∫𝑓(𝑎)𝑓(𝑏)𝑔(𝑢)d𝑢.
Proof
If 𝐺′=𝑔, then (𝐺○𝑓)′=𝑔○𝑓⋅𝑓′, so FTC I gives the equality. □

9 Sequences and series of functions

9.1 Sequences of functions (L19)

Definition 9.45 : Pointwise convergence

令 (𝑓𝑛:𝐴→ℝ)𝑛∈ℕ 是一个 seq. of functions(domains 都相同)。 称 (𝑓𝑛) 在 𝐴 上 pointwise converges to 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ,记作 (𝑓𝑛)→𝑓 on 𝐴,if

lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)for all𝑥∈𝐴.

等价地,

∀𝑎∈𝐴,∀𝜀>0,∃𝑁∈ℕ such that ∀𝑛>𝑁,|𝑓𝑛(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑎)|<𝜀.

seq. of functions 的 pointwise convergence 即:对每一点 𝑥∈𝐴, 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)→𝑓(𝑥)。

Example 9.13 : Pointwise limits can destroy everything

On [0,1], let 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑥𝑛. Then

𝑓𝑛(𝑥)→𝑓(𝑥)={0𝑥∈[0,1)1𝑥=1.

Every 𝑓𝑛 is continuous and differentiable,但 𝑓 is discontinuous。 因而 pointwise conv. 不 preserve continuity & differentiability。

L19 p.1 draws the family 𝑥,𝑥2,𝑥3,… rising from (0,0) to (1,1), with the limiting graph equal to 0 before the endpoint and 1 at the endpoint. The graph information is equivalently captured by

𝑥∈[0,1)𝑥=1limit graph
𝑥𝑛→0𝑥𝑛→1𝑓=0 on [0,1) and 𝑓(1)=1

.

Write ℚ∩[0,1]={𝑞𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}(𝑞𝑛 可以任意排序)。Let

𝑓𝑛(𝑥)={1𝑥∈{𝑞1,…,𝑞𝑛}0otherwise.

Then (𝑓𝑛)→𝐷|[0,1] (Dirichlet’s function). Each 𝑓𝑛 is Riemann integrable, but 𝐷|[0,1] is not;因而 pointwise conv. 不 preserve integrability.

On [0,2], let

𝑓𝑛(𝑥)={𝑛2𝑥0≤𝑥≤1𝑛2𝑛−𝑛2𝑥1𝑛<𝑥<2𝑛02𝑛≤𝑥

Each triangular spike has area (12)(2𝑛)𝑛=1, so ∫02𝑓𝑛(𝑥)d𝑥=1 for every 𝑛. Pointwise 𝑓𝑛→0, hence

lim𝑛→∞∫02𝑓𝑛(𝑥)d𝑥=1≠∫02lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥)d𝑥=0.

因而 pointwise convergence 不 preserve the limit of an integral。

The p.1 spike picture has base [0,2𝑛], apex (1𝑛,𝑛), and area 1:

01𝑛2𝑛
𝑓𝑛=0𝑓𝑛=𝑛𝑓𝑛=0
left edgeapexright edge

.

On ℝ, let 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=sin(2𝜋𝑛𝑥)2𝜋𝑛. Then 𝑓𝑛′(𝑥)=cos(2𝜋𝑛𝑥), 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)→𝑓(𝑥)=0, yet 𝑓𝑛′(0)=1 for all 𝑛 while 𝑓′(0)=0. Thus

lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛′(0)≠𝑓′(0):

pointwise convergence 不 preserve the limit of a derivative。

因而 pointwise limit can destroy continuity, differentiability, and integrability;即使不 destroy,也不 reserve the value of an integral / derivative。pointwise convergence 是局部的逐点性质,不是整体性质: 在每个 𝑥∈𝐴,𝑓𝑛(𝑥)→𝑓(𝑥),最后的 𝑓 由每个 𝑥 的极限拼接而成。 若想让 convergence 更好地保留整体性质,就需要更强的定义。

Definition 9.46 : Uniform convergence

令 (𝑓𝑛:𝐴→ℝ)𝑛∈ℕ 是一个 seq. of functions。称 (𝑓𝑛) 在 𝐴 上 uniformly converges to 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ,if

∀𝜀>0,∃𝑁∈ℕ such that ∀𝑥∈𝐴 and 𝑛≥𝑁,|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀.

两个 definitions 的 distinction 是:

pointwise:∀𝑥∈𝐴,∀𝜀>0,∃𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁;uniform:∀𝜀>0,∃𝑁∈ℕ such that ∀𝑥∈𝐴,|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁.

pointwise 是逐点各自使用自己的 𝜀 bound;uniform 是一个 𝜀 bound 所有 𝑥∈𝐴 共用,把 𝐴 中所有点作为整体联系起来。

Theorem 9.73 : Uniform convergence and uniformly Cauchy

(𝑓𝑛:𝐴→ℝ) converges uniformly iff it is uniformly Cauchy on 𝐴, i.e. for every 𝜀>0 there is 𝑁 such that

|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥)|<𝜀

for all 𝑥∈𝐴 and 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁.

Proof

If 𝑓𝑛→𝑓 uniformly, choose 𝑁 such that |𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀2 for 𝑥∈𝐴,𝑛≥𝑁. Then

|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥)|≤|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|+|𝑓𝑚(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀.

Conversely, uniformly Cauchy implies each scalar sequence (𝑓𝑛(𝑥)) is Cauchy, so define 𝑓(𝑥)=lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥). Choose 𝑁 with |𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥)|<𝜀2 for all 𝑥 and 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁; taking 𝑚→∞ shows |𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|≤𝜀 for all 𝑥,𝑛≥𝑁. □

Theorem 9.74 : A uniform limit of continuous functions is continuous

If (𝑓𝑛:𝐴→ℝ)→𝑓 uniformly and 𝑓𝑛 is continuous at 𝑎 for every 𝑛∈ℕ, then 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎. In symbols,

lim𝑥→𝑎lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=lim𝑛→∞lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓𝑛(𝑥).
Proof

Let 𝜀>0. Uniform convergence supplies 𝑁 with |𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀3 for all 𝑥∈𝐴. By continuity of 𝑓𝑁 at 𝑎, choose 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓𝑁(𝑎)|<𝜀3 if |𝑥−𝑎|<𝛿. Then

|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)|≤|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓𝑁(𝑥)|+|𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓𝑁(𝑎)|+|𝑓𝑁(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑎)|<𝜀.

□

Theorem 9.75 : Uniform limit of integrable functions is integrable

Suppose (𝑓𝑛:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ)→𝑓 uniformly on [𝑎,𝑏]. If every 𝑓𝑛 is Riemann integrable, then 𝑓 is integrable and

∫𝑎𝑏lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=lim𝑛→∞∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑛.
Proof

Uniform convergence makes (𝑓𝑛) uniformly Cauchy, so fix 𝑁 with |𝑓𝑚(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛(𝑥)|<𝜀𝑏−𝑎 for all 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏] and 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁. Then

|∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑚−∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑛|<𝜀,

so (∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑛) is Cauchy and converges, say to ℓ. Take 𝑛 sufficiently large so that |∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑛−ℓ|<𝜀3, |𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀3(𝑏−𝑎) for all 𝑥, and a partition 𝑃 with 𝑈(𝑓𝑛,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓𝑛,𝑃)<𝜀3. The uniform bound gives

|𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝑈(𝑓𝑛,𝑃)|≤∑𝑘=1𝑚(sup𝑓[𝐼𝑘]−sup𝑓𝑛[𝐼𝑘])Δ𝑥𝑘≤𝜀3,

and then |𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−ℓ|<𝜀; likewise |𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)−ℓ|<𝜀. Since 𝜀 is arbitrary, ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=ℓ. □

Theorem 9.76 : Uniform limit of a derivative sequence

Suppose (𝑓𝑛:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ)𝑛∈ℕ is a sequence of 𝐶1 functions, (𝑓𝑛)→𝑓 pointwise on [𝑎,𝑏], and (𝑓𝑛′) converges uniformly on [𝑎,𝑏]. Then 𝑓∈𝐶1 and

𝑓′=lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛′

on [𝑎,𝑏].

Proof

Write 𝑔=lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛′. Each 𝑓𝑛′ is continuous and integrable, so 𝑔 is continuous and integrable by the preceding theorems. For 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏],

∫𝑎𝑥𝑔=∫𝑎𝑥lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛′=lim𝑛→∞∫𝑎𝑥𝑓𝑛′=lim𝑛→∞(𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛(𝑎))=𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎).

FTC II now gives 𝑓′=𝑔. The lecture notes that this theorem has many conditions and presents a stronger version. □

Theorem 9.77 : Stronger uniform-convergence derivative theorem
Let (𝑓𝑛:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ)𝑛∈ℕ with every 𝑓𝑛∈𝐶1. Suppose there is a point 𝑥0∈[𝑎,𝑏] such that (𝑓𝑛(𝑥0)) converges, and (𝑓𝑛′)→𝑔 uniformly. Then (𝑓𝑛)→𝑓 uniformly for some 𝑓∈𝐶1, where 𝑓′=𝑔.
Proof

Uniform convergence of the derivatives gives, for 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁,

|𝑓𝑛′(𝑥)−𝑓𝑚′(𝑥)|<𝜀2(𝑏−𝑎)

for all 𝑥. Pointwise convergence at 𝑥0 gives |𝑓𝑛(𝑥0)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥0)|<𝜀2. Thus, for arbitrary 𝑥,

|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥)|≤|𝑓𝑛(𝑥0)−𝑓𝑚(𝑥0)|+|∫𝑥0𝑥(𝑓𝑛′(𝑡)−𝑓𝑚′(𝑡))d𝑡|<𝜀.

So (𝑓𝑛) is uniformly Cauchy, hence uniformly convergent. Letting limits in the displayed FTC identity gives

𝑓(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥0)+∫𝑥0𝑥𝑔(𝑡)d𝑡,

and FTC II yields 𝑓′=𝑔. □

9.2 Series of functions and power series (L20)

Definition 9.47 : Series of functions

If (𝑓𝑘:𝐴→ℝ)𝑘∈ℕ is a sequence of functions, then (∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓𝑘)𝑛∈ℕ is its sequence of partial sums. Write ∑𝑓𝑘 or ∑𝑘=1∞𝑓𝑘 for the infinite series determined by (𝑓𝑘).

On 𝐵⊂𝐴, the following are definitions:

  1. ∑𝑓𝑘 converges on 𝐵 iff, for every 𝑥∈𝐵, lim𝑛→∞∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓𝑘(𝑥) exists; equivalently there is 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ with (∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓𝑘)→𝑓 pointwise.
  2. It converges uniformly on 𝐵 iff those partial sums converge uniformly to some 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ.
  3. It converges absolutely on 𝐵 iff ∑𝑘=1∞|𝑓𝑘(𝑥)| converges at every 𝑥∈𝐵; equivalently ∑|𝑓𝑘| converges on 𝐵.
Theorem 9.78 : Term-by-term operations for a function series
  1. If every 𝑓𝑘 is continuous on 𝐴 and ∑𝑓𝑘→𝑆 uniformly on 𝐴, then 𝑆 is continuous on 𝐴.
  2. If every 𝑓𝑘 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏] and ∑𝑓𝑘→𝑆 uniformly on [𝑎,𝑏], then 𝑆 is integrable and

    ∫𝑎𝑏𝑆=∑𝑘=1∞∫𝑎𝑏𝑓𝑘.
  3. If every 𝑓𝑘∈𝐶1 on [𝑎,𝑏], ∑𝑓𝑘→𝑆 on [𝑎,𝑏] (not necessarily uniformly), and ∑𝑓𝑘′ converges uniformly on [𝑎,𝑏], then 𝑆∈𝐶1 and 𝑆′=∑𝑓𝑘′.

Stronger version of (3): if 𝑓𝑘∈𝐶1 on [𝑎,𝑏], there exists 𝑥0∈[𝑎,𝑏] such that ∑𝑓𝑘(𝑥0) converges, and ∑𝑓𝑘′ converges uniformly on [𝑎,𝑏], then ∑𝑓𝑘 converges uniformly to some 𝑆∈𝐶1, and 𝑆′=∑𝑓𝑘′.

Proof
Since every partial sum is continuous, differentiable, and integrable as appropriate, apply the corresponding uniform-limit theorem to the sequence of partial sums (∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓𝑘)𝑛∈ℕ. □

9.3 Power series

Definition 9.48 : Power series

For a sequence (𝑎𝑛) in ℝ, the power series centered at 𝑐 with coefficients (𝑎𝑛) is the series of functions

∑𝑛=0∞𝑎𝑛(𝑥−𝑐)𝑛.

The partial sums are polynomials. Custom: for 𝑥≠0, 0𝑥=0; and 𝑥0=1 for every 𝑥 (including 00=1).

Note: the L20 pages use power series centered at 0 in the displayed examples, but every result applies to a center 𝑐 by replacing 𝑥 with 𝑥−𝑐.

Theorem 9.79 : Cauchy-Hadamard theorem

Given a power series ∑𝑛=0∞𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛, let 𝜌=lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛. Then it converges absolutely when |𝑥|𝜌<1 and diverges when |𝑥|𝜌>1. Its radius of convergence is

𝑅=1𝜌.

The set of all 𝑥 for which ∑𝑎𝑛(𝑥−𝑐)𝑛 converges is an interval, called the interval of convergence.

Proof
If |𝑥|lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛<𝑟<1, then for all but finitely many 𝑛, |𝑥||𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤𝑟, so |𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛|≤𝑟𝑛 and comparison applies. If |𝑥|𝜌>𝑟>1, then |𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛|>𝑟𝑛>1 infinitely often, so the 𝑛th-term test gives divergence. □
Example 9.14 : Power-series radii and intervals
  1. For ∑𝑛=0∞𝑥𝑛𝑛!, |𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|=1𝑛+1→0, hence 𝑅=∞; it converges for all 𝑥∈ℝ, and in fact equals 𝑒𝑥 by Taylor.
  2. For ∑𝑛=0∞𝑥𝑛, 𝜌=𝑅=1; it diverges for 𝑥=±1, so the interval is (−1,1), and

    ∑𝑛=0∞𝑥𝑛=11−𝑥for𝑥∈(−1,1).
  3. The handwritten page writes ∑𝑛=0∞(1𝑛)𝑥𝑛. Its subsequent endpoint calculation treats the terms as the harmonic series from 𝑛=1: 𝜌=𝑅=1; at 𝑥=1 it diverges, and at 𝑥=−1 it is alternating harmonic and converges. Thus the interval written is [−1,1).
  4. The handwritten page likewise writes ∑𝑛=0∞(1𝑛2)𝑥𝑛; the subsequent endpoint sums begin at 𝑛=1. Here 𝜌=𝑅=1 and both ∑1𝑛2 and ∑(−1)𝑛𝑛2 converge, so the interval is [−1,1].
  5. For ∑𝑛=0∞𝑛!𝑥𝑛, 𝜌=∞, so 𝑅=0 and it diverges for all 𝑥≠0.
Theorem 9.80 : Weierstrass M-Test

Let 𝑓𝑘:𝐴→ℝ be a sequence of functions, and let (𝑀𝑘) be a sequence in ℝ such that

|𝑓𝑘(𝑥)|≤𝑀𝑘

for all 𝑘∈ℕ and 𝑥∈𝐴. If ∑𝑀𝑘<∞, then ∑𝑓𝑘 converges uniformly and absolutely on 𝐴.

Proof

Let 𝑔𝑛(𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑓𝑘(𝑥). Since ∑𝑀𝑘 satisfies Cauchy, choose 𝑁 so that |∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑀𝑘|<𝜀 for 𝑁≤𝑚≤𝑛. Then for all 𝑥∈𝐴,

|𝑔𝑛(𝑥)−𝑔𝑚(𝑥)|=|∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑓𝑘(𝑥)|≤∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛|𝑓𝑘(𝑥)|≤∑𝑘=𝑚+1𝑛𝑀𝑘<𝜀.

Thus (𝑔𝑛) is uniformly Cauchy and ∑𝑓𝑘 converges uniformly; the same calculation gives uniform absolute convergence. □

Corollary 9.10 : Uniform convergence inside a radius

If ∑𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 has radius of convergence 𝑅, then for every 0≤𝐾<𝑅, ∑𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 converges uniformly to a continuous function on [−𝐾,𝐾]. Indeed ∑|𝑎𝑛|𝐾𝑛<∞ and |𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛|≤|𝑎𝑛|𝐾𝑛 on [−𝐾,𝐾], so M-test applies.

Consequently 𝑓(𝑥)=∑𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 is continuous on (−𝑅,𝑅). However its convergence on the entire interval of convergence may not be uniform:

∑𝑛=1∞(−1)𝑛+1(𝑥−1)𝑛𝑛

converges to ln𝑥 on (0,2] as written in the source note, but the convergence is not uniform there (the graph marks the unbounded behavior at 𝑥=0). Fact: a uniform limit of uniformly continuous functions is uniformly continuous.

Theorem 9.81 : Abel’s theorem
  1. If a power series ∑𝑘=1∞𝑎𝑘𝑥𝑘 converges at 𝑥=𝑥0, then it converges uniformly on (−|𝑥0|,|𝑥0|). If it diverges at 𝑥0, then it diverges on (−∞,−|𝑥0|)∪(|𝑥0|,∞).
  2. If a power series has radius of convergence 𝑅, then convergence at an endpoint of its radius implies convergence at every point between that endpoint and 0; divergence at an endpoint implies divergence on the corresponding exterior ray.

Note: the convergence of ∑𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 on its interval of convergence may not be uniform.

Proof
提示一下,下边(略)。 □
Theorem 9.82 : Term-by-term integration and differentiation of power series

Let ∑𝑛=0∞𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 have radius of convergence 𝑅>0 and let 𝑓(𝑥)=∑𝑛=0∞𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 for 𝑥∈(−𝑅,𝑅).

  1. For every [𝑎,𝑏]⊂(−𝑅,𝑅), 𝑓 is integrable and

    ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=∑𝑛=0∞∫𝑎𝑏𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛d𝑥.
  2. The power series ∑𝑛=1∞𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛−1 has radius 𝑅, 𝑓 is differentiable on (−𝑅,𝑅), and

    𝑓′(𝑥)=∑𝑛=1∞𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛−1.
Proof

(i) follows from integrability of polynomials and uniform convergence of ∑𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 on [𝑎,𝑏]. For (ii), for 𝑡≠0,

lim sup|𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑛|1𝑛=|1𝑡|lim sup|𝑛𝑎𝑛|1𝑛=|1𝑡|lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛,

so the differentiated series has radius 𝑅; its uniform convergence on compact subintervals and the preceding derivative theorem prove the claim. □

Example 9.15 : Taylor series, calculus, and its caveat

If 𝑓∈𝐶∞, try to approximate 𝑓 near 𝑐 with

𝑃𝑛(𝑥)=∑𝑘=0𝑛𝑓(𝑘)𝑐𝑘!(𝑥−𝑐)𝑘,

and define

𝑇(𝑥)=lim𝑛→∞𝑃𝑛(𝑥)=∑𝑘=0∞𝑓(𝑘)𝑐𝑘!(𝑥−𝑐)𝑘,

where the domain is the interval of convergence of 𝑇. The source records power series

𝑒𝑥=∑𝑛=0∞𝑥𝑛𝑛!,sin𝑥=∑𝑛=0∞(−1)𝑛𝑥2𝑛+1(2𝑛+1)!,cos𝑥=∑𝑛=0∞(−1)𝑛𝑥2𝑛(2𝑛)!.

Thus dd𝑥(sin𝑥)=cos𝑥, dd𝑥(cos𝑥)=−sin𝑥, and dd𝑥(𝑒𝑥)=𝑒𝑥; 𝑒𝜋𝑖+1=0. Termwise integration yields

∫cos(𝑥2)d𝑥=∑𝑛=0∞(−1)𝑛(2𝑛)!(4𝑛+1)𝑥4𝑛+1.

Remark: The Taylor expansion of 𝑓 may not converge to 𝑓 at 𝑥=𝑎 even if it converges at 𝑥=𝑎. Let

𝑓(𝑥)={𝑒−1𝑥2𝑥≠00𝑥=0.

Then 𝑓∈𝐶∞ on ℝ and 𝑓(𝑛)(0)=0 for all 𝑛∈ℕ. Its Taylor series converges everywhere, but converges to 𝑓 itself only at 𝑥=0. If 𝑓∈𝐶∞ and 𝑇(𝑥)→𝑓 pointwise for all 𝑥 lies in the domain of 𝑇, then 𝑓 is a real analytic function, i.e. 𝑓∈𝐶𝜔 (𝐶𝜔⊂𝐶∞).

10 Homework 1: sets, order, and induction

10.1 Problem 1 — set identities

For each statement about sets, either prove the statement if it is true for all sets, or give a counterexample using specific sets if it is false.

  • (a) (𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶⊆𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶).
  • (b) (𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶⊇𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶).
  • (c) 𝐴∖(𝐵∪𝐶)=(𝐴∖𝐵)∪(𝐴∖𝐶).
  • (d) 𝐴⊆𝐵 if and only if 𝐴∩𝐵=𝐴.
(a) Proof
Assume 𝑥∈(𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶. So (𝑥∈𝐴 or 𝑥∈𝐵), and 𝑥∉𝐶. Hence (𝑥∈𝐴 but 𝑥∉𝐶) or (𝑥∈𝐵 but 𝑥∉𝐶). This contains 𝑥∈𝐴 or (𝑥∈𝐵 but 𝑥∉𝐶), so 𝑥∈𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶). Therefore (𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶⊆𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶).
(b) Counterexample
Let 𝐴={1,2,3,4,5}, 𝐵={1,2,3}, and 𝐶={1,2,3,4,5}. Then 5∈𝐴, hence 5∈𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶), but 5∉(𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶. Thus (𝐴∪𝐵)∖𝐶≠𝐴∪(𝐵∖𝐶).
(c) Counterexample
Let 𝐴={1,2,3,4,5}, 𝐵={1,2,3,4,5}, and 𝐶={1,2,3}. Then 4∈𝐴∖𝐶, so 4∈(𝐴∖𝐵)∪(𝐴∖𝐶), but 4∉𝐴∖(𝐵∪𝐶). Thus 𝐴∖(𝐵∪𝐶)≠(𝐴∖𝐵)∪(𝐴∖𝐶).
(d) Proof

Assume 𝐴⊆𝐵. If 𝑥∈𝐴, then 𝑥∈𝐵. Take 𝑥∈𝐴∩𝐵; then 𝑥∈𝐴. Conversely, take 𝑥∈𝐴; then 𝑥∈𝐵, so 𝑥∈𝐴∩𝐵. Therefore 𝐴⊆𝐴∩𝐵 and 𝐴∩𝐵⊆𝐴, hence 𝐴=𝐴∩𝐵.

Assume 𝐴=𝐴∩𝐵. Fix 𝑎∈𝐴. Then 𝑎∈𝐴∩𝐵, so 𝑎∈𝐴 and 𝑎∈𝐵. Thus 𝐴⊆𝐵. This proves 𝐴=𝐴∩𝐵 if and only if 𝐴⊆𝐵.

10.2 Problem 2 — multiples

For each 𝑛∈ℕ, let 𝐴𝑛={𝑛𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ}.

(a)
𝐴2={2𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ} and 𝐴3={3𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ}. Thus 𝑥∈𝐴2∩𝐴3 if and only if 2|𝑥 and 3|𝑥 (and 𝑥∈ℕ), if and only if 6|𝑥 (and 𝑥∈ℕ). So 𝐴2∩𝐴3={6𝑘:𝑘∈ℕ}.
(b)

∪𝑛=2∞𝐴𝑛={𝑥∈ℕ:2|𝑥 or 3|𝑥 or …} ={𝑥∈ℕ:𝑥≥2}.

∩𝑛=2∞𝐴𝑛={𝑥∈ℕ:2|𝑥 and 3|𝑥 and …} ={𝑥∈ℕ:𝑥 has all natural numbers that are at least 2 as factors}=∅.

10.3 Problem 3 — sum of odd integers

Guess a formula for 1+3+…+(2𝑛−1), then prove it by induction.

(a)
1+3+…+(2𝑛−1)=1+(2𝑛−1)+(3+2(𝑛+1)−1)+…. There are 𝑛2⋅2𝑛 terms in this pairing, so the formula is 𝑛2.
(b) Proof by induction on 𝑛

Base case: 𝑛=1, and ∑𝑘=11(2𝑘−1)=1=12.

Inductive step: assume, for 𝑛=𝑘, that ∑𝑘=1𝑛(2𝑘−1)=𝑘2. Then, for 𝑛=𝑘+1,

∑𝑘=1𝑘+1(2𝑘−1)=∑𝑘=1𝑘(2𝑘−1)+2(𝑘+1)−1=𝑘2+2𝑘+1=(𝑘+1)2.

This finishes the proof that for all 𝑛∈ℕ, ∑𝑘=1𝑛(2𝑘−1)=𝑘2.

10.4 Problem 4 — 2𝑛>𝑛2

Determine for which integers 2𝑛>𝑛2 is true, and prove the claim by induction.

Solution

The submitted claim is: 𝑛=0 or 𝑛≥5.

Case 1: 𝑛=0. Then 2𝑛=1 and 𝑛2=0, hence 2𝑛>𝑛2.

Case 2: 𝑛≥5. The proof is by induction on 𝑛. Base case: 𝑛=5, 2𝑛=32 and 𝑛2=25, so 2𝑛>𝑛2.

Inductive step: assume for 𝑛=𝑘 (where 𝑘∈ℕ and 𝑘≥5) that 2𝑘>𝑘2. Then 2𝑘+1=2⋅2𝑘=2𝑘+1 and (𝑘+1)2=𝑘2+2𝑘+1. Note that 𝑘2−(2𝑘+1)=(𝑘−2)𝑘−1. Since 𝑘≥5, 𝑘−2≥3, so (𝑘−2)𝑘−1≥14>0. Therefore 𝑘2>2𝑘+1, and

2𝑘+1=2𝑘+2𝑘>𝑘2+𝑘2>𝑘2+2𝑘+1=(𝑘+1)2.

This finishes the proof that for all integer 𝑛≥5, 2𝑛>𝑛2.

10.5 Problem 5 — boundedness, supremum, and infimum

For each listed subset of ℝ, state whether it is bounded above and below, and its supremum and infimum when they exist. The submitted one-line answers are retained below.

  • (a) ℕ: bounded below but not above; inf=1.
  • (b) [0,1]: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=1.
  • (c) {2,7}: bounded below and above; inf=2, sup=7.
  • (d) {𝜋,𝑒}: bounded below and above; inf=𝑒, sup=𝜋.
  • (e) {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=1.
  • (f) {0}: bounded below and above; inf=sup=0.
  • (g) [0,1]∪[2,3]: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=3.
  • (h) ∪𝑛=1∞[2𝑛,2𝑛+1]: bounded below but not above; inf=2.
  • (i) ∩𝑛=1∞[−1𝑛,1+1𝑛]: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=1.
  • (j) {1−13𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}: bounded below and above; inf=23, sup=1.
  • (k) {𝑛+(−1)𝑛𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}: bounded below but not above; inf=0.
  • (l) {𝑟∈ℚ:𝑟<2}: bounded above but not below; sup=2.
  • (m) {𝑟∈ℚ:𝑟2<4}: bounded below and above; inf=−2, sup=2.
  • (n) {𝑟∈ℚ:𝑟2<2}: bounded below and above; inf=−2, sup=2.
  • (o) {𝑥∈ℝ:𝑥<0}: bounded above but not below; sup=0.
  • (p) {1,𝜋3,𝜋2,10}: bounded below and above; inf=1, sup=10.
  • (q) {0,1,2,4,8,16}: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=16.
  • (r) ∩𝑛=1∞(1−1𝑛,1+1𝑛): bounded below and above; inf=sup=1.
  • (s) {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ and 𝑛 is prime}: bounded below and above; inf=0, sup=12.
  • (t) {𝑥∈ℝ:𝑥3<8}: bounded above but not below; sup=2.
  • (u) {𝑥2:𝑥∈ℝ}: bounded below but not above; inf=0.
  • (v) {cos(𝑛𝜋3):𝑛∈ℕ}: bounded below and above; inf=−1, sup=1.
  • (w) ∪𝑛=1∞{𝑘𝑛:𝑘∈ℕ}: bounded below but not above; inf=0.
  • (x) ∩𝑛=1∞{𝑘𝑛:𝑘∈ℕ}: bounded below but not above; inf=1.

10.6 Problem 6 — no ordered-field order on ℂ

Assume for contradiction that a linear relation < is defined on ℂ such that Axioms 13–14 hold: if 𝑥<𝑦 then 𝑧+𝑥<𝑧+𝑦, and if 𝑥<𝑦 and 𝑧>0 then 𝑥𝑧<𝑦𝑧.

Case 1: define 𝑖>0. By Axiom 14, multiplying both sides by 𝑖>0 gives 𝑖⋅𝑖>0⋅𝑖, hence −1>0. Multiplying both sides by −1>0 gives 1>0. By Axiom 13, −1+1>0+1, so 0>1. This contradicts the definition of −1 that −1+1=0.

Case 2: define 𝑖=0. Then 𝑖2=−1=0 by Axiom 4, so 1=−(−1)=0, contradicting Axiom 5.

Case 3: define 𝑖<0. Then 𝑖=−𝑎 for some 𝑎∈ℂ with 𝑎>0. Thus 𝑖2=(−𝑎)(−𝑎)=(−1)(−1)𝑎2=𝑎2>0, so −1>0 (by Axiom 5 and Axiom 14). The same result as in Case 1 contradicts the definition of −1.

Since in all cases the assumption of a linear order contradicts the properties of ℂ, it is impossible to define a linear relation on ℂ such that Axioms 13–14 hold.

10.7 Problem 7 — order and supremum

10.7.1 (a)

Let 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ. If 𝑎≤𝑐 for every 𝑐>𝑏, then 𝑎≤𝑏.

Proof
Suppose 𝑎>𝑏 for contradiction. By density of ℚ in ℝ, there exists 𝑞∈ℚ such that 𝑎>𝑞>𝑏. By the given condition, 𝑎≤𝑞, which contradicts 𝑎>𝑞. Hence 𝑎≤𝑏. □

10.7.2 (b)

Let 𝐴⊆ℝ and let 𝐿∈ℝ be an upper bound of 𝐴. Show that 𝐿=sup𝐴 if and only if, for every 𝜀>0, there is 𝑎∈𝐴 such that 𝐿−𝜀<𝑎≤𝐿.

Proof

One direction: assume 𝐿=sup𝐴. Suppose for contradiction that, for some 𝜀>0, there is no 𝑎∈𝐴 such that 𝐿−𝜀<𝑎≤𝐿. Since 𝐿=sup𝐴, no 𝑎∈𝐴 satisfies 𝑎>𝐿. Combining the two statements, no 𝑎∈𝐴 satisfies 𝑎>𝐿−𝜀. Thus 𝐿−𝜀 is an upper bound of 𝐴, contradicting the definition of supremum since 𝐿−𝜀<𝐿.

The other direction: assume that for every 𝜀>0 there is 𝑎∈𝐴 with 𝐿−𝜀<𝑎≤𝐿. Let 𝑀 be an arbitrary upper bound of 𝐴. If 𝑀<𝐿, then there is 𝑎∈𝐴 with 𝑀<𝑎≤𝐿, contradicting that 𝑀 is an upper bound. Therefore 𝑀≥𝐿. Since 𝑀 is arbitrary, 𝐿=sup𝐴. □

10.8 Problem 8 — bounded sets

Let 𝑆 and 𝑇 be nonempty bounded subsets of ℝ.

10.8.1 (a)

Proof
Take arbitrary 𝑠∈𝑆. By the definitions of upper and lower bounds, inf𝑆≤𝑠 and sup𝑆≥𝑠. Hence inf𝑆≤sup𝑆 by transitivity of the linear order and equivalence relation. □

10.8.2 (b)

If 𝑆⊆𝑇, the submitted order is inf𝑇≤inf𝑆≤sup𝑆≤sup𝑇.

Proof
Part (a) gives inf𝑆≤sup𝑆. It remains to prove inf𝑇≤inf𝑆 and sup𝑆≤sup𝑇. Let 𝑠∈𝑆; since 𝑆⊆𝑇, 𝑠∈𝑇. Thus every upper bound of 𝑇 is also an upper bound of 𝑆, and every lower bound of 𝑇 is also a lower bound of 𝑆. Therefore the lower bounds of 𝑇 are included in the lower bounds of 𝑆, while the upper bounds of 𝑇 are included in the upper bounds of 𝑆. Hence inf𝑆≥inf𝑇 and sup𝑇≤sup𝑆. □

10.8.3 (c)

Proof

First claim: max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇) is an upper bound of 𝑆∪𝑇. Let 𝑥 be an arbitrary element of 𝑆∪𝑇. If 𝑥∈𝑆, then 𝑥≤sup𝑆, so 𝑥≤max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇). If 𝑥∈𝑇, then 𝑥≤sup𝑇, so again 𝑥≤max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇). Hence max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇) is an upper bound of 𝑆∪𝑇.

Let 𝑏 be an arbitrary upper bound of 𝑆∪𝑇. Then 𝑏 is an upper bound of both 𝑆 and 𝑇. Suppose 𝑏<max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇). Without loss of generality suppose 𝑏<sup𝑆. Then 𝑏 is not an upper bound of 𝑆, a contradiction. Therefore 𝑏≥max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇), which proves sup(𝑆∪𝑇)=max(sup𝑆,sup𝑇). □

10.9 Problem 9 — supremum of a sum set

Let 𝐴 and 𝐵 be nonempty bounded subsets of ℝ, and let 𝐴+𝐵={𝑎+𝑏:𝑎∈𝐴 and 𝑏∈𝐵}. Prove sup(𝐴+𝐵)=sup𝐴+sup𝐵.

Proof

First claim: sup𝐴+sup𝐵 is an upper bound of 𝐴+𝐵. Let 𝑎+𝑏 be an arbitrary element of 𝐴+𝐵 (𝑎∈𝐴, 𝑏∈𝐵). Then sup𝐴>𝑎 and sup𝐵>𝑏, hence sup𝐴+sup𝐵>𝑎+sup𝐵>𝑎+𝑏. Thus sup(𝐴+𝐵)≤sup𝐴+sup𝐵.

Now show sup𝐴+sup𝐵≤sup(𝐴+𝐵). Assume for contradiction that sup(𝐴+𝐵)<sup𝐴+sup𝐵. Then, for some 𝜀>0, sup(𝐴+𝐵)=sup𝐴+sup𝐵−𝜀=(sup𝐴−𝜀2)+(sup𝐵−𝜀2). By definition of supremum, sup𝐴−𝜀2 is not an upper bound of 𝐴, so there is 𝑎0∈𝐴 with 𝑎0>sup𝐴−𝜀2. Similarly, there is 𝑏0∈𝐵 with 𝑏0>sup𝐵−𝜀2. Therefore 𝑎0+𝑏0∈𝐴+𝐵 but 𝑎0+𝑏0>sup(𝐴+𝐵), a contradiction. Thus sup𝐴+sup𝐵≤sup(𝐴+𝐵). □

10.10 Problem 10 — density of irrationals

Prove that ℝ∖ℚ is dense in ℝ.

Proof
Take arbitrary 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ with 𝑎<𝑏. Then 𝑏=𝑎+𝜀 for some 𝜀∈ℝ with 𝜀>0. By the Archimedean property of ℝ, there exists 𝑛∈ℕ such that 𝑛>1𝜀, so 𝜀>1𝑛. Consider 𝜀′=1𝑛2=1𝑛⋅22, which is irrational since 1𝑛∈ℚ and 22 is irrational. Also 𝜀′<𝜀, since 22<1; by Axiom 14, 1𝑛⋅22<1𝑛⋅1=1𝑛. Therefore 𝑎<𝑎+𝜀′<𝑎+𝜀=𝑏. Hence ℝ∖ℚ is dense in ℝ. □

10.11 Problem 11 — discrete sets

A set 𝐴⊆ℝ is discrete if for every 𝑎∈𝐴 there is 𝜀>0 such that 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝐴={𝑎}, where 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)=(𝑎−𝜀,𝑎+𝜀).

10.11.1 (a)

Proof
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ be an arbitrary finite set and let 𝑎∈𝐴 be arbitrary. Consider 𝐵={|𝑎−𝑥|:𝑥∈𝐴}. This is finite since 𝐴 is finite, so 𝐵 has a smallest element. Let 𝜀=min(𝐵). Then 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)=(𝑎−𝜀,𝑎+𝜀), where 𝜀 is the distance of 𝑎 from its nearest element in 𝐴. Thus 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝐴={𝑎}. Since 𝑎 is arbitrary, 𝐴 is discrete. □

10.11.2 (b)

False — counterexample
Consider 𝐴={1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}. This is a discrete set: for any 1𝑛∈𝐴, consider 𝜀=1𝑛−1𝑛+1. Then 𝑉𝜀(1𝑛)=(1𝑛+1,2𝑛−1𝑛+1), so 𝑉𝜀(1𝑛)∩𝐴={1𝑛}. But no uniform 𝜀 exists. If it did, then 1𝑛−1𝑛+1>𝜀 for all 𝑛∈ℕ, so 𝜀<1𝑛(𝑛+1) for all 𝑛∈ℕ, which contradicts the Archimedean property of ℝ.

10.12 Problem 12 — optional challenge problem

For 𝐴,𝐵⊆ℝ, let 𝐴𝐵={𝑎𝑏:𝑎∈𝐴 and 𝑏∈𝐵}. The submitted answer, without a proof, is

sup(𝐴𝐵)=max{inf𝐴⋅inf𝐵,inf𝐴⋅sup𝐵,sup𝐴⋅inf𝐵,sup𝐴⋅sup𝐵}.

11 Homework 2: cardinality and sequences

The submission uses 𝑋⪯𝑌 for the existence of an injective function from 𝑋 to 𝑌, and 𝑋≈𝑌 for the existence of a bijection. It recalls Cantor–Schröder–Bernstein: 𝑋≈𝑌 if and only if 𝑋⪯𝑌 and 𝑌⪯𝑋.

11.1 Problem 1 — triangle inequality for finite sums

For 𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑛∈ℝ, prove by induction that |∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑎𝑘|≤∑𝑘=1𝑛|𝑎𝑘|.

Proof

We prove it by induction on 𝑛∈ℕ. Base case: 𝑛=1, and |∑𝑘=11𝑎𝑘|=|𝑎1|=∑𝑘=11|𝑎𝑘|, so the claim holds.

Inductive step: assume the inequality holds for all 𝑎1,…,𝑎𝑛∈ℝ for 𝑛=1,2,…,𝑗. Then

|∑𝑘=1𝑗+1𝑎𝑘|=|∑𝑘=1𝑗𝑎𝑘+𝑎𝑗+1|≤|∑𝑘=1𝑗𝑎𝑘|+|𝑎𝑗+1|(1)

By the inductive hypothesis for 𝑛=𝑗, |∑𝑘=1𝑗𝑎𝑘|≤∑𝑘=1𝑗|𝑎𝑘|. Combining this with (1), |∑𝑘=1𝑗+1𝑎𝑘|≤∑𝑘=1𝑗+1|𝑎𝑘|. This finishes the proof. □

11.2 Problem 2 — bounds of a scalar multiple

Let 𝐴⊆ℝ be bounded, let 𝑐∈ℝ, and write 𝑐𝐴={𝑐𝑎:𝑎∈𝐴}.

Solution

If 𝑐>0, the submitted expressions are sup(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐sup𝐴 and inf(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐inf𝐴; if 𝑐=0, both are 0; and if 𝑐<0, they are sup(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐inf𝐴 and inf(𝑐𝐴)=𝑐sup𝐴.

For 𝑐>0, take arbitrary 𝑎∈𝐴. Since sup𝐴≥𝑎, 𝑐sup𝐴≥𝑐𝑎, so 𝑐sup𝐴 is an upper bound of 𝑐𝐴. If 𝑐𝑏 is an upper bound of 𝑐𝐴, then 𝑐𝑏≥𝑐𝑎 for all 𝑎∈𝐴. Since 𝑐>0, 𝑏≥𝑎, so 𝑏 is an upper bound of 𝐴. Thus 𝑏≥sup𝐴, hence 𝑐𝑏≥𝑐sup𝐴. Therefore 𝑐sup𝐴=sup(𝑐𝐴).

For 𝑐=0, 𝑐𝐴={0}, so 𝑐sup𝐴=0=sup(𝑐𝐴). For 𝑐<0, take arbitrary 𝑎∈𝐴. Since inf𝐴≤𝑎, 𝑐inf𝐴≥𝑐𝑎, so 𝑐inf𝐴 is an upper bound of 𝑐𝐴. If 𝑐𝑏 is an upper bound of 𝑐𝐴, then 𝑐𝑏≥𝑐𝑎 for all 𝑎∈𝐴. Since 𝑐<0, 𝑏≤𝑎, so 𝑏 is a lower bound of 𝐴; hence 𝑏≤inf𝐴 and 𝑐𝑏≥𝑐inf𝐴. Thus 𝑐inf𝐴=sup(𝑐𝐴).

11.3 Problem 3 — injective maps and ⪯

Let 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 and 𝑔:𝑌→𝑍 be functions.

11.3.1 (a)

Proof
Suppose 𝑓 and 𝑔 are injective. Let 𝑔∘𝑓(𝑎)=𝑔∘𝑓(𝑏), where 𝑎,𝑏 are in the domain of 𝑔∘𝑓. Since 𝑔 is injective, 𝑓(𝑎)=𝑓(𝑏); since 𝑓 is injective, 𝑎=𝑏. Hence 𝑔∘𝑓 is injective. □

11.3.2 (b)

Proof

Let 𝑋 be an arbitrary set. The function 𝑓:𝑋→𝑋 defined by 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥 is injective by uniqueness of every element in a set, so 𝑋⪯𝑋. Thus ⪯ is reflexive.

Let 𝑋⪯𝑌 and 𝑌⪯𝑍. There are injective functions 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 and 𝑔:𝑌→𝑍. By part (a), 𝑔∘𝑓:𝑋→𝑍 is injective, so 𝑋⪯𝑍. Therefore ⪯ is transitive. □

11.4 Problem 4 — inclusions, injections, and surjections

11.4.1 (a)

Proof
Assume 𝐴⊆𝐵. Consider 𝑓:𝐴→𝐵 defined by 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥. It is injective by uniqueness of every element in a set. Therefore 𝐴⪯𝐵. □

11.4.2 (b)

Proof

First suppose 𝑓:𝐴→𝐵 is injective. Let 𝑎∈𝐴 be arbitrary and define 𝑔:𝐵→𝐴 by 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓−1({𝑥}) if 𝑥 is in the range of 𝑓, and 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑎 if 𝑥 is not in the range of 𝑓. This function is well-defined since 𝑓 is injective, so there is only one element in 𝑓−1({𝑥}) for each 𝑥∈𝐵. Thus The range of 𝑔 is 𝐴, so 𝑔 is surjective.

Conversely suppose 𝑔:𝐵→𝐴 is surjective. For every 𝑎∈𝐴, there is some 𝑏∈𝐵 with 𝑔(𝑏)=𝑎, i.e. 𝑔−1({𝑎})≠∅. Define 𝑓:𝐴→𝐵 by sending every 𝑎∈𝐴 to some 𝑏∈𝑔−1({𝑎}). Its well-definedness is guaranteed by 𝑔−1({𝑎})≠∅; it is injective because 𝑔−1({𝑎1})∩𝑔−1({𝑎2})=∅. This finishes the if-and-only-if proof. □

11.5 Problem 5 — remove a finite or countable subset

11.5.1 (a)

Proof
First construct 𝑓:𝐴∖𝐴0→𝐴 by 𝑓(𝑎)=𝑎. It is injective, hence 𝐴∖𝐴0⪯𝐴. Let 𝐴0={𝑧1,𝑧2,…,𝑧𝑛} for some 𝑧1,…,𝑧𝑛∈𝐴. Since 𝐴 is infinite and 𝐴0 is finite, 𝐴∖𝐴0 is infinite. Take a countable subset 𝐴1={𝑦1,𝑦2,…}⊆𝐴∖𝐴0. Define 𝑓:𝐴→𝐴∖𝐴0 piecewise: for 𝑥∈(𝐴∖𝐴0)∖𝐴1, let 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥; for 𝑥=𝑧𝑘 with 𝑘∈ℕ, let 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑦2𝑘; and for 𝑥=𝑦𝑘 with 𝑘∈ℕ, let 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑦2𝑘−1. The work records that it is well-defined since ((𝐴∖𝐴0)∖𝐴1)∪𝐴0∪𝐴1=𝐴, and injective since ((𝐴∖𝐴0)∖𝐴1)∩𝐴0∩𝐴1=∅. Thus 𝐴⪯𝐴∖𝐴0. Cantor–Schröder–Bernstein gives 𝐴≈𝐴∖𝐴0. □

11.5.2 (b)

Proof
Since 𝐴0 is countable, write 𝐴0={𝑧1,𝑧2,…}. Take a countably infinite subset 𝐴1={𝑦1,𝑦2,…}⊆𝐴∖𝐴0. Define 𝑓:𝐴→𝐴∖𝐴0 by the same three cases as in part (a): it fixes (𝐴∖𝐴0)∖𝐴1, sends 𝑧𝑘 to 𝑦2𝑘, and sends 𝑦𝑘 to 𝑦2𝑘−1. The submission records that this is well-defined, injective, and surjective: every 𝑎∈𝐴∖𝐴0 is either in (𝐴∖𝐴0)∖𝐴1 or in 𝐴1, and in either case there is 𝑥 with 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑎. Therefore 𝐴≈𝐴∖𝐴0. □

11.6 Problem 6 — algebraic and transcendental real numbers

11.6.1 (a)

Proof

Let 𝐴𝑘 be the set of all roots of polynomials with rational-number coefficients with 𝑘 terms. By definition, ℚ=∪𝑘∈ℕ𝐴𝑘. For arbitrary 𝑘∈ℕ, let 𝑞=(𝑏1𝑎1,𝑏2𝑎2,…,𝑏𝑘𝑎𝑘)∈ℚ𝑘 be the polynomial with those coefficients. Then 𝐴𝑘=∪𝑞∈ℚ𝑘𝐴𝑘,𝑞. Since ℚ⊆ℂ, the fundamental theorem of algebra gives that 𝐴𝑘,𝑞 has at most 𝑘 roots. Thus every 𝐴𝑘,𝑞 is finite. Because ℚ𝑘 is countable, 𝐴𝑘 is countable for each 𝑘, and so ℚ=∪𝑘∈ℕ𝐴𝑘 is countable.

Since ℂ≈ℝ2 is uncountable and ℚ is countable, ℂ∖ℚ is uncountable (and ℂ∖ℚ≈ℂ). This indicates uncountably many transcendental numbers. □

11.6.2 (b)

Proof
Let 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ with 𝑎<𝑏, and let ℚ0 be the set of all algebraic numbers in (𝑎,𝑏). Since ℚ0⊆ℚ and ℚ is countable, ℚ0 is countable. Since (𝑎,𝑏) is uncountable, (𝑎,𝑏)∖ℚ0 is uncountable. Thus there are uncountably many transcendental numbers in (𝑎,𝑏). □

11.7 Problem 7 — power sets and functions ℝ→ℝ

11.7.1 (a)

Proof
Let 𝐴∈𝒫︀(ℝ) be arbitrary. Consider the characteristic function 𝑓𝐴:ℝ→ℝ defined by 𝑓𝐴(𝑥)=1 if 𝑥∈𝐴, and 𝑓𝐴(𝑥)=0 if 𝑥∉𝐴. Define 𝜓:𝒫︀(ℝ)→ℝℝ by 𝜓(𝐴)=𝑓𝐴(𝑥) for each 𝐴∈𝒫︀(ℝ). If 𝜓(𝐴)=𝜓(𝐵), then 𝑓𝐴(𝑥)=𝑓𝐵(𝑥), so every 𝑥∈𝐴 is in 𝐵 and every 𝑥∈𝐵 is in 𝐴; hence 𝐴=𝐵. Therefore 𝒫︀(ℝ)⪯ℝℝ. □

11.7.2 (b)

Proof
Assume for contradiction that there is a surjective function from ℝ to ℝℝ. By Problem 4(b), there is an injective function from ℝℝ to ℝ, so ℝℝ⪯ℝ. Together with 𝒫︀(ℝ)⪯ℝℝ and ℝ⪯𝒫︀(ℝ) by Problem 3(b), there is a surjective function from ℝ to 𝒫︀(ℝ), contradicting Cantor’s theorem. Hence no surjective function from ℝ to ℝℝ exists. □

11.8 Problem 8 — direct proofs of sequence limits

11.8.1 (a)

Proof
Let 𝜀>0. Take 𝑁>1𝜀 by the Archimedean property, so 𝜀>1𝑁. For 𝑛≥𝑁, |(−1)𝑛𝑛−0|=1𝑛≤1𝑁<𝜀. Thus lim𝑛→∞(−1)𝑛𝑛=0. □

11.8.2 (b)

Proof
Let 𝜀>0. Take 𝑁>1𝜀−1, so 𝑁+1>1𝜀 and 𝜀>1𝑁+1. For 𝑛≥𝑁, |𝑛𝑛+1−1|=1𝑛+1≤1𝑁+1<𝜀. Thus lim𝑛→∞𝑛𝑛+1=1. □

11.9 Problem 9 — absolute values and powers

Proof
Let 𝜀>0 and fix 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Since (|𝑎𝑛|−|𝐿|)2=𝑎𝑛2−2|𝑎𝑛‖𝐿|+𝐿2 and |𝑎𝑛−𝐿|2=𝑎𝑛2−2𝑎𝑛𝐿+𝐿2, the submission concludes (|𝑎𝑛|−|𝐿|)2≤|𝑎𝑛−𝐿|2, hence ‖𝑎𝑛|−|𝐿‖≤|𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀. Therefore lim𝑛→∞|𝑎𝑛|=|𝐿|. □

11.10 Problem 10 — powers of a convergent sequence

Proof

The proof is by induction on 𝑛. Base case: 𝑛=1 and lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘=𝐿=𝐿1. Assume for 𝑛=𝑘 that lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘𝑛=𝐿𝑛. Then

lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘𝑛+1=lim𝑘→∞(𝑎𝑘𝑛𝑎𝑘)=lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘𝑛⋅lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘=𝐿𝑛⋅𝐿=𝐿𝑛+1

by the limit law. Thus if (𝑎𝑘) converges to 𝐿, then lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑘𝑛=𝐿𝑛 for all 𝑛∈ℕ. □

11.11 Problem 11 — successive differences

Let 𝑠𝑛=𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛. If (𝑎𝑛) converges, prove (𝑠𝑛) converges to zero.

Proof
Since (𝑎𝑛) converges, lim𝑎𝑛=𝐿 for some 𝐿∈ℝ. Let 𝜀>0 and fix 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀2 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Then 𝐿−𝜀2<𝑎𝑛+1<𝐿+𝜀2 and 𝐿−𝜀2<𝑎𝑛<𝐿+𝜀2, so 0<|𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛|<𝜀2−(−𝜀2)=𝜀. Hence |𝑠𝑛−0|<𝜀 and lim𝑛→∞𝑠𝑛=0. □

11.12 Problem 12 — a sequence converging to sup𝑆

Let 𝑆 be a bounded nonempty subset of ℝ. Show that there is a sequence in 𝑆 converging to sup𝑆.

Proof

Consider 𝑏𝑛=sup𝑆−1𝑛 for 𝑛∈ℕ. By the definition of supremum, 𝑏𝑛 is not an upper bound of 𝑆; for each 𝑛, there exists some 𝑎>𝑏𝑛 where 𝑎∈𝑆. Take one such 𝑎 as 𝑎𝑛 for each 𝑏𝑛 (the same 𝑎 can be taken repeatedly). Then (𝑎𝑛) is a sequence in 𝑆.

Let 𝜀>0 and take 𝑁∈ℕ with 𝑁>1𝜀, so 1𝑁<𝜀. For 𝑛≥𝑁, |𝑏𝑛−sup𝑆|=1𝑛<1𝑁<𝜀. Since 𝑎𝑛>𝑏𝑛 and 𝑎𝑛<sup𝑆, |𝑎𝑛−sup𝑆|<|𝑏𝑛−sup𝑆|<𝜀. Therefore lim𝑛→∞𝑎𝑛=sup𝑆. □

11.13 Optional challenge problems

The personal PDF prints Problem 13(a)–(b), concerning [0,1] as a union of open intervals and (0,1) as an intersection of closed intervals, and Problem 14, asking whether the converse of Problem 11 is true. No personal answer is written on source page 14; source pages 15–16 are blank.

12 Homework 3: sequence limits and topology

The submission begins with the definition: a sequence (𝑎𝑛) of real numbers is eventually constant if there are 𝑐∈ℝ and 𝑁∈ℕ such that 𝑎𝑛=𝑐 for all 𝑛≥𝑁.

12.1 Problem 1 — reciprocals and divergence to infinity

Consider the bi-implication lim𝑎𝑛=∞⇔lim1𝑎𝑛=0.

Forward direction
Suppose lim𝑎𝑛=∞. Let 𝜀>0 and consider 𝑀=1𝜀. Then for some 𝑁>𝑀, 𝑎𝑛>𝑀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Thus 𝑎𝑛>1𝜀 implies |1𝑎𝑛|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. So lim1𝑎𝑛=0.
Backward direction — counterexample
Consider 𝑎𝑛=−𝑛. Then lim1𝑎𝑛=lim(−1𝑛)=0, but lim𝑎𝑛=−∞.

12.2 Problem 2 — a bounded factor

Let (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑏𝑛) be sequences of real numbers. Prove that if lim𝑎𝑛=0 and (𝑏𝑛) is bounded, then lim𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛=0.

Proof
Since (𝑏𝑛) is bounded, (|𝑏𝑛|) is also bounded. Consider the constant sequence 𝑠𝑛=sup(|𝑏𝑛|). Then lim(𝑠𝑛)=sup|𝑏𝑛|. Since lim𝑎𝑛=0, lim(|𝑎𝑛|)=0, and hence lim(|𝑎𝑛|⋅|𝑠𝑛|)=0. As 𝑠𝑛=sup|𝑏𝑛|, 0≤|𝑏𝑛|≤|𝑠𝑛| for all 𝑛∈ℕ, so 0≤|𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛|≤|𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑛| for all 𝑛∈ℕ. By the squeeze theorem, lim|𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛|=0. Therefore lim𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛=lim|𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛|=0. □

12.3 Problem 3 — three limits

Determine the limits in the extended real line (including positive or negative infinity) of the following sequences and prove the results.

12.3.1 (a) 2𝑛𝑛!

Proof

The submitted answer is lim𝑛→∞2𝑛𝑛≠0. Let 𝑎𝑛=2𝑛𝑛!. Then

lim𝑛→∞𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛=lim𝑛→∞2𝑛+1𝑛!(𝑛+1)!2𝑛=lim𝑛→∞2𝑛+1=0<1.

So lim2𝑛𝑛≠0. □

12.3.2 (b) 𝑛𝑛𝑛!

Proof
The submitted answer is lim𝑛→∞𝑛𝑛𝑛≠+∞. It writes 𝑛𝑛𝑛≠𝑛𝑛−1⋅𝑛𝑛−2…𝑛1>𝑛. Let 𝑀>0 and choose an integer 𝑁≥𝑀. For 𝑛≥𝑁, 𝑛𝑛𝑛!>𝑛≥𝑁>𝑀. Hence the limit is +∞. □

12.3.3 (c) 𝑏1=2, 𝑏𝑛+1=𝑏𝑛2+22𝑏𝑛

Proof

Assume lim𝑏𝑛=𝐿. Then 𝐿=lim𝑏𝑛+1=lim(𝑏𝑛2+1𝑏𝑛)=𝐿2+1𝐿, so 𝐿22=1 and 𝐿=2. Since 𝑏𝑛>0 for all 𝑛∈ℕ, the limit can only be 2 if it exists.

Now prove (𝑏𝑛) converges. For 𝑛∈ℕ, 𝑏𝑛+1=𝑏𝑛2+1𝑏𝑛≥2𝑏𝑛2⋅1𝑏𝑛=2. Since 𝑏1=2, 𝑏𝑛≥2 for all 𝑛∈ℕ. Also 𝑏𝑛+1𝑏𝑛=12+1𝑏𝑛2≤1. Hence (𝑏𝑛) is decreasing and bounded below, so it converges. Therefore lim𝑏𝑛=2. □

12.4 Problem 4 — limits in a discrete set

Suppose 𝐴 is a discrete subset of ℝ, and (𝑎𝑛) is a convergent sequence of numbers in 𝐴. Prove that either (𝑎𝑛) is eventually constant or lim𝑎𝑛∉𝐴.

Proof
Write lim𝑎𝑛=𝐿. Assume (𝑎𝑛) is not eventually constant and lim𝑎𝑛∈𝐴. Since 𝐴 is discrete, there is some 𝜀>0 such that (𝐿−𝜀,𝐿+𝜀)∩𝐴∖{𝐿}=∅. Since lim𝑎𝑛=𝐿, there is 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀 for all 𝑛≥𝑁. Since (𝑎𝑛) is not eventually constant, there is 𝑛≥𝑁 such that 𝑎𝑛≠𝐿 and |𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀, i.e. 𝑎𝑛∈(𝐿−𝜀,𝐿+𝜀). Thus 𝑎𝑛∈(𝐿−𝜀,𝐿+𝜀)∩𝐴∖{𝐿}, a contradiction. Therefore (𝑎𝑛) is either eventually constant or lim𝑎𝑛∉𝐴. □

12.5 Problem 5 — sequences of rationals with bounded numerators

For positive integer 𝑀, let ℚ𝑀 be the set of rational numbers 𝑚𝑛 with 𝑚,𝑛∈ℤ and |𝑚|≤𝑀. Prove every sequence of distinct numbers in ℚ𝑀 converges.

Proof
Let (𝑎𝑛) be an arbitrary sequence in ℚ𝑀 and let 𝜀>0. Since for each 𝑞∈ℤ there are only finitely many terms of (𝑎𝑛) that have 𝑞 as a denominator, consider 𝑁=max{𝑘:𝑎𝑘=𝑝𝑞 for some 𝑝≤𝑀 and 𝑞 an integer with 𝑞≥𝑀𝜀}. Take arbitrary 𝑛≥𝑁+1. Then 𝑎𝑛=𝑚𝑞 where 𝑞>𝑀𝜀. Thus 𝑎𝑛≤𝑀𝑞<𝜀. So lim𝑎𝑛=0. This finishes the proof that every sequence of distinct numbers in ℚ𝑀 converges. □

12.6 Problem 6 — strict inequalities between sequences

Let 𝑎𝑛<𝑏𝑛 for all 𝑛.

12.6.1 (a)

Proof
Suppose lim𝑎𝑛=∞. Let 𝑀>0 and fix it. Then for some 𝑁∈ℕ, 𝑎𝑛>𝑀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Since 𝑎𝑛<𝑏𝑛 for all 𝑛, 𝑏𝑛>𝑎𝑛>𝑀 for all 𝑛≥𝑁. Therefore lim𝑏𝑛=∞. □

12.6.2 (b)

Solution
Consider 𝑎𝑛=1𝑛2 and 𝑏𝑛=2𝑛2 for all 𝑛∈ℕ. Then 𝑎𝑛<𝑏𝑛 for all 𝑛∈ℕ, but lim𝑎𝑛=lim𝑏𝑛=0.

12.7 Problem 7 — ratio limit greater than one

Let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence of positive real numbers. Show that if lim𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛=𝐿>1, then lim𝑎𝑛=∞.

Proof
Let 𝜀=𝐿−12. Since lim𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛=𝐿, there is some 𝑁1∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛−𝐿|<𝜀 for all 𝑛≥𝑁1, i.e. 𝑎𝑛+1>(𝐿2+12)𝑎𝑛 for all 𝑛≥𝑁1. Let 𝑀>0. There is some 𝑁2≥𝑁1 such that (𝐿2+12)𝑁2𝑎𝑁2>𝑀, since 𝐿2+12>1. Then for all 𝑛≥𝑁2, 𝑎𝑛≥(𝐿2+12)𝑛𝑎𝑁2>𝑀. Therefore lim𝑎𝑛=∞. □

12.8 Problem 8 — lim sup and lim inf

Find the lim sup and lim inf of the following sequences.

  • (a) 𝑎𝑛=(−1)𝑛+1+(−1)𝑛𝑛: lim sup(𝑎𝑛)=1 and lim inf(𝑎𝑛)=−1.
  • (b) 𝑏𝑛=sin(1𝑛): lim sup(𝑏𝑛)=lim inf(𝑏𝑛)=0.
  • (c) 𝑐:ℕ→ℚ any bijection: lim sup(𝑐𝑛)=+∞ and lim inf(𝑐𝑛)=−∞.
  • (d) 𝑑𝑛=ln𝑛+cos𝑛: lim sup(𝑑𝑛)=lim inf(𝑑𝑛)=+∞.

12.9 Problem 9 — a recursive average

Let 𝑎,𝑏∈ℝ with 𝑎<𝑏. Let 𝑠1=𝑎, 𝑠2=𝑏, and 𝑠𝑛+2=𝑠𝑛+𝑠𝑛+12. The submitted claim is lim𝑛→∞𝑠𝑛=23𝑏+13𝑎.

Proof

Let 𝑑𝑛=𝑠𝑛+1−𝑠𝑛 for all 𝑛∈ℕ. Then 𝑑1=𝑠2−𝑠1=𝑏−𝑎, and, for 𝑛≥2,

𝑑𝑛=𝑠𝑛−1+𝑠𝑛2−𝑠𝑛=−(12)𝑠𝑛−(12)𝑠𝑛−1=−(12)𝑑𝑛−1.

For all 𝑛∈ℕ,

𝑠𝑛+1=∑𝑖=1𝑛(𝑠𝑛+1−𝑠𝑛)+𝑠1=𝑠1+∑𝑖=1𝑛𝑑𝑛=𝑎+1−(−12)𝑛1−(−12)𝑑1=𝑎+23(1−(−12)𝑛)(𝑏−𝑎).

Thus

lim𝑛→∞𝑠𝑛=lim𝑛→∞𝑠𝑛+1=lim𝑛→∞(𝑎+23(𝑏−𝑎)−23(−12)𝑛(𝑏−𝑎))=23𝑏+13𝑎,

since |−12|<1. □

12.10 Problem 10 — a divergent sequence with one possible subsequential limit

Consider 𝑎𝑛=𝑛(−1)𝑛, i.e. (𝑎𝑛)=(1,2,13,4,15,6,…). The work claims (𝑎𝑛) diverges, but every convergent subsequence converges to 𝐿=0.

Proof
The odd-indexed terms (𝑎𝑛𝑘:𝑘 is odd)=(1,13,15,…)→0. Let (𝑎𝑛𝑘) be a convergent subsequence of (𝑎𝑛); then 𝑘↦𝑛𝑘 is strictly increasing. Suppose there are infinitely many 𝑘∈ℕ such that 𝑛𝑘 is even. We show (𝑎𝑛𝑘) diverges. Let 𝐿∈ℝ, take 𝑀=1, and fix 𝑁∈ℕ. If there is no 𝑛𝑘>𝑁 with 𝑎𝑛𝑘>𝐿+1, then there are only finitely many even 𝑛𝑘, a contradiction. Thus there must be 𝑛𝑘>𝑁 with |𝑎𝑛𝑘−𝐿|>𝑀, so (𝑎𝑛𝑘) diverges. Hence only finitely many 𝑛𝑘 are even. Cutting the tail makes all remaining 𝑛𝑘 odd, and so (𝑎𝑛𝑘) converges to 0. □

12.11 Problem 11 — lim sup of a sum

Let (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑏𝑛) be bounded sequences of positive real numbers.

12.11.1 (a)

Proof
Write 𝑙𝑛=sup{𝑎𝑘+𝑏𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}, 𝑢𝑛=sup{𝑎𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}, and 𝑣𝑛=sup{𝑏𝑘:𝑘≥𝑛}. Let 𝜀>0. Then for every 𝑘≥𝑛, 𝑎𝑘<𝑢𝑛+𝜀2 and 𝑏𝑘<𝑣𝑛+𝜀2, so 𝑎𝑘+𝑏𝑘<𝑢𝑛+𝑣𝑛+𝜀. Hence 𝑙𝑛≤𝑢𝑛+𝑣𝑛. Since 𝑛 is arbitrary, lim𝑙𝑛≤lim𝑢𝑛+lim𝑣𝑛, i.e. lim sup(𝑎𝑛+𝑏𝑛)≤lim sup(𝑎𝑛)+lim sup(𝑏𝑛). □

12.11.2 (b)

Counterexample
𝑎𝑛=1+(−1)𝑛, so lim sup(𝑎𝑛)=2. Let 𝑏𝑛=1+(−1)𝑛+1, so lim sup(𝑏𝑛)=2. But lim sup(𝑎𝑛+𝑏𝑛)=1+1=2<lim sup(𝑎𝑛)+lim sup(𝑏𝑛).

12.11.3 (c)

Solution
Write lim𝑎𝑛=𝐿. Then lim sup(𝑎𝑛)=lim𝑎𝑛=𝐿 since (𝑎𝑛) converges. Thus lim sup(𝑎𝑛)+lim sup(𝑏𝑛)=𝐿+lim𝑣𝑛=lim(𝐿+𝑣𝑛)=lim sup(𝑎𝑛+𝑏𝑛).

12.12 Problem 12 — a sequence with every real subsequential limit

Proof
Since ℕ≈ℚ, there exists a surjective function 𝑆:ℕ→ℚ. Note that (𝑆𝑛) is a sequence. Let 𝑟∈ℝ be arbitrary. There exists a sequence in ℚ, (𝑞𝑛)→𝑟. Since 𝑆:ℕ→ℚ is surjective, consider the subsequence (𝑆𝑛𝑘) of (𝑆𝑛) defined by 𝑆𝑛𝑘=𝑞𝑛 for some 𝑛∈ℕ, for all 𝑘∈ℕ. Take a monotonic subsequence of (𝑆𝑛𝑘) as (𝑆𝑚). It is a subsequence of (𝑆𝑛𝑘), so it is also a subsequence of (𝑆𝑛). Let 𝜀>0. There is some 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑞𝑛−𝑟|<𝜀 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. Since there is some term 𝑆𝑚 with 𝑆𝑚=𝑞𝑁 and (𝑆𝑚) is monotonic, |𝑆𝑚−𝑟|<𝜀 whenever 𝑚≥𝑀. Therefore (𝑆𝑚)→𝑟. □

12.13 Problem 13 — open and closed sets

The submitted classifications are:

  • (a) {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}: neither.
  • (b) {1𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}∪{0}: closed and not open.
  • (c) ∪𝑛≥1[1𝑛,3−1𝑛]: open and not closed.
  • (d) ℤ: closed and not open.
  • (e) ℚ: neither.
  • (f) ∩𝑛≥1(−1𝑛,1𝑛): closed and not open.

12.14 Problem 14 — closed discrete set with no uniform separation

Counterexample
Consider 𝑆𝑛=∑𝑘=1𝑛1𝑘, a partial sum of the harmonic series, and 𝐴={𝑆𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}. There is no subsequential limit in 𝑆𝑛, so 𝐴 has no limit point; hence 𝐴=𝐴′ and 𝐴 is closed. For each 𝑆𝑛 consider 𝜀=1𝑛+1; then 𝑉𝜀(𝑆𝑛)∩𝐴∖{𝑆𝑛}=∅, so 𝐴 is discrete. But there is no 𝜀>0 such that |𝑎−𝑏|≥𝜀 for every pair 𝑎,𝑏∈𝐴, since for any 𝜀>0, 𝑆𝑘+1−𝑆𝑘<1𝜀=𝜀 (as recorded in the submission).

12.15 Problem 15 — an external limit point

Suppose 𝐴⊆ℝ is infinite, bounded, and discrete. Prove that there is a convergent sequence in 𝐴 whose limit is not in 𝐴.

Proof
Take an arbitrary sequence (𝑎𝑛) in 𝐴 such that ∀𝑚,𝑛∈ℕ, 𝑎𝑚≠𝑎𝑛. By the Bolzano–Weierstrass theorem, there is a convergent subsequence (𝑎𝑛𝑘); write lim𝑎𝑛𝑘=𝐿. Claim: 𝐿∉𝐴. Suppose 𝐿∈𝐴. Since 𝐿 is the limit of a sequence in 𝐴, it is a limit point of 𝐴, so for every 𝜀>0 there exists 𝑥∈𝐴∖{𝐿} with 0<|𝑥−𝐿|<𝜀, i.e. 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀(𝐿)∩𝐴∖{𝐿}. Since 𝐴 is discrete and 𝐿∈𝐴, there exists 𝜀>0 such that 𝑉𝜀(𝐿)∩𝐴={𝐿}. These two statements contradict. So 𝐿∉𝐴. □

13 Homework 4: limits and closure

13.1 Problem 1

Do Challenge Problem (14) from HW 2: if (𝑎𝑛) is a sequence in ℝ and lim𝑛→∞(𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛)=0, must (𝑎𝑛) converge? Justify your answer.

No. A counterexample is 𝑎𝑛=𝑛. Then

lim𝑛→∞(𝑎𝑛+1−𝑎𝑛)=lim𝑛→∞(𝑛+1−𝑛)=lim𝑛→∞1𝑛+1+𝑛=0,

but lim𝑛→∞𝑎𝑛=lim𝑛→∞𝑛=∞.

13.2 Problem 2

Let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence in ℝ, and let 𝑆⊂ℝ be its set of real subsequential limits. Prove that 𝑆 is closed.

Proof

Let 𝑐∈𝑆′ be arbitrary. We show 𝑐∈𝑆: that is, there is a subsequence of (𝑎𝑛) converging to 𝑐.

Let 𝑚∈ℕ. Since 𝑐∈𝑆′, 𝑉12𝑚(𝑐)∩𝑆∖{𝑐}≠∅. Choose 𝑥∈𝑉12𝑚(𝑐)∩𝑆∖{𝑐}. Then 𝑥∈𝑆 and |𝑥−𝑐|≤12𝑚, so there is a subsequence (𝑎𝑛𝑘) of (𝑎𝑛) such that 𝑎𝑛𝑘→𝑥 as 𝑘→∞, where (𝑛𝑘) is monotonically increasing. Hence there is 𝐾𝑚∈ℕ such that, for all 𝑘≥𝐾𝑚, |𝑎𝑛𝑘−𝑥|≤12𝑚.

Construct (𝑏𝑚) recursively. For 𝑚=1, choose 𝑎𝑛𝑘 as 𝑏𝑚. If 𝑚>1 and 𝑏𝑚−1=𝑎𝑛𝑘0, take 𝑘=max(𝐾𝑚,𝑘0)+1 and choose 𝑎𝑛𝑘 as 𝑏𝑚. Then

|𝑏𝑚−𝑐|≤|𝑏𝑚−𝑥|+|𝑥−𝑐|≤1𝑚.

Thus (𝑏𝑚) is a subsequence of (𝑎𝑛), because every term is a term of (𝑎𝑛) with increasing index. For 𝜀>0, choose 𝑛∈ℕ with 𝜀>1𝑛, and take 𝑁=𝑛+1. Then |𝑏𝑚−𝑐|≤1𝑚+1<𝜀 for every 𝑚≥𝑁. Thus 𝑏𝑚→𝑐.

We have proved 𝑐 is a subsequential limit of (𝑎𝑛). Since 𝑐 was arbitrary, 𝑆′⊂𝑆, so 𝑆 is closed. □

13.3 Problem 3

Given 𝐴⊂ℝ, write 𝐴′ for the set of all limit points of 𝐴 and define cl(𝐴)=𝐴∪𝐴′. (a) Prove that 𝐴′ is closed. (b) Prove that cl(𝐴) is closed. (c) Prove that cl(𝐴) is the smallest closed set containing 𝐴.

13.3.1 (a)

Proof

Let 𝑐∈(𝐴′)𝑐. Then 𝑐 is not a limit point of 𝐴, so for some 𝜀>0,

𝑉𝜀(𝑐)∩𝐴∖{𝑐}=∅.

Let 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀2(𝑐) be arbitrary. Since |𝑥−𝑐|<𝜀2, 𝑉|𝑥−𝑐|(𝑥)∩𝐴=∅. Thus 𝑥∉𝐴′, which implies 𝑥∈(𝐴′)𝑐. Hence 𝑉𝜀2(𝑐)⊂(𝐴′)𝑐. Since 𝑐 is arbitrary, (𝐴′)𝑐 is open, and so 𝐴′ is closed. □

13.3.2 (b)

Proof
Let 𝑐∈(cl(𝐴))𝑐. Then 𝑐∉𝐴 and 𝑐∉𝐴′. Fix 𝜀>0 such that 𝑉𝜀2(𝑐)∩𝐴∖{𝑐}=∅. Since 𝑐∉𝐴, also 𝑉𝜀2(𝑐)∩𝐴=∅. If 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀2(𝑐), then 𝑥∉𝐴 and 𝑉𝜀2(𝑥)⊂𝑉𝜀(𝑐), so 𝑉𝜀2(𝑥)∩𝐴=∅ and 𝑥∉𝐴′. Therefore 𝑉𝜀2(𝑐)⊂(cl(𝐴))𝑐. Thus (cl(𝐴))𝑐 is open, and cl(𝐴) is closed. □

13.3.3 (c)

Proof
Let 𝐹 be a closed set with 𝐴⊂𝐹. Let 𝑎∈𝐴′ be arbitrary and let (𝑎𝑛) be a sequence in 𝐴 converging to 𝑎. Since 𝐴⊂𝐹 and 𝐹 is closed, 𝑎=lim𝑎𝑛∈𝐹. Thus 𝐴′⊂𝐹, so cl(𝐴)=𝐴′∪𝐴⊂𝐹. Since 𝐹 was arbitrary, this proves that cl(𝐴) is the smallest closed set containing 𝐴. □

13.4 Problem 4

(a) Prove explicitly using the 𝜀𝛿 definition that lim𝑥→2𝑥3=8. (b) Given 𝜀>0, find the largest 𝛿>0 such that |𝑥3−8|<𝜀 whenever |𝑥−2|<𝛿. (c) Prove explicitly using the 𝜀𝛿 definition that lim𝑥→4𝑥=2. (d) Given 𝜀>0, find the largest 𝛿>0 such that |𝑥−2|<𝜀 whenever |𝑥−4|<𝛿.

13.4.1 (a)

Proof

Let 𝜀>0. Since

|𝑥3−8|=|𝑥−2||𝑥2+2𝑥+4|,

and, for 1<𝑥<3, |𝑥2+2𝑥+4|=(𝑥+1)2+3∈[3,19], take 𝛿=min(1,𝜀19). If 0<|𝑥−2|<𝛿, then

|𝑥3−8|<𝛿⋅19<𝜀.

Hence lim𝑥→2𝑥3=8. □

13.4.2 (b)

For 𝜀>0 we want (2−𝛿)3≥8−𝜀 and (2+𝛿)3≤8+𝜀. Thus

𝛿≤2−8−𝜀3and𝛿≤8+𝜀3−2.

The personal calculation records the largest value as 𝛿=8+𝜀3−2.

13.4.3 (c)

Proof

Let 𝜀>0. Since

|𝑥−2|=|𝑥−4||𝑥+2|

and |𝑥+2|≥2, take 𝛿=𝜀. If 0<|𝑥−4|<𝛿, then

|𝑥−2|<𝛿2≤𝛿<𝜀.

Hence lim𝑥→4𝑥=2. □

13.4.4 (d)

For 𝜀>0 we want 4+𝛿≤2+𝜀 and 4−𝛿≥2−𝜀. Thus

𝛿≤(2+𝜀)2−4and𝛿≤(2−𝜀)2−4.

The personal calculation records the largest value as 𝛿=(2+𝜀)2−4.

13.5 Problem 5

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, let 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, suppose 𝑎∈ℝ is a limit point of 𝐴∩(𝑎,∞), and suppose lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑓(𝑥)=∞. Let 𝑔:(𝑐,∞)→ℝ and suppose lim𝑥→∞𝑔(𝑥)=𝐿∈ℝ. Prove that lim𝑥→𝑎+(𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥)=𝐿.

Proof
Let 𝜀>0. There is 𝑁∈ℝ such that |𝑔(𝑥)−𝐿|<𝜀 whenever 𝑥≥𝑁. Also, since lim𝑥→𝑎+𝑓(𝑥)=∞, there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑓(𝑥)≥𝑁 whenever 0<𝑥−𝑎<𝛿. Therefore, if 𝑎<𝑥<𝑎+𝛿, then |𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))−𝐿|<𝜀. Hence lim𝑥→𝑎+(𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥)=𝐿. □

13.6 Problem 6

Let 𝑓,𝑔:ℝ→ℝ, let 𝑎∈ℝ, and suppose lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)=𝑏 and lim𝑥→𝑏𝑔(𝑥)=𝐿. Show by example that 𝐿 need not be the limit of 𝑔∘𝑓 as 𝑥→𝑎.

Consider 𝑓(𝑥)=0 if 𝑥≠1, and 𝑓(1)=1. Also, let 𝑔(0)=2 and 𝑔(𝑥)=0 if 𝑥≠0. Then lim𝑥→1𝑓(𝑥)=0 and 𝐿=lim𝑥→0𝑔(𝑥)=0, but 𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))=2 if 𝑥≠1 and 𝑔(𝑓(1))=0. Hence lim𝑥→1𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))=2≠0.

13.7 Problem 7

Prove that for any sequence (𝑎𝑛) of nonzero real numbers, lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤lim sup|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|.

Proof

Let 𝐿>lim sup|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛| be arbitrary. Then there is 𝑁∈ℕ such that |𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|<𝐿 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁. For 𝑛≥𝑁,

|𝑎𝑛|=|𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑛−1|⋅|𝑎𝑛−1𝑎𝑛−2|…|𝑎𝑁+1𝑎𝑁|⋅|𝑎𝑁|<𝐿𝑛−𝑁|𝑎𝑁|.

Hence

|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛<𝐿𝑛−𝑁𝑛|𝑎𝑁|1𝑛=𝐿𝐿−𝑁|𝑎𝑁|𝑛.

The final factor tends to 1, and hence lim sup|𝑎𝑛|1𝑛≤𝐿. Since this holds for every 𝐿>lim sup|𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛|, the required inequality follows. □

13.8 Problem 8

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, suppose 𝑎∈𝐴∩𝐴′, and let 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ. Prove that if 𝑓(𝑎)>0 and 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎, then there is 𝜀>0 such that 𝑓 is positive and bounded on 𝐴∩𝑉𝜀(𝑎).

Proof
Since 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎, there is 𝜀>0 such that |𝑓(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝑓(𝑎) whenever |𝑎−𝑥|<𝜀 and 𝑥∈𝐴. Thus 0<𝑓(𝑥)<2𝑓(𝑎) whenever 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝐴. Therefore 𝑓 is positive and bounded on 𝐴∩𝑉𝜀(𝑎). □

13.9 Problem 9

Suppose 𝑓,𝑔:ℝ→ℝ are continuous. Prove that if 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑔(𝑥) for all 𝑥∈ℚ, then 𝑓=𝑔.

Proof

Let 𝑎∈ℝ∖ℚ be arbitrary, and let 𝜀>0. By continuity of 𝑓, there is 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)|<𝜀2 whenever 𝑥∈𝑉𝛿(𝑎). By density of ℚ in ℝ, choose 𝑞∈ℚ∩𝑉𝛿(𝑎). Then |𝑓(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑞)|<𝜀2; similarly, |𝑔(𝑞)−𝑔(𝑎)|<𝜀2. Since 𝑞∈ℚ, 𝑓(𝑞)=𝑔(𝑞), and so

|𝑓(𝑎)−𝑔(𝑎)|≤|𝑓(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑞)|+|𝑓(𝑞)−𝑔(𝑎)|<𝜀.

Thus 𝑓(𝑎)=𝑔(𝑎). Since 𝑎 was arbitrary, 𝑓=𝑔 on ℚ∪(ℝ∖ℚ)=ℝ. □

13.10 Problem 10

Prove that if 𝐴⊂ℝ is not closed, then there is an unbounded continuous function 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ.

Proof

Since 𝐴 is not closed, choose 𝑐∈𝐴′ with 𝑐∉𝐴. Define 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ by 𝑓(𝑥)=1|𝑥−𝑐|. This is well defined, and is continuous as a composition of the continuous rational function 1𝑥−𝑐 and the absolute-value function.

Let 𝑚∈ℕ. Since 𝑐∈𝐴′, there is 𝑥∈𝐴 with 0<|𝑥−𝑐|<1𝑚. Thus 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑚. Hence 𝑓 is unbounded. □

13.11 Problem 11

Using only the definitions of continuity and open set, prove that for any 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ, 𝑓 is continuous if and only if 𝑓−1[𝑉] is open for every open set 𝑉⊂ℝ.

Proof

Suppose 𝑓 is continuous and let 𝑉⊂ℝ be open. If 𝑥∈𝑓−1[𝑉], then 𝑓(𝑥)∈𝑉, so there is 𝜀>0 with 𝑉𝜀(𝑓(𝑥))⊂𝑉. By continuity, there is 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀 whenever |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿. Thus 𝑉𝛿(𝑥)⊂𝑓−1[𝑉], proving 𝑓−1[𝑉] open.

Conversely, suppose 𝑓−1[𝑉] is open for every open 𝑉⊂ℝ. Let 𝑥∈ℝ and 𝜀>0, and take 𝑉={𝑦∈ℝ:|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑦|<𝜀}=𝑉𝜀(𝑓(𝑥)). Then 𝑓−1[𝑉] is open and contains 𝑥, so some 𝑉𝛿(𝑥) lies in 𝑓−1[𝑉]. Therefore |𝑓(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀 whenever |𝑥−𝑎|<𝛿. Thus 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑥, and hence continuous. □

13.12 Problems 12–14

The source records these printed problems but no handwritten response:

  • (12) If 𝐴⊂ℝ is closed and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ is continuous, prove there is a continuous 𝑔:ℝ→ℝ with 𝑔|𝐴=𝑓.
  • (13) For pairwise disjoint nonempty open sets (𝑈𝑖)𝑖∈𝐼 in ℝ, prove 𝐼 is countable.
  • (14a) Prove an open subset of ℝ is a union of countably many open intervals; (14b) decide whether the intervals can be chosen with rational endpoints.

14 Homework 5: uniform continuity and differentiation

14.1 Problem 1

Suppose (𝑈𝑖:𝑖∈𝐼) is a family of nonempty open sets in ℝ such that 𝑈𝑖∩𝑈𝑗=∅ whenever 𝑖≠𝑗. Prove that 𝐼 is countable.

Proof
Let 𝑖∈𝐼 be arbitrary, and let 𝑥∈𝑈𝑖. By definition there is 𝜀>0 with 𝑉𝜀(𝑥)⊂𝑈𝑖. By density of ℚ in ℝ, choose 𝑞∈ℚ with 𝑞∈𝑉𝜀(𝑥)⊂𝑈𝑖. Define 𝑓:𝐼→ℚ by sending each 𝑖 to a rational number in 𝑈𝑖. Since the 𝑈𝑖 are pairwise disjoint, 𝑓 is injective. Hence 𝐼⊂ℚ in the sense of an injection, so 𝐼 is countable. □

14.2 Problem 2

Determine whether each continuous function is uniformly continuous on the given interval: (a) 𝑥3 on [0,1]; (b) 𝑥3 on (0,1); (c) 𝑥3 on ℝ; (d) 1𝑥3 on (0,1].

14.2.1 (a)

𝑥3 is uniformly continuous because it is continuous on ℝ and [0,1] is closed and bounded.

14.2.2 (b)

Let 𝜀>0 and take 𝛿=𝜀3. If 𝑥,𝑦∈(0,1) and |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿, then

|𝑥3−𝑦3|=|𝑥−𝑦||𝑥2+𝑥𝑦+𝑦2|<(𝜀3)⋅3=𝜀.

Thus 𝑥3 is uniformly continuous on (0,1).

14.2.3 (c)

It is not uniformly continuous. Take 𝜀=1. Let 𝛿>0 be arbitrary and take 𝑥=𝜀𝛿, 𝑦=𝑥+𝛿3. Then

(𝑥+𝛿3)3−𝑥3=(𝛿3)((𝑥+𝛿3)2+(𝑥+𝛿3)𝑥+𝑥2)>𝛿𝑥2=𝜀.

14.2.4 (d)

It is not uniformly continuous. Take 𝜀=1. Given 𝛿>0, take 𝑥=min(1−𝛿3,𝜀𝛿) and 𝑦=𝑥+𝛿3. The source records the computation

|1𝑥3−1(𝑥+𝛿3)3|=(𝑥+𝛿3)3−𝑥3𝑥3(𝑥+𝛿3)3,

and uses the preceding lower bound while 𝑥3(𝑥+𝛿3)3≤1 to obtain a quantity greater than 𝜀.

14.3 Problem 3

Prove that if there is 𝑎>0 such that a continuous 𝑓:[0,∞)→ℝ is uniformly continuous on [𝑎,∞), then 𝑓 is uniformly continuous.

Proof

Suppose 𝑓 is continuous and uniformly continuous on [𝑎,∞). Since [0,𝑎] is closed, 𝑓 is uniformly continuous there. Let 𝜀>0. Take 𝛿1>0 for [0,𝑎] and 𝛿2>0 for [𝑎,∞), each giving |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀2. Set 𝛿=min(𝛿1,𝛿2).

Let 𝑥,𝑦∈[0,∞) with |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿. If both points are in [0,𝑎], use 𝛿1; if both are in [𝑎,∞), use 𝛿2. In the remaining case, assume 𝑥∈[0,𝑎] and 𝑦∈[𝑎,∞). Then |𝑥−𝑎|=𝑎−𝑥<𝛿 and |𝑦−𝑎|=𝑦−𝑎<𝛿, so

|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|≤|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)|+|𝑓(𝑎)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀.

Thus 𝑓 is uniformly continuous. □

14.4 Problem 4

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ, let 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ be continuous, and suppose 𝑎∈𝐴′∖𝐴. Suppose further that 𝑓 is uniformly continuous on 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝐴 for some 𝜀>0. (a) Prove that any two sequences (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑏𝑛) in 𝐴 converging to 𝑎 have the same 𝑓-limit. (b) Prove that 𝑓 extends continuously to 𝐴∪{𝑎}.

14.4.1 (a)

Proof

Assume the hypotheses and write lim𝑓(𝑎𝑛)=𝐿. Let 𝜀2>0. Since 𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛→𝑎, there is 𝑁1 such that 𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛∈𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝐴 whenever 𝑛≥𝑁1. Uniform continuity gives 𝛿>0 with |𝑓(𝑏𝑛)−𝑓(𝑎𝑛)|<𝜀22 whenever |𝑎𝑛−𝑏𝑛|<𝛿. Since 𝑎𝑛−𝑏𝑛→0, this holds beyond some 𝑁2. Also choose 𝑁3 with |𝑓(𝑎𝑛)−𝐿|<𝜀22 for 𝑛≥𝑁3. For 𝑁=max(𝑁1,𝑁2,𝑁3) and 𝑛≥𝑁,

|𝑓(𝑏𝑛)−𝑓(𝑎𝑛)|≤|𝑓(𝑏𝑛)−𝑓(𝑎𝑛)|+|𝑓(𝑎𝑛)−𝐿|<𝜀2.

Therefore lim𝑓(𝑎𝑛)=lim𝑓(𝑏𝑛). □

14.4.2 (b)

Define

𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥) for 𝑥∈𝐴,𝑔(𝑎)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥).

Then 𝑔|𝐴=𝑓. Since 𝑎∈𝐴′ and dom(𝑔)=𝐴∪{𝑎}, 𝑎∈(dom(𝑔))′. The preceding part gives lim𝑥→𝑎𝑔(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑎𝑓(𝑥)=𝑔(𝑎), so 𝑔 is continuous at 𝑎. It is already continuous on 𝐴, and hence is continuous on its domain.

14.5 Problem 5

Show that a composition of uniformly continuous functions is uniformly continuous: if 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ and 𝑔:𝐵→ℝ are uniformly continuous and range(𝑓)⊂𝐵, then 𝑔∘𝑓 is uniformly continuous.

Proof

Let 𝜀>0. Take 𝛿1>0 such that |𝑔(𝑎)−𝑔(𝑏)|<𝜀 when |𝑎−𝑏|<𝛿1, for 𝑎,𝑏∈𝐵. Take 𝛿2>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝛿1 when |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿2, for 𝑥,𝑦∈𝐴. Then |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿2 implies

|𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))−𝑔(𝑓(𝑦))|<𝜀.

□

14.6 Problem 6

Find the derivatives from the definition: (a) 𝑦=1𝑥; (b) 𝑦=𝑥3.

14.6.1 (a)

𝑓′(𝑥)=limℎ→0(1𝑥+ℎ−1𝑥ℎ)=limℎ→0(−1𝑥(𝑥+ℎ))=−1𝑥2.

14.6.2 (b)

𝑓′(𝑥)=limℎ→0((𝑥+ℎ)3−𝑥3ℎ)=limℎ→0(3𝑥2+3𝑥ℎ+ℎ2)=3𝑥2.

14.7 Problem 7

Define 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ by 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2 for 𝑥∈ℚ and 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥3 for 𝑥∈ℝ∖ℚ. Find all points where 𝑓 is continuous and differentiable (no justification needed).

The personal answer: 𝑓 is continuous only at 𝑥=0, and differentiable only at 𝑥=0.

14.8 Problem 8

Show that if |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|≤(𝑥−𝑦)2 for all 𝑥,𝑦∈ℝ, then 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ is constant.

Proof
Fix 𝑦∈ℝ and let 𝑥∈ℝ be arbitrary. Consider 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)𝑥−𝑦. The hypothesis yields 0≤|𝑔(𝑥)|≤|𝑥−𝑦|. By the squeeze theorem, lim𝑥→𝑦𝑔(𝑥)=0, and the source concludes 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)=0. Since 𝑦 is arbitrary, 𝑓 is constant. □

14.9 Problem 9

If 𝑓 and 𝑔 are differentiable on ℝ, 𝑓(0)=𝑔(0), and 𝑓′(𝑥)≤𝑔′(𝑥) for all 𝑥∈ℝ, prove 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥) for all 𝑥≥0.

Proof
Let ℎ(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−𝑔(𝑥). Then ℎ′(𝑥)=𝑓′(𝑥)−𝑔′(𝑥)≤0, so ℎ is decreasing on ℝ. Since ℎ(0)=0, for 𝑥≥0 we have ℎ(𝑥)≤0. Thus 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥). □

14.10 Problem 10

Let 𝑎<𝑏. Decide each assertion: (a) differentiable 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is bounded; (b) such 𝑓′ is bounded; (c) differentiable, bounded 𝑓:(𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ has bounded 𝑓′; (d) differentiable 𝑓:(𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ with bounded 𝑓′ is bounded.

14.10.1 (a)

True. A differentiable function is continuous, so the extreme value theorem on the closed, bounded interval gives 𝑥0,𝑦0∈[𝑎,𝑏] with 𝑓(𝑥0)≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑦0) for all 𝑥. Hence the function is bounded.

14.10.2 (b)

False. The source gives 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥2sin(1𝑥2) for 𝑥≠0 and 𝑓(0)=0 on [−1,1]. It records 𝑓′(0)=lim𝑥→0𝑥sin(1𝑥2)=0, while for 𝑥≠0,

𝑓′(𝑥)=2𝑥sin(1𝑥2)−2cos(1𝑥2)𝑥,

which is unbounded near 0.

14.10.3 (c)

False, by restricting the same counterexample to (−1,1).

14.10.4 (d)

True. Suppose |𝑓′(𝑥)|≤𝑀 on (𝑎,𝑏). Choose 𝑎<𝑚<𝑛<𝑏; then 𝑓 is differentiable on [𝑚,𝑛], so the extreme value theorem gives a point 𝑘∈[𝑚,𝑛] controlling 𝑓 there. For arbitrary 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏), the mean value theorem gives a point between 𝑥 and 𝑘 with 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑘)≤𝑀(𝑥−𝑘). Thus

𝑀(𝑎−𝑘)+𝑓(𝑘)≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑀(𝑏−𝑘)+𝑓(𝑘),

so 𝑓 is bounded.

14.11 Problem 11

For differentiable 𝑓:(𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ, decide the converses of: (a) 𝑓′≥0 implies 𝑓 increasing; (b) 𝑓′>0 implies 𝑓 strictly increasing.

14.11.1 (a)

Proof

The converse is true. Assume 𝑓 is increasing and let 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏). If 𝑓′(𝑥)<0, take 𝜀=−𝑓′𝑥2. The derivative definition gives a 𝛿>0 such that for 0<ℎ<𝛿,

3𝑓′𝑥2<𝑓(𝑥+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥)ℎ<−𝑓′𝑥2<0.

But ℎ>0 and 𝑓 increasing imply 𝑓(𝑥+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥)ℎ≥0, a contradiction. Hence 𝑓′(𝑥)≥0. □

14.11.2 (b)

The converse is false: 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥3 is strictly increasing on [0,1], but 𝑓′(0)=0.

14.12 Problem 12

Let 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ be differentiable. Prove that if lim𝑥→∞𝑓(𝑥) and lim𝑥→∞𝑓′(𝑥) both exist, then lim𝑥→∞𝑓′(𝑥)=0.

Proof

Assume the hypotheses and, for a contradiction, suppose lim𝑥→∞𝑓′(𝑥)=𝑀≠0. Write lim𝑥→∞𝑓(𝑥)=𝐿. Let 0<𝜀<𝑀. Choose 𝑁1,𝑁2 so that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝐿|<𝜀 for 𝑥≥𝑁1 and |𝑓′(𝑥)−𝑀|<𝜀 for 𝑥≥𝑁2. For 𝑁=max(𝑁1,𝑁2), 𝐿−𝜀<𝑓(𝑁)<𝐿+𝜀 and 𝑓′(𝑥)>𝑀−𝜀 for 𝑥≥𝑁.

Take 𝑥=𝑁+2𝜀𝑀−𝜀. By the mean value theorem, some 𝑐∈(𝑁,𝑥) has

𝑓′(𝑐)=𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑁)𝑥−𝑁>𝑀−𝜀.

Hence 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑁)>2𝜀, so 𝑓(𝑥)>𝐿+𝜀, contradicting the choice of 𝑁1. Thus the derivative limit is 0. □

14.13 Problem 13

Let 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ be differentiable at 𝑎. (a) If 𝑓′(𝑎)>0, prove that there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑓(𝑎) for 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑎+𝛿). (b) Decide whether this implies 𝑓 is strictly increasing on (𝑎,𝑎+𝛿).

14.13.1 (a)

Proof

Let 𝜀=𝑓′𝑎2. By differentiability there is 𝛿>0 such that

|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎−𝑓′(𝑎)|<𝜀

for 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑎+𝛿). Hence 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)𝑥−𝑎>𝑓′𝑎2>0, and, since 𝑥−𝑎>0, 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑓(𝑎). □

14.13.2 (b)

The personal answer is true. Use the same 𝛿 and let 𝑎<𝑥1<𝑥2<𝑎+𝛿. By the mean value theorem,

𝑓(𝑥2)−𝑓(𝑥1)𝑥2−𝑥1=𝑓′(𝑐)

for some 𝑐∈(𝑥1,𝑥2). By (a), 𝑓′(𝑐)>0, so 𝑓(𝑥2)>𝑓(𝑥1) and 𝑓 is strictly increasing on (𝑎,𝑎+𝛿).

14.14 Optional challenge problems 14–15

The source has only the printed prompts and no handwritten response:

  • (14) For increasing (𝑎𝑛) and decreasing (𝑏𝑛) with 𝑎𝑚<𝑏𝑛, decide whether ∩𝑛∈ℕ(𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛) must be nonempty, given that ∩𝑛∈ℕ[𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛]≠∅.
  • (15) Decide whether an open 𝑈⊂ℝ can contain ℚ while ℝ∖𝑈 is uncountable.

15 Homework 6: sequences, series, and integrability

15.1 Problem 1

Let (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑏𝑛) be bounded sequences in ℝ, with lim𝑎𝑛=𝐴>0. Show that lim sup(𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛)=𝐴lim sup(𝑏𝑛).

Proof

Let 𝐸 denote the set of subsequential limits of (𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛), so lim sup(𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛)=max𝐸. Write lim sup𝑏𝑛=𝑏.

Claim 1. 𝐴𝑏 is an upper bound for 𝐸. Let (𝑎𝑛𝑘𝑏𝑛𝑘) be an arbitrary convergent subsequence. The source calculates

lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑛𝑘𝑏𝑛𝑘≤(lim𝑘→∞𝑎𝑛𝑘)(lim sup𝑘→∞𝑏𝑛𝑘)=(lim𝑎𝑛)(lim sup𝑏𝑛)=𝐴𝑏.

Thus 𝐴𝑏 is an upper bound for 𝐸.

Claim 2. 𝐴𝑏∈𝐸. Choose a subsequence (𝑏𝑛𝑚) with 𝑏𝑛𝑚→𝑏. Then lim𝑎𝑛𝑚𝑏𝑛𝑚=(lim𝑎𝑛𝑚)(lim𝑏𝑛𝑚)=𝐴𝑏, so 𝐴𝑏∈𝐸. The two claims give 𝐴𝑏=max𝐸=lim sup(𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛). □

15.2 Problem 2

(a) For each 𝑛∈ℕ, find the 𝑛th derivative of 𝑦=𝑥𝑛 and prove the claim by induction. (b) For 𝑛∈ℕ, define 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑥𝑛 for 𝑥≥0 and 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=−𝑥𝑛 for 𝑥<0. Show 𝑓𝑛+1 is 𝑛-times differentiable but not (𝑛+1)-times differentiable.

15.2.1 (a)

Proof

The 𝑛th derivative of 𝑦=𝑥𝑛 is 𝑛!. For 𝑛=1, 𝑑𝑑𝑥(𝑥)=1=1!. Assuming the statement for 𝑛,

𝑑𝑛+1𝑑𝑥𝑛+1(𝑥𝑛+1)=𝑑𝑛𝑑𝑥𝑛(𝑥𝑛+(𝑛)𝑥𝑛)=(𝑛+1)𝑑𝑛𝑑𝑥𝑛(𝑥𝑛)=(𝑛+1)𝑛≠(𝑛+1)!.

This proves the formula by induction. □

15.2.2 (b)

For each 𝑛, the source writes

𝑓𝑛+1(𝑥)={𝑥𝑛+1if𝑥≥0−𝑥𝑛+1if𝑥<0.

It is 𝑛-times differentiable away from 0, with 𝑓𝑛+1𝑛(𝑥)=(𝑛+1)!𝑥 for 𝑥>0 and −(𝑛+1)!𝑥 for 𝑥<0. At 0,

lim𝑥→0+𝑓𝑛+1𝑛−1(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛+1𝑛−1(0)𝑥=lim𝑥→0+(𝑛+1)!𝑥22𝑥=0,

and the matching left-hand calculation is also 0, so 𝑓𝑛+1𝑛(0)=0. But the right derivative quotient of 𝑓𝑛+1𝑛 at 0 is (𝑛+1)!2>0 while the left quotient is −(𝑛+1)!2<0. Therefore the next derivative does not exist.

15.3 Problem 3

Prove by induction: for all 𝑛≥0, if 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ is (𝑛+1)-times differentiable and 𝑓𝑛+1(𝑥)=0 for all 𝑥, then 𝑓 is a polynomial of degree at most 𝑛.

Proof

The personal proof uses induction on 𝑛. For 𝑛=0, differentiability gives continuity and 𝑓′(𝑥)=0, hence 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑐 for some 𝑐∈ℝ, a polynomial of degree 0.

Assume the statement for 𝑛. For 𝑛+1, 𝑓′ is 𝑛-times differentiable and (𝑓′)𝑛(𝑥)=0. Hence 𝑓′(𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑛𝑡𝑘𝑥𝑘 for some real coefficients 𝑡𝑘. Thus

𝑓(𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑛(𝑡𝑘𝑘+1)𝑥𝑘+1

for all 𝑥, a polynomial of degree at most 𝑛+1. □

15.4 Problem 4

Show that ∑𝑛=2∞1𝑛ln𝑛 diverges, but ∑𝑛=2∞1𝑛(ln𝑛)1+𝜀 converges for every 𝜀>0.

Proof

By the integral test, the second series converges iff ∫2∞1𝑥(ln𝑥)1+𝜀d𝑥 converges. With 𝑢=ln𝑥, this is

∫ln2∞𝑢−1−𝜀d𝑢.

For 𝜀=0, it equals lim𝑢→∞(ln𝑢−ln(ln2))=∞, proving divergence of the first series. For 𝜀>0, it equals lim𝑢→∞(−𝑢−𝜀𝜀)−(−(ln2)−𝜀𝜀), which the submission records as ln2𝜀, hence convergent. □

15.5 Problem 5

Show that ∑(−1)𝑛𝑛1+1𝑛 converges conditionally.

Proof

Claim 1. The series converges. The personal work records, for every 𝑛∈ℕ, 1+1𝑛<1+1𝑛 and hence 1𝑛1+1𝑛<1𝑛1+1𝑛. It concludes the positive terms are decreasing and have limit 0, so the alternating series test applies.

Claim 2. The absolute-value series diverges. The work states the limit comparison test: for positive (𝑎𝑛),(𝑏𝑛) with lim𝑎𝑛𝑏𝑛=𝑐>0, the two series converge or diverge together. Its proof takes 𝜀=𝑐2 to get (𝑐−𝜀)𝑏𝑛<𝑎𝑛<(𝑐+𝜀)𝑏𝑛, hence (𝑐2)𝑏𝑛<𝑎𝑛<(3𝑐2)𝑏𝑛 beyond a finite tail. For the present series,

lim𝑛→∞1𝑛1+1𝑛1𝑛=lim𝑛→∞𝑛1𝑛=1.

Thus ∑1𝑛1+1𝑛 diverges with the harmonic series. The original alternating series therefore converges conditionally. □

15.6 Problem 6

Give a positive sequence (𝑎𝑛) converging to zero such that ∑𝑛=1∞(−1)𝑛𝑎𝑛 diverges.

The example is 𝑎𝑛=1𝑛 for even 𝑛 and 𝑎𝑛=12𝑛+2 for odd 𝑛. Both the even and odd subsequences tend to 0, so 𝑎𝑛→0. The work groups terms as

∑𝑛=1∞(−1)𝑛𝑎𝑛=∑𝑘=1∞(𝑎2𝑘−𝑎2𝑘−1)=∑𝑘=1∞(12𝑘−14𝑘)=14∑𝑘=1∞1𝑘,

which diverges.

15.7 Problem 7

Determine whether each series converges: (a) ∑𝑛!𝑒𝑛; (b) ∑(−1)𝑛𝑒1𝑛; (c) ∑sin(1𝑛); (d) ∑(cos(𝜋𝑛))ln(1+1𝑛); (e) ∑𝑒𝑛2𝑛!.

15.7.1 (a)

With 𝑎𝑛=𝑛!𝑒𝑛, lim𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛=lim(𝑛+1)𝑒>1, so the ratio test gives divergence.

15.7.2 (b)

With 𝑎𝑛=(−1)𝑛𝑒1𝑛, lim sup𝑎𝑛=1 and lim inf𝑎𝑛=−1. The terms do not have a limit, so the series diverges by the nth-term test.

15.7.3 (c)

For 0≤𝑥≤𝜋2, the source uses 2𝑥𝜋≤sin𝑥≤𝑥. Thus sin(1𝑛)≥2𝜋𝑛, and comparison with the harmonic series gives divergence.

15.7.4 (d)

Let 𝑎𝑛=ln(1+1𝑛). Then ∑(cos(𝜋𝑛))ln(1+1𝑛)=∑(−1)𝑛𝑎𝑛. The work notes 𝑎𝑛>0, 𝑎𝑛→0, and 𝑎𝑛 is decreasing because ln(1+1𝑚)<ln(1+1𝑛) when 𝑚>𝑛. Thus the alternating series converges.

15.7.5 (e)

Let 𝑎𝑛=𝑒𝑛2𝑛!. The quotient 𝑎𝑛+1𝑎𝑛=𝑒2𝑛+1𝑛+1 is unbounded above, so the ratio test gives divergence.

15.8 Problem 8

If ∑𝑎𝑘2 and ∑𝑏𝑘2 converge, prove that ∑𝑎𝑘𝑏𝑘 converges absolutely.

Proof

Write ∑|𝑎𝑘|2=𝐿1 and ∑|𝑏𝑘|2=𝐿2. Cauchy–Schwarz gives

(∑𝑘=1𝑛|𝑎𝑘||𝑏𝑘|)2≤(∑𝑘=1𝑛|𝑎𝑘|2)(∑𝑘=1𝑛|𝑏𝑘|2)

for every 𝑛. Thus the partial sums of ∑|𝑎𝑘||𝑏𝑘| are bounded above by 𝐿1𝐿2 and below by 0, and they are increasing. Hence ∑|𝑎𝑘𝑏𝑘| converges, so ∑𝑎𝑘𝑏𝑘 converges absolutely. □

15.9 Problem 9

Show that if 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], then it is integrable on every subinterval [𝑐,𝑑]⊂[𝑎,𝑏].

Proof

Suppose, for a contradiction, that 𝑓 is not integrable on [𝑐,𝑑]. Since 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], there is 𝛿>0 such that every tagged partition 𝑃,𝑄 of mesh less than 𝛿 has |𝑆(𝑓,𝑃)−𝑆(𝑓,𝑄)|<𝜀. Nonintegrability on [𝑐,𝑑] gives tagged partitions 𝑃0,𝑄0 there with meshes below 𝛿 but |𝑆(𝑓,𝑃0)−𝑆(𝑓,𝑄0)|≥𝜀.

Refine both partitions to [𝑎,𝑏] by adding regular extra points with the same tags. The resulting 𝑃,𝑄 have mesh below 𝛿, while their sum difference is exactly the displayed difference over [𝑐,𝑑], a contradiction. Thus [𝑐,𝑑] is integrable. □

15.10 Problem 10

If 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], show that for every infinite 𝑆⊂[𝑎,𝑏] there is 𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ equal to 𝑓 off 𝑆 but not integrable.

Proof

Let 𝑆 be infinite. As a bounded infinite set it is not discrete, so choose 𝑎∈𝑆′ such that every 𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝑆∖{𝑎} is nonempty. Define

𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥) for 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]∖𝑆,𝑔(𝑥)=1𝑥−𝑎 for 𝑥∈𝑆.

Given an arbitrary 𝑀, take 𝜀=1𝑀, choose 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀(𝑎)∩𝑆∖{𝑎}, and obtain 𝑔(𝑥)=1𝑥−𝑎>𝑀. Thus 𝑔 is unbounded above and hence not Riemann integrable. □

15.11 Problem 11

Show directly that if a bounded 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is continuous everywhere except possibly at 𝑐∈(𝑎,𝑏), then 𝑓 is integrable.

Proof
Take 𝐵>0 with −𝐵≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝐵. Let 𝜀>0. Uniform continuity on [𝑎,𝑐) and (𝑐,𝑏] gives 𝛿1,𝛿2>0 such that their oscillations are less than 𝜀6(𝑐−𝑎) and 𝜀6(𝑏−𝑐), respectively. Set 𝛿=min(𝛿1,𝛿2,𝜀6𝐵). For a partition of mesh less than 𝛿, let 𝑐∈𝐼𝑘0. On all earlier intervals, taking a midpoint gives total upper-minus-lower contribution below 𝜀3; the same reasoning gives below 𝜀3 for intervals after 𝐼𝑘0; and on 𝐼𝑘0 the oscillation is at most 2𝐵, giving contribution below 𝜀3. Hence 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀, and 𝑓 is integrable. □

15.12 Problem 12

Suppose 𝑓 and 𝑔 are continuous on [𝑎,𝑏] and ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥=∫𝑎𝑏𝑔(𝑥)d𝑥. Prove that some 𝑥0∈(𝑎,𝑏) satisfies 𝑓(𝑥0)=𝑔(𝑥0).

Proof
Assume the hypothesis. If 𝑓(𝑥)>𝑔(𝑥) for every 𝑥, then the source states 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)>𝑈(𝑔,𝑃) on every subinterval and hence ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=𝑈(𝑓)>𝑈(𝑔)=∫𝑎𝑏𝑔, a contradiction. Therefore some 𝑘1∈[𝑎,𝑏] has 𝑓(𝑘1)≤𝑔(𝑘1). By the same reasoning, some 𝑘2 has 𝑓(𝑘2)≥𝑔(𝑘2). If neither is equality, ℎ=𝑓−𝑔 is continuous and has opposite signs at 𝑘1,𝑘2. The intermediate value theorem gives an 𝑥0 between them with ℎ(𝑥0)=0. □

15.13 Optional challenge problem 13

The source records the printed definition 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=0 on 𝑉𝑛, 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=2−𝑛 on ℚ∖𝑉𝑛, and 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=−2−𝑛 on (ℝ∖ℚ)∖𝑉𝑛, followed by 𝑓(𝑥)=∑𝑛=1∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥), and asks to prove 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑎 iff 𝑎∈∩𝑛∈ℕ𝑉𝑛.

16 Homework 7: integration and convergence

16.1 Problem 1

Prove that if 𝑓 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏], there is 𝑐∈[𝑎,𝑏] such that 𝑓(𝑐)=1𝑏−𝑎∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥.

Proof

By the extreme value theorem, there are 𝑥1,𝑥2∈[𝑎,𝑏] with 𝑓(𝑥1)≤𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑥2) for all 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏]. Since 𝑓 is continuous, it is integrable, and monotonicity gives

∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥1)d𝑥≤∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥≤∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥2)d𝑥.

Hence

𝑓(𝑥1)≤1𝑏−𝑎∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑥)d𝑥≤𝑓(𝑥2).

By continuity of 𝑓 between 𝑥1 and 𝑥2 and the intermediate value theorem, there is 𝑐∈[𝑥1,𝑥2] with the required equality. □

16.2 Problem 2

(a) Let 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ be nonnegative and continuous. Prove that if 𝑓(𝑥)>0 for some 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏], then ∫𝑎𝑏𝑓>0. (b) Let continuous 𝑓,𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ have 𝑓(𝑥)≤𝑔(𝑥) for all 𝑥. Prove that equal integrals imply 𝑓=𝑔.

16.2.1 (a)

Proof

Let 𝑥0∈[𝑎,𝑏] satisfy 𝑓(𝑥0)>0. By continuity, there is 𝜀>0 such that 𝑓(𝑥)>0 for all 𝑥∈𝑉𝜀(𝑥0)∩[𝑎,𝑏] (by HW 4, problem 8). This set is an interval; fix a closed interval [𝑐,𝑑] inside it. Then 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑐,𝑑], and by problem 1,

∫𝑐𝑑𝑓=(𝑑−𝑐)𝑓(𝑥1)>0

for some 𝑥1∈[𝑐,𝑑]. Since 𝑓≥0 on [𝑎,𝑏],

∫𝑎𝑏𝑓=∫𝑎𝑐𝑓+∫𝑐𝑑𝑓+∫𝑑𝑏𝑓>0.

□

16.2.2 (b)

Proof
Suppose the integrals are equal but 𝑓≠𝑔. The function 𝑔−𝑓 is nonnegative and continuous. Since 𝑓≤𝑔 everywhere and 𝑓≠𝑔, there is 𝑐∈[𝑎,𝑏] with 𝑓(𝑐)<𝑔(𝑐). Part (a) gives ∫𝑎𝑏(𝑔−𝑓)>0, that is, ∫𝑎𝑏𝑔>∫𝑎𝑏𝑓, a contradiction. Therefore 𝑓=𝑔. □

16.3 Problem 3

(a) If 𝑓 is integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], prove there is 𝑐∈[𝑎,𝑏] with ∫𝑎𝑐𝑓=∫𝑐𝑏𝑓. (b) Give an example showing 𝑐 need not be in (𝑎,𝑏).

16.3.1 (a)

Proof

By the fundamental theorem of calculus, 𝐹(𝑥)=∫𝑎𝑥𝑓(𝑦)d𝑦 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏]. Since

0=𝐹(𝑎)<𝐹(𝑎)+𝐹(𝑏)2<𝐹(𝑏)=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓,

the intermediate value theorem gives 𝑐∈[𝑎,𝑏] with 𝐹(𝑐)=𝐹(𝑎)+𝐹(𝑏)2. Therefore

∫𝑎𝑐𝑓=∫𝑐𝑏𝑓=12∫𝑎𝑏𝑓.

□

16.3.2 (b)

Take 𝑎=0, 𝑏=2𝜋, and 𝑓(𝑥)=sin(𝑥). It is continuous and integrable on [𝑎,𝑏], and 𝑐=𝑎 gives ∫𝑎𝑐𝑓=∫𝑐𝑏𝑓=0.

16.4 Problem 4

Compute: (a) lim𝑥→01𝑥∫0𝑥𝑒𝑡2d𝑡; (b) limℎ→0∫33+ℎ𝑒𝑡2d𝑡.

16.4.1 (a)

Since 𝑒𝑡2 is continuous at 0, the fundamental theorem gives 𝐹(𝑥)=∫0𝑥𝑒𝑡2d𝑡 differentiable at 0. Thus

lim𝑥→0∫0𝑥𝑒𝑡2d𝑡𝑥=lim𝑥→0𝐹(𝑥)−𝐹(0)𝑥−0=𝐹′(0)=𝑒02=1.

16.4.2 (b)

The submission rewrites

limℎ→0∫33+ℎ𝑒𝑡2d𝑡=limℎ→0(∫33+ℎ𝑒𝑡2d𝑡−0ℎ−0⋅ℎ).

The derivative factor tends to 𝑒32 by the fundamental theorem and ℎ→0, so the limit is 𝑒9⋅0=0.

16.5 Problem 5

For 𝑥≥0 and 𝑛∈ℕ, let 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑥𝑛1+𝑥𝑛. (a) Find the pointwise limit. (b) Prove uniform convergence on [0,𝑏] for 0<𝑏<1. (c) Decide uniform convergence on [0,1].

16.5.1 (a)

The source computes

𝑓(𝑥)=lim𝑛→∞𝑓𝑛(𝑥)={0if𝑥∈[0,1)12if𝑥=11if𝑥>1.

Indeed, 𝑥𝑛→0 for 𝑥∈[0,1), 𝑥𝑛=1 at 𝑥=1, and 11+𝑥𝑛→0 for 𝑥>1.

16.5.2 (b)

Proof

Let 0<𝑏<1 and 𝜀>0. For 0≤𝑥≤𝑏, 𝑥𝑛≤𝑏𝑛, and hence 11+𝑥𝑛≥11+𝑏𝑛. Since 11+𝑏𝑛→1, choose 𝑁 with |11+𝑏𝑛−1|<𝜀 for 𝑛≥𝑁. Then

|11+𝑥𝑛−1|<1−11+𝑥𝑛≤1−11+𝑏𝑛<𝜀

for all 𝑥∈[0,𝑏]. Thus 𝑓𝑛 converges uniformly on [0,𝑏]. □

16.5.3 (c)

The sequence does not converge uniformly to 𝑓 on [0,1]. Take 𝜀=14 and let 𝑛∈ℕ be arbitrary. Since lim𝑥→1−𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=12, there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)∈(14,34) whenever 1>𝑥>1−𝛿. Take 𝑥0∈(1−𝛿,1). Then 𝑓(𝑥0)=0 and |𝑓𝑛(𝑥0)−𝑓(𝑥0)|=𝑓𝑛(𝑥0)>14.

16.6 Problem 6

If (𝑓𝑛) is a sequence of uniformly continuous functions on (𝑎,𝑏) and 𝑓𝑛→𝑓 uniformly, prove that 𝑓 is uniformly continuous.

Proof

Let 𝜀>0. Choose 𝑁 such that |𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀3 for all 𝑥∈(𝑎,𝑏). Since 𝑓𝑁 is uniformly continuous, choose 𝛿>0 with |𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓𝑁(𝑦)|<𝜀3 whenever |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿. Then

|𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|≤|𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|+|𝑓𝑁(𝑥)−𝑓𝑁(𝑦)|+|𝑓𝑁(𝑦)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀.

□

16.7 Problem 7

Give a sequence of continuous 𝑓𝑛:[0,1]→ℝ converging pointwise but not uniformly to a continuous limit.

Take

𝑓𝑛(𝑥)={𝑛2𝑥if0≤𝑥≤1𝑛2𝑛−𝑛2𝑥if1𝑛<𝑥<2𝑛0if2𝑛≤𝑥.

Then 𝑓𝑛→𝑓=0 pointwise on [0,1]. But with 𝜀=1, for arbitrary 𝑛 choose 𝑥=1𝑛; then 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑛≥1, so the convergence is not uniform.

16.8 Problem 8

Let (𝑓𝑛) be a sequence of 𝐶1 functions on [0,1] such that (𝑓𝑛′) converges uniformly. Prove that if (𝑓𝑛(𝑎)) converges for some 𝑎∈[0,1], then (𝑓𝑛(𝑥)) converges for all 𝑥∈[0,1].

Proof

Let 𝜀>0. The source chooses 𝑁 so that, for 𝑚,𝑛≥𝑁,

|𝑓𝑚′(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛′(𝑥)|<𝜀2(𝑏−𝑎)

for all 𝑥∈[0,1], and |𝑓𝑚(𝑎)−𝑓𝑛(𝑎)|<𝜀2. For an arbitrary 𝑥∈[0,1], the fundamental theorem gives

|𝑓𝑚(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛(𝑥)|≤|𝑓𝑚(𝑎)−𝑓𝑛(𝑎)|+|∫𝑎𝑥(𝑓𝑚′(𝑡)−𝑓𝑛′(𝑡))d𝑡|<𝜀2+𝜀2(𝑏−𝑎)|𝑥−𝑎|<𝜀.

Thus (𝑓𝑛) is uniformly Cauchy and hence converges uniformly on [0,1]. □

16.9 Problem 9

A step function on [𝑎,𝑏] is constant on every open part of a finite partition. Prove that every continuous 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is the uniform limit of step functions 𝑓𝑛 satisfying 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑥).

Proof

For 𝑛∈ℕ, let 𝑃𝑛={𝑥0,𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛} where 𝑥𝑘=𝑎+𝑘(𝑏−𝑎)𝑛, and define

𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=inf𝑦∈[𝑥𝑘−1,𝑥𝑘]𝑓(𝑦)

when 𝑥∈[𝑥𝑘−1,𝑥𝑘]. Then 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)≤𝑓(𝑥).

Let 𝜀>0. Uniform continuity of 𝑓 gives 𝛿>0 such that |𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)|<𝜀 if |𝑥−𝑦|<𝛿. Choose 𝑁 with 𝑏−𝑎𝑁<𝛿. For 𝑛≥𝑁 and 𝑥∈[𝑎,𝑏], take the partition interval containing 𝑥. The extreme value theorem gives 𝑥0 in it with 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥0); then

|𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)|=|𝑓(𝑥0)−𝑓(𝑥)|<𝜀.

Thus 𝑓𝑛→𝑓 uniformly. □

16.10 Problem 10

Suppose ∑𝑐𝑛𝑥𝑛 is a power series with lim|𝑐𝑛+1𝑐𝑛|=𝐿>0. Prove convergence for 𝑥∈(−𝑅,𝑅) and divergence for 𝑥∈ℝ[−𝑅,𝑅], where 𝑅=1𝐿.

Proof

If −𝑅<𝑥<𝑅=1𝐿, then |𝑥|lim|𝑐𝑛+1𝑐𝑛|<1, so

lim|𝑐𝑛+1𝑥𝑛+1𝑐𝑛𝑥𝑛|<1.

The ratio test gives absolute convergence. Likewise, when |𝑥|>𝑅, this quotient limit is greater than 1, so the series diverges by the ratio test. □

16.11 Problem 11

Find radii and exact intervals of convergence: (a) ∑𝑛2𝑥𝑛; (b) ∑(2𝑛𝑛2)𝑥𝑛; (c) ∑(2𝑛𝑛!)𝑥𝑛.

16.11.1 (a)

lim|(𝑛+1)2𝑛2|=1, so the radius is 1. At 𝑥=1, ∑𝑛2 diverges; at 𝑥=−1, ∑(−1)𝑛𝑛2=∑𝑘=1∞(2𝑘−(2𝑘−1))=∑4𝑘−1 diverges. Thus the interval is (−1,1).

16.11.2 (b)

lim|2𝑛+1(𝑛+1)22𝑛𝑛2|=2,

so the radius is 12. At 𝑥=12, the series is ∑1𝑛2, and at 𝑥=−12 it is ∑(−1)𝑛𝑛2; both converge. The interval is [−12,12].

16.11.3 (c)

lim|2𝑛+1(𝑛+1)!2𝑛𝑛!|=lim2𝑛+1=0.

The radius is infinity and the interval is ℝ.

16.12 Problem 12

Define 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ by 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑒−1𝑥2 for 𝑥≠0 and 𝑓(0)=0. (a) Show by induction that 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑝(1𝑥)𝑓(𝑥) for 𝑥≠0, with 𝑝 a polynomial. (b) Show lim𝑥→0𝑝(1𝑥)𝑓(𝑥)=0 for every polynomial 𝑝. (c) Show 𝑓𝑛(0) exists and equals 0. (d) Give the stated 𝐶∞ example.

16.12.1 (a)

Proof

The base case is

𝑓′(𝑥)=(𝑒−1𝑥2)(2𝑥−3)=2(1𝑥)3𝑓(𝑥).

For the induction step, suppose 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑝(1𝑥)𝑓(𝑥), where 𝑝(1𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑞𝑐𝑘(1𝑥)𝑘. Then

𝑓𝑛+1(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)𝑝′(1𝑥)+𝑓(𝑥)∑𝑘=1𝑞−𝑞𝑐𝑘(1𝑥)𝑘+1,

the product of 𝑓(𝑥) and another polynomial in 1𝑥. □

16.12.2 (b)

Let 𝑝(1𝑥)=∑𝑘=1𝑞𝑐𝑘(1𝑥)𝑘. The source applies L’Hopital’s rule, 𝑘 times, term-by-term to 𝑐𝑘𝑒−1𝑥2𝑥𝑘 and obtains 0. Thus lim𝑥→0𝑝(1𝑥)𝑓(𝑥)=∑0=0.

16.12.3 (c)

Proof

Induct on 𝑛. For 𝑛=1,

𝑓′(0)=lim𝑥→0𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(0)𝑥−0=lim𝑥→0𝑓(𝑥)𝑥=0

by part (b). If 𝑓𝑛(0)=0, then

𝑓𝑛+1(0)=lim𝑥→0𝑓𝑛(𝑥)−𝑓𝑛(0)𝑥−0=lim𝑥→0(1𝑥)𝑝(1𝑥)𝑓(𝑥)=0

for some polynomial 𝑝, again by part (b). □

16.12.4 (d)

The source gives 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑒−1𝑥2 for 𝑥≠0 and 𝑔(0)=0.

16.13 Problems 13–14

The final two printed problems have no personal handwritten response.

  • (13a) The piecewise 𝑓𝑛:(−1,1)→ℝ made of −𝑥−2−𝑛−1, 2𝑛−1𝑥2, and 𝑥−2−𝑛−1 is to be shown differentiable and uniformly convergent to |𝑥|; (13b) 𝑔𝑛(𝑥)=sin(𝑛𝑥)𝑛 is to be used to show that uniform convergence need not commute with derivatives.
  • (14) Enumerate ℚ={𝑞𝑛:𝑛∈ℕ}, set 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=4−𝑛sin(1𝑥−𝑞𝑛) on ℝ{𝑞𝑛}, and prove convergence and continuity on the irrational domain while limits fail at rational points.

17 Metric spaces and compactness

17.1 Metric spaces, norms, and topology

Definition 17.49 : Metric space
A metric on a set 𝑋 is a function 𝑑:𝑋×𝑋→ℝ satisfying, for all 𝑥,𝑦,𝑧∈𝑋: 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑑(𝑦,𝑥) (symmetry), 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)≥0 and 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)=0 iff 𝑥=𝑦 (positivity), and 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)≤𝑑(𝑥,𝑧)+𝑑(𝑧,𝑦) (triangle inequality). The pair (𝑋,𝑑) is called a metric space.
Example 17.16 : Metrics recorded in the lecture

On ℝ, 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)=|𝑥−𝑦|, and also 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)=|∫𝑥𝑦𝑒−𝑡d𝑡|. On ℝ𝑛 the notes use 𝑑2(𝑥,𝑦)=∑𝑖=1𝑛(𝑥𝑖−𝑦𝑖)2, 𝑑sup(𝑥,𝑦)=max1≤𝑖≤𝑛|𝑥𝑖−𝑦𝑖|, and 𝑑1(𝑥,𝑦)=∑𝑖=1𝑛|𝑥𝑖−𝑦𝑖|. In ℝ2, their unit balls are the circle, square, and diamond, labelled ℓ2 (Euclidean), supremum, and ℓ1 metrics.

For 𝐶([0,1]), the lecture also writes 𝑑(𝑓,𝑔)=sup𝑡∈[0,1]|𝑓(𝑡)−𝑔(𝑡)| and 𝑑(𝑓,𝑔)=∫01|𝑓(𝑡)−𝑔(𝑡)|d𝑡.

Definition 17.50 : Neighborhoods, open and closed sets
In a metric space (𝑋,𝑑), the 𝜀-neighborhood of 𝑥0 is 𝐵𝜀(𝑥0)={𝑥∈𝑋|𝑑(𝑥,𝑥0)<𝜀}. A set Ω⊆𝑋 is open when every 𝑥0∈Ω has an 𝜀>0 with 𝐵𝜀(𝑥0)⊆Ω. A set 𝐶⊆𝑋 is closed iff 𝑋\𝐶 is open.
Lemma 17.4 : Equivalent Euclidean and supremum topologies
A set Ω⊆ℝ𝑛 is open for the Euclidean metric iff it is open for the supremum metric.
Proof
The norm comparison written in the notes is ‖𝑥‖sup≤‖𝑥‖2≤𝑛‖𝑥‖sup. Hence 𝐵𝜀sup(𝑥0)⊆𝐵𝜀2(𝑥0)⊆𝐵𝜀𝑛sup(𝑥0), which transfers the ball criterion for openness in both directions. □
Definition 17.51 : Limit point and closure
If 𝐸⊆𝑋, a point 𝑝∈𝑋 is a limit point of 𝐸 when 𝐵𝜀(𝑝)∩(𝐸\{𝑝})≠∅ for every 𝜀>0. The closure is 𝐸̄=𝐸∪𝐸′. Thus 𝐸=(0,1) has 𝐸̄=𝐸′=[0,1], while 𝐸=(0,1)∪{2} has 𝐸′=[0,1] and 𝐸̄=[0,1]∪{2}.
Lemma 17.5 : Closure facts
For 𝐸⊆𝑋, the set 𝐸̄ is closed; 𝐸=𝐸̄ iff 𝐸 is closed; and if 𝐸⊆𝐹 with 𝐹 closed, then 𝐸̄⊆𝐹. Thus the closure is the smallest closed set containing 𝐸.
Proof
If 𝑞∉𝐸̄, then some 𝐵𝜀(𝑞) misses 𝐸; consequently 𝑋\𝐸̄ is open. If 𝐸 is closed, every point outside 𝐸 has such a ball, hence 𝐸′⊆𝐸. Conversely, 𝐸=𝐸̄ is closed. The final assertion follows because a point of 𝐹𝑐 has a ball disjoint from 𝐸. □
Lemma 17.6 : Supremum in the closure
If 𝐸⊆ℝ is nonempty and bounded above, then sup𝐸∈𝐸̄. In particular, if 𝐸 is closed, sup𝐸∈𝐸; similarly a closed bounded-below set contains its infimum.

17.2 Compactness in ℝ𝑛

Definition 17.52 : Open cover and Compactness
An open cover of 𝐸⊆𝑋 is a family {𝑈𝛼}𝛼∈𝐼 of open sets such that 𝐸⊆∪𝛼∈𝐼𝑈𝛼. The set 𝐸 is compact if every open cover has a finite subcover. A set is bounded when it lies in some 𝐵𝑟(𝑥0).
Theorem 17.83 : Elementary compactness consequences
Closed subsets of compact metric spaces are compact. A compact subset of a metric space is closed and bounded. A family of compact sets with every finite intersection nonempty has nonempty total intersection.
Proof
For the closed-subset result, adjoin 𝐶𝑐 to an open cover of a closed 𝐶⊆𝐾 and discard it after taking a finite subcover of 𝐾. For closedness of a compact 𝐾, cover 𝐾 by the sets {𝑞|𝑑(𝑝,𝑞)>1𝑛}𝑛 for a fixed 𝑝∉𝐾; a finite subcover yields a ball about 𝑝 disjoint from 𝐾. For boundedness use the cover {𝐵𝑛(𝑝)}𝑛∈ℕ. The finite-intersection assertion follows by applying compactness to the complementary open cover. □
Theorem 17.84 : Nested interval and box properties
If 𝐼1⊇𝐼2⊇⋯ is a nested sequence of closed, nonempty bounded intervals, then ∩𝑛𝐼𝑛≠∅. Hence a nested sequence of closed boxes 𝐵𝑛⊆ℝ𝑑 has nonempty intersection.
Proof
Write 𝐼𝑛=[𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛]. The increasing bounded sequence (𝑎𝑛) has a supremum 𝑥; then 𝑎𝑛≤𝑥≤𝑏𝑛 for every 𝑛. Apply this coordinatewise to 𝐵𝑛=[𝑎1𝑛,𝑏1𝑛]×⋯×[𝑎𝑑𝑛,𝑏𝑑𝑛]. □
Theorem 17.85 : Closed boxes are compact
Every closed box in ℝ𝑛 is compact.
Proof
Suppose an open cover of a closed box 𝐵0 has no finite subcover. Divide it into 2𝑑 equal subboxes and choose one without a finite subcover; recursively obtain nested boxes 𝐵𝑛. The nested-box property gives a point 𝑥∈∩𝑛𝐵𝑛. Any cover member containing 𝑥 contains a small ball about 𝑥; for large 𝑛, 𝐵𝑛 lies in that ball, a contradiction. □
Theorem 17.86 : Heine-Borel
A subset of ℝ𝑑 is compact iff it is closed and bounded.
Proof
The forward implication was established above. If 𝐸 is closed and bounded, it lies in a closed box, which is compact; therefore 𝐸 is compact as a closed subset of a compact set. □
Example 17.17 : Why the Euclidean conclusion is special
Let ℓ∞(ℕ) be the space of bounded sequences with the supremum metric and let 𝐵={𝑎∈ℓ∞|𝑑(𝑎,0)≤1}. The notes ask one to verify that 𝐵 is closed and bounded, and emphasize that it is not compact. Thus closed and bounded’‘ is not the general metric-space criterion.

17.3 General metric spaces

Definition 17.53 : Total boundedness and completeness
A subset 𝐸 of a metric space is totally bounded if for every 𝜀>0 there are 𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑁∈𝐸 with 𝐸⊆∪𝑖=1𝑁𝐵𝜀(𝑥𝑖). A set is complete if every Cauchy sequence in it converges to a point of it. It is sequentially compact if every sequence has a subsequence converging in the set.
Theorem 17.87 : Metric compactness criteria
For 𝐸⊆𝑋 in a metric space, the following are equivalent: 𝐸 is compact; 𝐸 is sequentially compact; 𝐸 is complete and totally bounded.
Proof

Sequential compactness implies total boundedness: otherwise choose points 𝑝𝑛 separated by a fixed 𝜀, producing a sequence with no Cauchy, hence no convergent, subsequence. It also implies completeness because a convergent subsequence of a Cauchy sequence forces the entire sequence to converge to the same limit.

Conversely, total boundedness lets one choose successively infinitely many terms of a given sequence in nested balls of radii 2−𝑘; the selected subsequence is Cauchy and therefore converges by completeness.

For the passage from sequential compactness to compactness, the notes prove the Lebesgue covering lemma: for every open cover of a sequentially compact set there is an 𝜀>0 such that each 𝑝 has 𝐵𝜀(𝑝) contained in a cover member. If not, choose points 𝑝𝑛 for which no 𝐵1𝑛(𝑝𝑛) fits; a convergent subsequence contradicts openness at its limit. A finite 𝜀-ball cover then selects a finite subcover. □

18 Multivariable differentiation

18.1 Continuity and differentiability

Definition 18.54 : Continuity and uniform continuity
A map 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 between metric spaces is continuous at 𝑥0 if for every 𝜀>0 there is 𝛿>0 such that 𝑑𝑋(𝑥,𝑥0)<𝛿 implies 𝑑𝑌(𝑓(𝑥),𝑓(𝑥0))<𝜀; equivalently, 𝑓(𝐵𝛿(𝑥0))⊆𝐵𝜀(𝑓(𝑥0)). It is uniformly continuous if 𝛿 can be chosen independently of 𝑥0.
Theorem 18.88 : Compact domain gives uniform continuity
If 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 is continuous and 𝑋 is compact, then 𝑓 is uniformly continuous.
Proof
For each 𝑥∈𝑋, continuity provides a ball 𝐵𝛿(𝑥)2(𝑥) mapped into 𝐵𝜀2(𝑓(𝑥)). Take a finite subcover and put 𝛿=min𝑖𝛿(𝑥𝑖)2. If 𝑑(𝑎1,𝑎2)<𝛿, choose 𝑖 with 𝑎1∈𝐵𝛿(𝑥𝑖)2(𝑥𝑖); then 𝑑(𝑎2,𝑥𝑖)<𝛿(𝑥𝑖) and the triangle inequality gives 𝑑(𝑓(𝑎1),𝑓(𝑎2))<𝜀. □
Definition 18.55 : Differentiability
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛 be open and 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ𝑚. The map 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0∈𝐴 if there is a linear map 𝐴0:ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 such that lim‖ℎ‖→0‖𝑓(𝑥0+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥0)−𝐴0ℎ‖‖ℎ‖=0. The linear map is unique and is denoted 𝐷𝑓(𝑥0).
Proof
If 𝐴1,𝐴2 both satisfy the definition, then ‖(𝐴1−𝐴2)ℎ‖‖ℎ‖ is bounded by the two remainders and tends to zero. A nonzero matrix has a vector on which this quotient is nonzero, so 𝐴1=𝐴2. □
Definition 18.56 : Directional and partial derivatives
For 𝑢∈ℝ𝑛, the directional derivative, when it exists, is 𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥0)=lim𝑡→0𝑓(𝑥0+𝑡𝑢)−𝑓(𝑥0)𝑡=(dd𝑡)|𝑡=0𝑓(𝑥0+𝑡𝑢). The 𝑗th partial derivative is 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑗(𝑥0)=𝐷𝑒𝑗𝑓(𝑥0).
Theorem 18.89 : Differentiability controls directional derivatives
If 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0, then every directional derivative exists and 𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥0)=𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)𝑢. In particular, 𝑢↦𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥0) is linear.
Proof
Substitute ℎ=𝑡𝑢 into the differentiability remainder. For vector-valued 𝑓=(𝑓1,…,𝑓𝑚) this is componentwise. □

18.2 Jacobians and the 𝐶1 criterion

Theorem 18.90 : Jacobian and components
Let 𝑓=(𝑓1,…,𝑓𝑚):𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚. If 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0, then 𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)=(𝜕1𝑓1(𝑥0)…𝜕𝑛𝑓1(𝑥0)………𝜕1𝑓𝑚(𝑥0)…𝜕𝑛𝑓𝑚(𝑥0)). Conversely, 𝑓 is differentiable iff each component is differentiable.
Proof
The 𝑗th column is 𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)𝑒𝑗=𝐷𝑒𝑗𝑓(𝑥0), whose entries are 𝜕𝑓𝑖𝜕𝑥𝑗(𝑥0). The lecture’s example is 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=(𝑥2+𝑦2,𝑥𝑦,sin𝑦), for which 𝐷𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=(2𝑥2𝑦𝑦𝑥0cos𝑦) and 𝐷1,2𝐹=𝐷𝑒1𝐹+2𝐷𝑒2𝐹. □
Definition 18.57 : 𝐶𝑟 and 𝐶∞
A function is 𝐶𝑟 if all partial derivatives of order at most 𝑟 exist and are continuous. It is 𝐶∞ if it is 𝐶𝑟 for every 𝑟∈ℕ. Higher derivatives are defined componentwise using multi-indices.
Theorem 18.91 : Continuous partials imply differentiability
Let 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚, with 𝐴 open. If all first partial derivatives exist in a neighborhood of 𝑥0 and are continuous at 𝑥0, then 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0. Thus every 𝐶1 map is differentiable.
Proof
Reduce to a scalar component. With ℎ=(ℎ1,…,ℎ𝑛) set 𝑝0=𝑥0, 𝑝𝑖=𝑝𝑖−1+ℎ𝑖𝑒𝑖. Apply the one-variable mean value theorem to 𝜑𝑖(𝑠)=𝑓(𝑝𝑖−1+𝑠𝑒𝑖) on [0,ℎ𝑖]. For some points 𝑞𝑖 on the successive segments, 𝑓(𝑥0+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥0)=∑𝑖𝜕𝑖𝑓(𝑞𝑖)ℎ𝑖. Subtract ∑𝑖𝜕𝑖𝑓(𝑥0)ℎ𝑖 and use ‖ℎ‖1≤𝑛‖ℎ‖; continuity makes the remainder quotient tend to zero. □

18.3 Higher derivatives and products

Theorem 18.92 : 任意二阶 partial 可交换
Last time we proved: if 𝑓∈𝐶2, then 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑖𝜕𝑥𝑗=𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑗𝜕𝑥𝑖. (任意二阶 partial 可交换。)
Proof
In the scalar two-variable case, put 𝐺(ℎ,𝑘)=𝑓(𝑥1+ℎ,𝑥2+𝑘)−𝑓(𝑥1+ℎ,𝑥2)−𝑓(𝑥1,𝑥2+𝑘)+𝑓(𝑥1,𝑥2). Applying the one-variable mean value theorem twice gives both 𝐺(ℎ,𝑘)=ℎ𝑘𝜕1𝜕2𝑓(𝑠0,𝑡0) and 𝐺(ℎ,𝑘)=ℎ𝑘𝜕2𝜕1𝑓(𝑠0′,𝑡0′), where the intermediate points tend to (𝑥1,𝑥2). Continuity of the second partials gives the result. □
Theorem 18.93 : Higher partial regularity
𝑓∈𝐶𝑘+1 if and only if all partials of 𝑓 are in 𝐶𝑘.
Theorem 18.94 : Corollary(因而)

如果 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ is 𝐶𝑟,then for every 2≤𝑚≤𝑟,

𝜕𝑚𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑖1𝜕𝑥𝑖2⋯𝜕𝑥𝑖𝑚=𝜕𝑚𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑖𝜋(1)𝜕𝑥𝑖𝜋(2)⋯𝜕𝑥𝑖𝜋(𝑚)

for any permutation 𝜋∈𝑆𝑚。(即 𝑓∈𝐶𝑟,𝑓 的 𝑟-order 的 partial derivative 可以随意换顺序。)For example, if 𝑓 is 𝐶3,

𝜕3𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑧=𝜕3𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=𝜕3𝑓𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦=⋯.

Definition 18.58 : 定义 multi-index notation
一个 𝑛-tuple 𝛼=(𝛼1,…,𝛼𝑛) is a multi-index, s.t. each 𝛼𝑖∈ℤ≥0. If 𝛼 is a multi-index, define its degree (or order) by |𝛼|=∑𝑖𝛼𝑖, and write 𝛼!=∏𝑖𝛼𝑖!(note: 0!=1). For 𝑥∈ℝ𝑛, 𝑥𝛼=𝑥1𝛼1𝑥2𝛼2⋯𝑥𝑛𝛼𝑛; for 𝑓:ℝ𝑛→ℝ, 𝜕𝛼𝑓=(𝜕𝜕𝑥1)𝛼1⋯(𝜕𝜕𝑥𝑛)𝛼𝑛𝑓。 每个运算符 𝜕𝜕𝑥𝑖 只对 𝑥𝑖 求导,随后可按任意顺序排列。 For example, for 𝑓:ℝ2→ℝ, 𝜕2,1𝑓=(𝜕𝜕𝑥1)2(𝜕𝜕𝑥2)𝑓=𝜕3𝑓𝜕𝑥1𝜕𝑥1𝜕𝑥2.
Theorem 18.95 : Multinomial theorem
For 𝑥∈ℝ𝑛 and 𝑘∈ℕ, (𝑥1+⋯+𝑥𝑛)𝑘=∑|𝛼|=𝑘𝑘!𝛼!𝑥𝛼.
Theorem 18.96 : Higher-order product rule
If 𝑓,𝑔 are 𝐶|𝛼|, then 𝜕𝛼(𝑓𝑔)=∑𝛽+𝛾=𝛼𝛼!𝛽!𝛾!(𝜕𝛽𝑓)(𝜕𝛾𝑔).
Proof
The |𝛼|=1 case is the usual product rule. For the induction step, write 𝛼=𝑒𝑖+𝛼′ and differentiate the induction formula for 𝛼′; reindex the two sums to obtain the multinomial coefficient 𝛼!𝛽!𝛾!. □

18.4 Chain rule and Taylor’s theorem

Theorem 18.97 : Chain rule
Let 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→𝐵⊆ℝ𝑚 and 𝑔:𝐵→ℝ𝑝, with 𝐴,𝐵 open. If 𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0 and 𝑔 is differentiable at 𝑓(𝑥0), then 𝑔∘𝑓 is differentiable at 𝑥0 and 𝐷(𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥0)=𝐷𝑔(𝑓(𝑥0))𝐷𝑓(𝑥0).
Proof

Recall first the one-dimensional statement: (dd𝑥)(𝑔∘𝑓)(𝑥)=𝑔′(𝑓(𝑥))𝑓′(𝑥)(if 𝑔′(𝑓(𝑥)) and 𝑓′(𝑥) exist);one can view these as 1×1 matrices. Now put 𝑦0=𝑓(𝑥0) and, for ℎ small, define the remainder

𝑅𝑓(ℎ)=𝑓(𝑥0+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥0)−𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)ℎ‖ℎ‖.

Since 𝑓 is differentiable, ‖𝑅𝑓(ℎ)‖→0 as ‖ℎ‖→0. For 𝑘 small, likewise set

𝑅𝑔(𝑘)=𝑔(𝑦0+𝑘)−𝑔(𝑦0)−𝐷𝑔(𝑦0)𝑘‖𝑘‖,

so ‖𝑅𝑔(𝑘)‖→0 as ‖𝑘‖→0. Set 𝐴=𝐷𝑔(𝑦0)𝐷𝑓(𝑥0) and 𝑘=𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)ℎ+‖ℎ‖𝑅𝑓(ℎ). Then 𝑓(𝑥0+ℎ)=𝑦0+𝑘, and

‖𝑘‖≤‖𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)‖‖ℎ‖+‖ℎ‖‖𝑅𝑓(ℎ)‖.

In particular 𝑘→0 as ℎ→0. The composite remainder is

𝑅𝑔∘𝑓(ℎ)=𝑔(𝑦0+𝑘)−𝑔(𝑦0)−𝐴ℎ‖ℎ‖ =𝐷𝑔(𝑦0)(𝐷𝑓(𝑥0)ℎ+‖ℎ‖𝑅𝑓(ℎ))+‖𝑘‖𝑅𝑔(𝑘)−𝐴ℎ‖ℎ‖ =𝐷𝑔(𝑦0)𝑅𝑓(ℎ)+(‖𝑘‖‖ℎ‖)𝑅𝑔(𝑘).

The displayed bound and the two remainder limits make this tend to zero, which proves the stated matrix formula. □

Definition 18.59 : Convex set
A set 𝐺⊆ℝ𝑛 is convex if 𝑡𝑥+(1−𝑡)𝑦∈𝐺 for all 𝑥,𝑦∈𝐺 and 𝑡∈[0,1].
Theorem 18.98 : Taylor’s theorem
Let 𝐺⊆ℝ𝑛 be open and convex, let 𝑓:𝐺→ℝ be 𝐶𝑘+1, and let 𝑎,𝑥∈𝐺. Then 𝑓(𝑥)=∑|𝛼|≤𝑘𝜕𝛼𝑓(𝑎)𝛼!(𝑥−𝑎)𝛼+𝑅𝑎,𝑘(𝑥), where, for some 𝑐 on the line segment from 𝑎 to 𝑥, 𝑅𝑎,𝑘(𝑥)=∑|𝛼|=𝑘+1𝜕𝛼𝑓(𝑐)𝛼!(𝑥−𝑎)𝛼.
Proof
Put 𝜑(𝑡)=𝑓(𝑎+𝑡(𝑥−𝑎)). The one-variable Taylor theorem applied at 𝑡=0 gives 𝑓(𝑥)=𝜑(1). Repeated chain rule and the multinomial theorem yield 𝜑𝑝(𝑡)=∑|𝛼|=𝑝𝑝!𝛼!(𝑥−𝑎)𝛼𝜕𝛼𝑓(𝑎+𝑡(𝑥−𝑎)), giving the displayed polynomial and remainder. □
Example 18.18 : A second-order Taylor polynomial
For 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=sin(𝑥2+𝑦), the notes compute at (0,0): 𝜕1,0𝑓=2𝑥cos(𝑥2+𝑦), 𝜕0,1𝑓=cos(𝑥2+𝑦), 𝜕2,0𝑓=2cos(𝑥2+𝑦)−4𝑥2sin(𝑥2+𝑦), 𝜕1,1𝑓=−2𝑥sin(𝑥2+𝑦), and 𝜕0,2𝑓=−sin(𝑥2+𝑦). Thus its degree-two Taylor polynomial is 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑦+𝑥2.

19 Inverse and implicit functions

19.1 Local invertibility

Definition 19.60 : Local inverse, homeomorphism, and diffeomorphism
For 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑛, say 𝑓 is locally invertible near 𝑥0 when some 𝐵𝛿(𝑥0) is mapped bijectively onto an open set Ω⊆ℝ𝑛. It is a local homeomorphism if this restriction and its inverse are continuous, a local diffeomorphism if both are differentiable, and a local 𝐶𝑟 diffeomorphism if both are 𝐶𝑟.
Lemma 19.7 : Quantitative invertibility of a matrix
If 𝐸 is an invertible 𝑛×𝑛 matrix, then for all 𝑥,𝑦∈ℝ𝑛, ‖𝐸𝑥−𝐸𝑦‖≥1‖𝐸−1‖‖𝑥−𝑦‖.
Proof
Put 𝑣=𝑥−𝑦. Since ‖𝑣‖=‖𝐸−1𝐸𝑣‖≤‖𝐸−1‖‖𝐸𝑣‖, rearrange to get the bound. □
Lemma 19.8 : Mean-value estimate
If 𝐻:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 is 𝐶1 and the segment from 𝑥 to 𝑦 is contained in 𝐴, then ‖𝐻(𝑥)−𝐻(𝑦)‖≤max𝑡∈[0,1]‖𝐷𝐻(𝑥+𝑡(𝑦−𝑥))‖‖𝑥−𝑦‖.
Proof
Apply the one-variable mean value theorem to each coordinate of 𝜑(𝑡)=𝐻(𝑥+𝑡(𝑦−𝑥)) and take the largest coordinate estimate. □
Lemma 19.9 : Nonsingular derivative gives a lower Lipschitz bound
Let 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑛 be 𝐶1 and suppose 𝐷𝑓(𝑥0) is invertible. Then there are an open neighborhood 𝑈 of 𝑥0 and 𝛼>0 such that ‖𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)‖≥𝛼‖𝑥−𝑦‖ for all 𝑥,𝑦∈𝑈.
Proof
Set 𝐸=𝐷𝑓(𝑥0) and 𝐻(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥)−𝐸𝑥. Since 𝐷𝐻(𝑥0)=0, continuity of 𝐷𝐻 gives a small ball on which ‖𝐻(𝑥)−𝐻(𝑦)‖<12‖𝐸−1‖‖𝑥−𝑦‖. Combine the preceding two lemmas with 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)=𝐸(𝑥−𝑦)+𝐻(𝑥)−𝐻(𝑦) to obtain 𝛼=12‖𝐸−1‖. □
Theorem 19.99 : Inverse function theorem
Let 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑛 be 𝐶𝑟 (𝑟≥1), with 𝐴 open and 𝑥0∈𝐴. If 𝐷𝑓(𝑥0) is nonsingular, then some open neighborhoods 𝑈 of 𝑥0 and 𝑉 of 𝑓(𝑥0) satisfy: 𝑓:𝑈→𝑉 is bijective, its inverse 𝑔:𝑉→𝑈 is 𝐶𝑟, and 𝐷𝑔(𝑓(𝑥))=(𝐷𝑓(𝑥))−1 for 𝑥∈𝑈.
Proof

The lower Lipschitz bound makes 𝑓 injective on a small 𝑈. It also shows that 𝑓(𝑈) is open: take a closed ball inside 𝑈, minimize 𝑧↦‖𝑓(𝑧)−𝑐‖2 on it, and use the chain rule plus invertibility of the derivative to see that the minimizer for 𝑐 close to 𝑓(𝑥) is interior. Thus 𝑉=𝑓(𝑈) is open and 𝑔 is continuous.

For 𝑦=𝑓(𝑥) and ℎ=𝑔(𝑦+𝑘)−𝑔(𝑦), differentiability of 𝑓 gives 𝑘−𝐷𝑓(𝑥)ℎ=𝑟(ℎ), where ‖𝑟(ℎ)‖‖ℎ‖→0. The lower bound relates ‖ℎ‖ to ‖𝑘‖, giving 𝑔(𝑦+𝑘)−𝑔(𝑦)−(𝐷𝑓(𝑥))−1𝑘‖𝑘‖→0. Hence 𝐷𝑔(𝑦)=(𝐷𝑓(𝑥))−1. Cramer’s rule expresses the inverse matrix as rational functions of the entries of 𝐷𝑓; induction then upgrades 𝑔 to 𝐶𝑟. □

Example 19.19 : Polar and spherical coordinates
For (𝑟,𝜃)↦(𝑟cos𝜃,𝑟sin𝜃), 𝐷𝑓=(cos𝜃−𝑟sin𝜃sin𝜃𝑟cos𝜃) and det𝐷𝑓=𝑟, so it is locally invertible for 𝑟≠0. For spherical coordinates (𝑟,𝜑,𝜃)↦(𝑟sin𝜑cos𝜃,𝑟sin𝜑sin𝜃,𝑟cos𝜑), the notes calculate det𝐷𝑓=𝑟2sin𝜑; it is nonzero away from 𝑟=0 and the polar axis.

19.2 Implicit functions

Theorem 19.100 : Implicit differentiation
Let 𝑓:𝐴⊆ℝ𝑘+𝑛→ℝ𝑛 be differentiable, with (𝑥,𝑦)∈ℝ𝑘×ℝ𝑛. If a differentiable map 𝑔:𝐵⊆ℝ𝑘→ℝ𝑛 satisfies 𝑓(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))=0, then 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))𝐷𝑔(𝑥)=0. If 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦 is invertible, then 𝐷𝑔(𝑥)=−(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)))−1𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)).
Proof
Apply the chain rule to ℎ(𝑥)=(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)). Its derivative is the block matrix 𝐷ℎ=(𝐼𝑘𝐷𝑔), while 𝐷𝑓=(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦). □
Theorem 19.101 : Implicit function theorem
Let 𝐴⊆ℝ𝑘×ℝ𝑛 be open, let 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ𝑛 be 𝐶𝑟 (𝑟≥1), and assume (𝑎,𝑏)∈𝐴, 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)=0, and 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) is nonsingular. Then on a neighborhood of 𝑎 there is a unique 𝐶𝑟 function 𝑔 with 𝑔(𝑎)=𝑏 and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))=0. Its derivative is the implicit-differentiation formula above.
Proof
Define the auxiliary map 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=(𝑥,𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)). Its derivative is block triangular: 𝐷𝐹=(𝐼𝑘0𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦), hence det𝐷𝐹(𝑎,𝑏)=det(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑎,𝑏))≠0. The inverse function theorem gives a local inverse 𝐺. Since the first 𝑘 coordinates of 𝐹 are the identity, write 𝐺(𝑥,𝑧)=(𝑥,ℎ(𝑥,𝑧)) and set 𝑔(𝑥)=ℎ(𝑥,0). This gives existence. For uniqueness, the notes let 𝑆={𝑥|𝑔(𝑥)=𝑔′(𝑥)}; it is nonempty, closed by continuity, and open by the local inverse, so connectedness of a sufficiently small ball implies 𝑆=𝐵. □
Example 19.20 : Level-set examples
The unit circle 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+𝑦2−1=0 defines locally 𝑦=1−𝑥2 away from (1,0) and (−1,0), exactly where 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=2𝑦 is nonzero. Two 𝐶1 surfaces 𝑓=𝑔=0 in ℝ3 typically meet in a curve: if the 2×2 derivative with respect to (𝑦,𝑧) has rank two, the implicit theorem solves (𝑦,𝑧) in terms of 𝑥.

20 Partitions and Lebesgue’s characterization

20.1 Partitions and Darboux sums

Definition 20.61 : Box, partition, mesh

A box in ℝ𝑛 is 𝐵=𝐼1×⋯×𝐼𝑛, where the 𝐼𝑖 are intervals; here the notes use closed intervals, 𝐵=[𝑎1,𝑏1]×⋯×[𝑎𝑛,𝑏𝑛], with 𝑣(𝐵)=∏𝑖(𝑏𝑖−𝑎𝑖). A partition of [𝑎,𝑏] is a finite increasing sequence 𝑎=𝑥0<𝑥1<⋯<𝑥𝑘=𝑏, with mesh ‖𝑃‖=max𝑖(𝑥𝑖−𝑥𝑖−1).

A partition 𝑃=(𝑃1,…,𝑃𝑛) of a box is an 𝑛-tuple of coordinate partitions. It decomposes 𝐵 into boxes 𝐽1×⋯×𝐽𝑛 with pairwise disjoint interiors and mesh ‖𝑃‖=max1≤𝑗≤𝑛‖𝑃𝑗‖.

Definition 20.62 : Lower and upper sums
Let 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ be bounded and let the subboxes of 𝑃 be 𝐵1,…,𝐵𝑁. Set 𝑚𝐵𝑖(𝑓)=inf𝐵𝑖𝑓 and 𝑀𝐵𝑖(𝑓)=sup𝐵𝑖𝑓. The lower and upper sums are 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)=∑𝑖𝑚𝐵𝑖(𝑓)𝑣(𝐵𝑖) and 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)=∑𝑖𝑀𝐵𝑖(𝑓)𝑣(𝐵𝑖).
Definition 20.63 : Refinement
A partition 𝑄 is a refinement of 𝑃 if 𝑃𝑗⊆𝑄𝑗 for every coordinate. The common refinement of 𝑃,𝑃′ is obtained by taking the union of the coordinate partition points.
Lemma 20.10 : Monotonicity under refinement
If 𝑄 refines 𝑃, then 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝑓,𝑄) and 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)≥𝑈(𝑓,𝑄). Therefore for arbitrary partitions 𝑃,𝑃′, 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃′).
Proof
It is enough to add one point to one coordinate partition. Each affected subbox splits into two smaller boxes, whose infima are at least the old infimum and whose volumes add to the old volume. Apply the same fact to −𝑓 for upper sums, and use a common refinement. □
Definition 20.64 : Lower/upper integrals and Riemann integrability in R^n
Define ∫𝐵𝑓d𝑥=sup𝑃𝐿(𝑓,𝑃) and ∫𝐵𝑓d𝑥=inf𝑃𝑈(𝑓,𝑃). The function 𝑓 is Riemann integrable if these values agree; then their common value is written ∫𝐵𝑓d𝑥.
Theorem 20.102 : Riemann condition
A bounded 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ is Riemann integrable iff, for every 𝜀>0, there is a partition 𝑃 with 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀.
Proof
If the lower and upper integrals agree, choose 𝑃1,𝑃2 whose lower and upper sums are each within 𝜀2 of that number, and take a common refinement. The converse follows from 𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤∫𝐵𝑓d𝑥≤∫𝐵𝑓d𝑥≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃). □
Example 20.21 : A nonintegrable function
On [0,1]2, take 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=0 when 𝑥,𝑦 are rationally dependent and 1 otherwise. Every subbox meets both types of points, so every lower sum is 0 and every upper sum is 1. Hence 𝑓 is not Riemann integrable.
Lemma 20.11 : Vector-space property
If 𝑓,𝑔∈𝑅(𝐵), then 𝑓+𝑔∈𝑅(𝐵). Consequently 𝑅(𝐵) is a vector space; all constant functions belong to it.
Proof
For each subbox 𝑆, inf𝑆𝑓+inf𝑆𝑔≤inf𝑆(𝑓+𝑔) and sup𝑆(𝑓+𝑔)≤sup𝑆𝑓+sup𝑆𝑔. Choose partitions making the two Darboux gaps small and take their common refinement. □

20.2 The review sheet

20.3 Measure zero and the Lebesgue criterion

Definition 20.65 : Measure zero
A set 𝐴⊆ℝ𝑛 has (Lebesgue) measure zero if, for every 𝜀>0, it can be covered by countably many boxes 𝐵𝑖 with ∑𝑖=1∞𝑣(𝐵𝑖)<𝜀. It does not matter whether the covering boxes are open or closed; a countable union of measure-zero sets has measure zero.
Definition 20.66 : Oscillation
For bounded 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ, put osc𝛿𝑓(𝑥)=sup𝑥1,𝑥2∈𝐵∩𝐵𝛿(𝑥)(𝑓(𝑥1)−𝑓(𝑥2)) and osc𝑓(𝑥)=inf𝛿>0osc𝛿𝑓(𝑥). Then 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑥 iff osc𝑓(𝑥)=0.
Theorem 20.103 : Lebesgue characterization of Riemann integrability
Let 𝐵⊆ℝ𝑛 be a box and 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ be bounded. Let 𝐷𝑓={𝑥|𝑓 is not continuous at 𝑥}. Then 𝑓 is Riemann integrable iff 𝐷𝑓 has measure zero.
Proof

First suppose 𝐷𝑓 has measure zero. Let |𝑓|≤𝑀 and cover 𝐷𝑓 by finitely many open boxes 𝐵𝑖 whose total volume is less than 𝜀4𝑀. For each point outside their union, continuity supplies an open box on which the oscillation is less than 𝜀2𝑣(𝐵). Compactness of 𝐵 gives a finite cover. Choose a partition whose subboxes lie in a chosen member of this finite cover. The boxes inside the first family contribute at most 2𝑀𝜀4𝑀 to the Darboux gap; the rest contribute at most 𝜀2. Hence the gap is below 𝜀.

Conversely define 𝐷𝑚={𝑥∈𝐵|osc𝑓(𝑥)≥1𝑚}. If a partition 𝑃 has 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀2𝑚, then the subboxes of 𝑃 meeting 𝐷𝑚 in their interiors have total volume below 𝜀2, because each has oscillation at least 1𝑚. The union of the subbox boundaries has measure zero and can be covered with total volume below 𝜀2. Thus 𝐷𝑚 has measure zero. Since 𝐷𝑓=∪𝑚=1∞𝐷𝑚, so does 𝐷𝑓. □

Example 20.22 : Two familiar discontinuity sets
The Dirichlet function on [0,1] has 𝐷𝑓=[0,1] and is not integrable. The function that is 1 on rational points whose fraction is in lowest terms and has bounded denominator, and 0 elsewhere, has a countable discontinuity set and is Riemann integrable.
Theorem 20.104 : Almost-everywhere zero and Fubini
If 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ is Riemann integrable and 𝑓=0 almost everywhere, then ∫𝐵𝑓=0. If 𝑓≥0 and ∫𝐵𝑓=0, then 𝑓=0 almost everywhere. For boxes 𝐴⊆ℝ𝑘, 𝐵⊆ℝℓ, an integrable 𝑓:𝐴×𝐵→ℝ satisfies Fubini’s theorem: ∫𝐴×𝐵𝑓=∫𝐴(∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑦)d𝑥.

21 Integration and change of variables

21.1 Fubini’s theorem

Theorem 21.105 : Fubini for bounded Riemann integrable functions

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑚 and 𝐵⊂ℝ𝑛 be boxes, and let 𝑓:𝐴×𝐵→ℝ be bounded and Riemann integrable. For 𝑥∈𝐴, put

𝐼(𝑥)=∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑦,𝐼(𝑥)=∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑦.

Then 𝐼 and 𝐼 are Riemann integrable on 𝐴 and

∫𝐴×𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d(𝑥,𝑦)=∫𝐴𝐼(𝑥)d𝑥=∫𝐴𝐼(𝑥)d𝑥.

Consequently, 𝑥↦∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑦 is integrable and

∫𝐴×𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d(𝑥,𝑦)=∫𝐴(∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑦)d𝑥.
Proof

Let 𝑃𝐴 and 𝑃𝐵 be partitions of 𝐴 and 𝐵, and let 𝑃=𝑃𝐴×𝑃𝐵. If 𝑅=𝑅𝐴×𝑅𝐵 is a subbox of 𝑃 and 𝑥0∈𝑅𝐴, then

𝑚𝑅(𝑓)≤inf𝑦∈𝑅𝐵𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦)=𝑚𝑅𝐵(𝑓(𝑥0,⋅)).

Taking the infimum in 𝑥0 and then multiplying by the volume of 𝑅𝐴 gives

𝑚𝑅(𝑓)vol(𝑅)≤𝑚𝑅𝐴(𝐼)vol(𝑅𝐴)vol(𝑅𝐵).

On summing over the boxes of 𝑃𝐴 and 𝑃𝐵,

𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝐼,𝑃𝐴)≤𝑈(𝐼,𝑃𝐴)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃).

The same argument with suprema gives

𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)≤𝐿(𝐼,𝑃𝐴)≤𝑈(𝐼,𝑃𝐴)≤𝑈(𝑓,𝑃).

Refine the product partitions so that 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃) tends to zero. The displayed inequalities force the lower and upper integrals of both sectional functions to agree, and their common integrals equal ∫𝐴×𝐵𝑓. □

21.2 Integrals over bounded sets

Definition 21.67 : Zero extension and integral over a bounded set

Let 𝑆⊂ℝ𝑛 be bounded and let 𝑄 be a box containing 𝑆. For a bounded function 𝑓:𝑆→ℝ, define its zero extension to 𝑄 by

𝑓𝑆(𝑥)={𝑓(𝑥)𝑥∈𝑆\0𝑥∉𝑆..

If 𝑓𝑆 is Riemann integrable on 𝑄, define

∫𝑆𝑓=∫𝑄𝑓𝑆.
Lemma 21.12 : Independence of the containing box
If 𝑄 and 𝑄′ are boxes containing 𝑆 and the zero extension is integrable on one of them, then it is integrable on the other, with the same integral.
Proof
Enclose 𝑄∪𝑄′ in a larger box 𝑅. The two extensions to 𝑅 differ only by functions which vanish off a set on which they already agree; partition 𝑅 along the faces of 𝑄 and 𝑄′. Additivity for the resulting subboxes shows that the new pieces outside the original containing box contribute 0. Thus both definitions are the same integral over 𝑅. □
Proposition 21.1 : Elementary properties

Whenever the displayed integrals exist, the integral over a bounded set is linear, monotone, and satisfies

∫𝑆(𝛼𝑓+𝛽𝑔)=𝛼∫𝑆𝑓+𝛽∫𝑆𝑔,𝑓≤𝑔→∫𝑆𝑓≤∫𝑆𝑔.

It is also additive under a finite disjoint decomposition of 𝑆. More generally, for two bounded Jordan-measurable sets,

∫𝑆∪𝑇𝑓+∫𝑆∩𝑇𝑓=∫𝑆𝑓+∫𝑇𝑓.

In particular, if 𝑆𝑖 have pairwise intersections of Jordan measure zero, then ∫∪𝑖𝑆𝑖𝑓=∑𝑖∫𝑆𝑖𝑓.

Theorem 21.106 : Jordan-measurable sets

A bounded set 𝑆⊂ℝ𝑛 is Jordan measurable if and only if its boundary has measure zero:

𝑆∈𝒥︀⇔𝑚(𝜕𝑆)=0.

In that event the constant function 1 is integrable over 𝑆, and

𝑚𝐽(𝑆)=∫𝑆1.

21.3 Extended integrals on open sets

Definition 21.68 : Positive extended integral

Let 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛 be open and let 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ be continuous with 𝑓≥0. Its extended integral is

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓=sup𝐷⊆𝐴,𝐷∈𝒥︀𝑐∫𝐷𝑓.

This value is allowed to be +∞.

Definition 21.69 : Signed extended integral

For a continuous 𝑓:𝐴→ℝ, set

𝑓+=max(𝑓,0),𝑓−=max(−𝑓,0),𝑓=𝑓+−𝑓−,|𝑓|=𝑓++𝑓−.

If both ext(∫)𝐴𝑓+ and ext(∫)𝐴𝑓− are finite, define

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓=ext(∫)𝐴𝑓+−ext(∫)𝐴𝑓−.
Lemma 21.13 : Compact exhaustion

Every open set 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛 has compact Jordan-measurable sets 𝐶𝑁 such that

𝐶𝑁⊂𝐶𝑁+1𝑜,𝐶𝑁⊂𝐴,∪𝑁=1∞𝐶𝑁=𝐴.
Proof
Take compact sets 𝐷𝑁 increasing to 𝐴, for example by requiring a positive distance from 𝜕𝐴 and a bound on the norm. Cover each 𝐷𝑁 by finitely many closed cubes whose interiors lie in 𝐴, and let 𝐶𝑁 be the finite union of the cubes selected up to stage 𝑁. Enlarging at each stage if necessary gives 𝐶𝑁⊂𝐶𝑁+1𝑜. □
Theorem 21.107 : Exhaustion criterion

For 𝑓 continuous on an open set 𝐴 and for any compact exhaustion (𝐶𝑁) as above,

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓∃⇔(∫𝐶𝑁|𝑓|)𝑁=1∞ is bounded.

In that case,

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓=lim𝑁→∞∫𝐶𝑁𝑓.
Proof

The integrals of |𝑓| over 𝐶𝑁 are increasing. If they are bounded, the positive and negative parts have finite suprema, so the signed extended integral exists and the asserted limit follows by subtracting the two monotone limits. Conversely, if the positive and negative extended integrals are finite, each ∫𝐶𝑁|𝑓| is bounded by their sum.

The point that the exhaustion computes the supremum is that every compact 𝐷⊂𝐴 is contained in some 𝐶𝑁: the open sets 𝐶𝑁𝑜 cover 𝐷, so a finite subcover has a largest index. Hence ∫𝐷𝑓+≤∫𝐶𝑁𝑓+ for some 𝑁, and taking suprema gives the claim. □

Theorem 21.108 : Agreement on bounded open sets

If 𝐴 is bounded and open and 𝑓 is bounded and continuous on 𝐴, then the extended integral exists. If the zero extension makes the ordinary Riemann integral over 𝐴 meaningful, it agrees with the extended integral:

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓=∫𝐴𝑓.

21.4 Change of variables

Theorem 21.109 : One-dimensional change of variables

Let 𝑔:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ be 𝐶1, and let 𝑓 be continuous on an interval containing 𝑔([𝑎,𝑏]). Then

∫𝑔(𝑎)𝑔(𝑏)𝑓(𝑦)d𝑦=∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑔(𝑥))𝑔′(𝑥)d𝑥.
Proof

Choose an antiderivative 𝐹 of 𝑓. The chain rule and the fundamental theorem of calculus give

∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑔(𝑥))𝑔′(𝑥)d𝑥=∫𝑎𝑏(𝐹∘𝑔)′(𝑥)d𝑥=𝐹(𝑔(𝑏))−𝐹(𝑔(𝑎)).

□

Theorem 21.110 : Change-of-variables theorem

Let 𝐴,𝐵⊂ℝ𝑛 be open, let 𝑔:𝐴→𝐵 be a 𝐶1 diffeomorphism, and let 𝑓:𝐵→ℝ be continuous. Then

𝑓 is integrable over 𝐵⇔𝑓(𝑔(𝑥))|det𝐷𝑔(𝑥)| is integrable over 𝐴,

and, whenever either condition holds,

∫𝐵𝑓(𝑦)d𝑦=∫𝐴𝑓(𝑔(𝑥))|det𝐷𝑔(𝑥)|d𝑥.
Example 21.23 : Polar coordinates

On the annular region

𝐵={(𝑥,𝑦):𝑎2<𝑥2+𝑦2<𝑏2},

use 𝑔(𝑟,𝜃)=(𝑟cos𝜃,𝑟sin𝜃) on (𝑎,𝑏)×(0,2𝜋). Since

det𝐷𝑔(𝑟,𝜃)=det(cos𝜃−𝑟sin𝜃sin𝜃𝑟cos𝜃)=𝑟,

the omitted radial cut has measure zero and

∫𝐵𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)d𝑥d𝑦=∫02𝜋∫𝑎𝑏𝑓(𝑟cos𝜃,𝑟sin𝜃)𝑟d𝑟d𝜃.
Example 21.24 : Spherical coordinates

With

𝑔(𝜌,𝜑,𝜃)=(𝜌sin𝜑cos𝜃,𝜌sin𝜑sin𝜃,𝜌cos𝜑),

one has |det𝐷𝑔|=𝜌2sin𝜑. Thus, subject to the usual bounds on 𝜌, 𝜑, and 𝜃 describing the region,

∫𝐵𝑓=∫∫∫𝑓(𝑔(𝜌,𝜑,𝜃))𝜌2sin𝜑d𝜌d𝜑d𝜃.

21.5 Diffeomorphisms and null sets

Theorem 21.111 : 𝐶1 maps preserve sets of measure zero
If 𝑔:𝐴→ℝ𝑚 is 𝐶1 on an open set 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛 and 𝐸⊂𝐴 has measure zero, then 𝑔(𝐸) has measure zero. In particular, if 𝑚>𝑛, the image of every bounded set under a 𝐶1 map 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 has measure zero.
Proof
First restrict to a closed cube 𝐶⊂𝐴 on which ‖𝐷𝑔‖≤𝑀. By the mean-value estimate, a cube of side length 𝑤 in 𝐶 has image contained in a cube of side length at most 𝑛𝑀𝑤. Cover 𝐸∩𝐶 by cubes of total volume as small as desired; the corresponding image cubes have total volume at most (𝑛𝑀)𝑛 times that quantity. Hence 𝑔(𝐸∩𝐶) has measure zero. Exhaust 𝐴 by such closed cubes and take a countable union. □
Proposition 21.2 : Diffeomorphisms preserve interior and boundary

If 𝑔:𝐴→𝐵 is a diffeomorphism of open sets and 𝐷⊂𝐴, then

𝑔(𝐷𝑜)=(𝑔(𝐷))𝑜,𝑔(𝜕𝐷)=𝜕(𝑔(𝐷)).

Hence 𝐷 is Jordan measurable if and only if 𝑔(𝐷) is Jordan measurable.

21.6 Primitive diffeomorphisms

Definition 21.70 : Primitive diffeomorphism

A primitive diffeomorphism changes only one coordinate. For some 𝑖,

ℎ(𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑛)=(𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑖−1,ℎ𝑖(𝑥),𝑥𝑖+1,…,𝑥𝑛).
Theorem 21.112 : Local decomposition
Every local 𝐶1 diffeomorphism can, after restricting to sufficiently small neighborhoods, be written as a finite composition of primitive diffeomorphisms.
Proof

The proof in the notes has three reductions. First, an invertible linear map is a product of elementary matrices: coordinate swaps, scalings, and additions of one coordinate to another. Each is primitive (a coordinate swap is factored into elementary operations when necessary). Translations are also primitive.

Next assume 𝑔(0)=0 and 𝐷𝑔(0)=𝐼. Define

ℎ(𝑥)=(𝑔1(𝑥),…,𝑔𝑛−1(𝑥),𝑥𝑛).

Near 0, ℎ is a diffeomorphism. The map 𝑘=𝑔∘ℎ−1 fixes the first 𝑛−1 coordinates, so 𝑔=𝑘∘ℎ is a product of primitive maps. Finally, translate the chosen point to 0 and compose with (𝐷𝑔(0))−1 to reduce the general case to this one. □

21.7 Partitions of unity

Definition 21.71 : A smooth bump on a box

Let

𝜂(𝑡)={exp(−1𝑡)𝑡>0\0𝑡≤0..

Then 𝜂 is 𝐶∞, positive on (0,∞), and zero on (−∞,0]. The product

𝜓(𝑥)=∏𝑗=1𝑛𝜂(𝑥𝑗−𝑎𝑗)𝜂(𝑏𝑗−𝑥𝑗)

is 𝐶∞, positive on the interior of the closed box 𝑄=∏𝑗[𝑎𝑗,𝑏𝑗], and zero outside that interior.

Definition 21.72 : Support and partition of unity

The support of a function is

supp(𝜓)={𝑥:𝜓(𝑥)≠0}̄.

A partition of unity on an open set 𝐴, subordinate to an open cover (𝑈𝑖), is a locally finite family (𝜑𝑖) of functions 𝐴→[0,1] such that

supp(𝜑𝑖)⊂𝑈𝑖,∑𝑖𝜑𝑖(𝑥)=1(𝑥∈𝐴).
Theorem 21.113 : Smooth partition of unity
Every open cover of an open subset 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛 admits a locally finite smooth partition of unity (𝜑𝑖) subordinate to that cover. Each 𝜑𝑖 may be chosen with compact support contained in one member of the cover.
Proof

Choose a locally finite collection of closed cubes 𝑆𝑖 whose interiors cover 𝐴, with each 𝑆𝑖 contained in a member of the given cover. The compact-exhaustion construction supplies such cubes by covering successive compact annuli with finitely many cubes. Let 𝜓𝑖 be the smooth box bump positive on 𝑆𝑖𝑜 and supported in its containing cover member. Local finiteness makes

𝜆(𝑥)=∑𝑖𝜓𝑖(𝑥)

a smooth, positive function. Then

𝜑𝑖(𝑥)=𝜓𝑖(𝑥)𝜆(𝑥)

has the required support, local finiteness, and sum. □

Theorem 21.114 : Integration by a partition of unity

Let 𝑓 be continuous on an open set 𝐴, and let (𝜑𝑖) be a smooth partition of unity with compact supports in 𝐴. Then

ext(∫)𝐴𝑓 exists⇔∑𝑖∫𝐴𝜑𝑖𝑓=∑𝑖∫supp(𝜑𝑖)𝜑𝑖𝑓 converges,

and in that case this series equals ext(∫)𝐴𝑓.

Proof
For 𝑓≥0, finite partial sums satisfy 0≤∑𝑖∈𝐹𝜑𝑖≤1. Their integrals increase to the extended integral by the compact support of each summand and local finiteness. Apply this statement separately to 𝑓+ and 𝑓− to obtain the signed assertion. □

22 IBL: Baire category through Jordan measure

22.1 1A:证明 metric space 是 topological space

Definition 22.73 : Open balls and the metric topology
In a metric space (𝑋,𝑑), 𝑈⊆𝑋 is open when every 𝑥∈𝑈 has an 𝜀>0 with 𝐵𝜀(𝑥)⊆𝑈. A sequence converges in this topology exactly when it satisfies the metric epsilon definition.

The source’s 1A problem has five parts: prove that these open sets form a topology; compare topological and metric convergence; prove open balls open; prove closed balls closed; and give the discrete-metric counterexample above.

1A:闭球不一定是开球的 closure
考虑 discrete topology。此时 𝐵𝑟(𝑥) 可以等于 {𝑥},而在距离发生跳跃的 半径处,closed ball 可能更大,因此它不必等于 open ball 的 closure。
Theorem 22.115 : Baire category theorem
If (𝑋,𝑑) is complete and (𝑈𝑛)𝑛=1∞ are open dense subsets of 𝑋, then ⋂𝑛=1∞𝑈𝑛 is dense in 𝑋.
1B:Baire Category Thm 在不 complete MS 中的反例
考虑 ℚ 的 usual metric。令 {𝑞𝑛} 枚举所有既约分数;对于任意 𝑛∈ℕ,取 𝑈𝑛=ℚ{𝑞𝑛}。每个 𝑈𝑛 都是 ℚ 中 dense and open set, 但是 ⋂𝑛𝑈𝑛=∅。

22.2 1C:证明 Baire Category Thm

原 worksheet 接着要求用 nested balls 证明:从任意 ball 出发,选择 𝑥𝑖+1 与 0<𝑟𝑖+1<𝑟𝑖2,使得 𝐵𝑟𝑖+1(𝑥𝑖+1)̄⊆𝐵𝑟𝑖(𝑥𝑖)∩𝑈𝑖+1; prove (𝑥𝑖) 是 Cauchy,并识别其 limit。1D 再要求推出:每点都是 limit point 的 nonempty complete metric space 必为 uncountable。

22.3 Why not measure every subset?

Definition 22.74 : Middle-thirds Cantor set
Begin with 𝐶=[0,1] and remove the middle third at each stage. The set 𝐶=⋂𝑛=1∞𝐶𝑛 is the middle-thirds Cantor set; 𝐶𝑛 is a union of 2𝑛 closed intervals, each of length 3−𝑛.

The migrated problems ask to show that 𝐶 is nonempty and compact, every point is a limit point, 𝐶 is uncountable by Baire category, and 𝐶 contains no interval. Its stage-𝑛 total length is (23)𝑛, motivating a notion of measure beyond intervals.

Definition 22.75 : Vitali-type obstruction
On [0,1) define 𝑥∼𝑦 when 𝑥−𝑦∈ℚ. Choose one representative from each equivalence class, forming 𝑁. For 𝑟∈ℚ∩[0,1), let 𝑁𝑟 be the translate of 𝑁 by 𝑟, taken modulo one.
Theorem 22.116 : No translation-invariant countably additive measure on every subset
The sets 𝑁𝑟 are disjoint and their union is [0,1). If a function on all subsets were countably additive, invariant under rigid motions, and normalized by 𝑚([0,1))=1, then all 𝑁𝑟 would have a common measure. It would be either zero or positive, forcing the union’s measure to be either zero or infinity — a contradiction.
来源中的中文归谬说明
我们想测量 ℝ𝑛 子集的「长度」,希望它对可数个 disjoint sets closed under addition,对通过 translate、rotation 或 reflection 得到的 congruent sets 取相同 measure,并且精准满足 𝑚([0,1))=1。但是把 [0,1) 中相差 rational 的点分成 congruent classes(所有 rational 都进入同一类;不同的 irrational roots 与 transcendental numbers 会形成各自的 classes),并把 [0,1) 的 rationals 放入 𝑅、在每一类取一点组成 𝑁。任取 𝑟∈𝑅,对 𝑁 作 circular translate 得到 𝑁𝑟;每个 𝑁𝑟 的 measure 相同,且它们的 disjoint union 是 [0,1)。𝑚(𝑁)=0 与 𝑚(𝑁)≠0 都导致矛盾。

The source explicitly notes that merely replacing countable additivity by finite additivity does not solve this problem: Banach–Tarski supplies a finite-piece obstruction in three dimensions. The conclusion is to measure a proper family of subsets rather than every subset of ℝ𝑑.

22.4 Elementary and pixel measure

Definition 22.76 : Boxes, elementary sets, and elementary measure
An interval is any of [𝑎,𝑏], [𝑎,𝑏), (𝑎,𝑏], or (𝑎,𝑏), with length 𝑏−𝑎. A box is a Cartesian product of intervals; its volume is the product of their lengths. An elementary set is a finite union of boxes. After writing it as a finite disjoint union ⋃𝑖𝐵𝑖, define 𝑚(𝐸)=∑𝑖|𝐵𝑖|.

The source’s problem sequence establishes closure of elementary sets under union, intersection, difference, symmetric difference, and translation; it then asks for a disjoint-box decomposition and well-definedness of 𝑚. A lattice-counting route is recorded: scale the number of lattice points in 𝐵∩(1𝑁)ℤ𝑑 by 𝑁−𝑑 and pass to the limit.

It then asks for finite additivity on disjoint elementary sets, monotonicity, and finite subadditivity for arbitrary finite collections. The pixel-measure exercise is deliberately retained as a counterexample prompt, since the source does not supply a completed personal answer.

Theorem 22.117 : Elementary-measure properties
For elementary sets, elementary measure is finitely additive on disjoint unions, monotone, and finitely subadditive.

22.5 Jordan measure and Riemann integrability

Definition 22.77 : Jordan measure inner and outer measure
For bounded 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑑, 𝑚¯𝐽(𝐸)=sup𝐴⊆𝐸,𝐴 elementary𝑚(𝐴) and 𝑚̄𝐽(𝐸)=inf𝐵⊇𝐸,𝐵 elementary𝑚(𝐵). The set is Jordan measurable when these agree.
Theorem 22.118 : Jordan measurability criteria
A bounded set is Jordan measurable exactly when it can be sandwiched between elementary sets 𝐴⊆𝐸⊆𝐵 with 𝑚(𝐵𝐴) arbitrarily small; equivalently, it can be approximated in Jordan outer measure by an elementary set. Its boundary has Jordan outer measure zero exactly when it is Jordan measurable.

The retained problem set establishes that elementary sets are Jordan measurable, then asks for closure under union, intersection, difference, and symmetric difference, as well as finite additivity, monotonicity, finite subadditivity, and translation invariance. It asks to prove that the graph of a continuous function on a closed box has Jordan measure zero and that the region below such a graph is Jordan measurable.

The next chapter asks to prove that open and closed balls are Jordan measurable with measure 𝑐𝑑𝑟𝑑, to bound 𝑐𝑑, and to compare a bounded set with its closure and interior. It gives the boundary criterion above. Finally it defines lower and upper Darboux integrals through a partition 𝑎=𝑥0<𝑥1<…<𝑥𝑛=𝑏 and asks to show that a bounded nonnegative 𝑓 is Riemann integrable exactly when its subgraph is Jordan measurable.

23 IBL: Lebesgue outer measure

Definition 23.78 : Lebesgue outer measure
For 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑑, 𝑚∗(𝐸)=inf𝐸⊆⋃𝑗=1∞𝐵𝑗∑𝑗=1∞|𝐵𝑗|, where the cover is by boxes. This replaces the finite covers in Jordan outer measure by countable covers.
Theorem 23.119 : Basic outer-measure facts
𝑚∗(∅)=0; if 𝐸⊆𝐹, then 𝑚∗(𝐸)≤𝑚∗(𝐹); and 𝑚∗(⋃𝑛𝐸𝑛)≤∑𝑛=1∞𝑚∗(𝐸𝑛).

对 monotonicity,来源的中文批注是「trivial. 每个 𝐹 的覆盖也覆盖了 𝐸」; 这正是 𝐸⊆𝐹 时外测度不增的覆盖论证。

来源对 countable subadditivity 的中文证明思路是:为序列中每个集合创造一个 可数覆盖,得到一个 double union;再用 𝜀2𝑛 控制每个集合的覆盖和 与它的 Lebesgue outer measure 的差距,从而把双累加变成单累加。

The IBL problems record that a Jordan-measurable set can be outer-approximated by an elementary set; 𝑚∗(𝐸)≤𝑚̄𝐽(𝐸); the defining covers may be restricted to open or closed boxes; and every countable set has outer measure zero. The proof sketch preserves the source’s 𝜀2𝑛 allocation for the countable cover.

Definition 23.79 : Lebesgue measurability — course definition
A set 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑑 is Lebesgue measurable if for each 𝜀>0 there is an open 𝑈⊇𝐸 with 𝑚∗(𝑈𝐸)≤𝜀. Its Lebesgue measure is 𝑚(𝐸)=𝑚∗(𝐸).
Theorem 23.120 : elementary set 的 Lebesgue measure 就是 elementary measure
If 𝐸 is elementary, then 𝑚∗(𝐸)=𝑚(𝐸), where the right side is elementary measure.

来源中的证明记录为:𝑚∗(𝐸)≤𝑚(𝐸) 显然;反向不等式则对任意 ctbl covering 取一个 disjoint cover。后一步的具体推导在来源中未完成,故这里不补造。

Theorem 23.121 : dist>0 的集合外测度 union additive;ctbl 个 almost disjoint boxes
If dist(𝐸,𝐹)>0, then 𝑚∗(𝐸∪𝐹)=𝑚∗(𝐸)+𝑚∗(𝐹). If 𝐸 is a countable union of almost-disjoint boxes 𝐵𝑘, then 𝑚∗(𝐸)=∑𝑘|𝐵𝑘|.

关于从 finite 到 countable 的过渡,来源的中文提示为:「extend finite to countable by continuing the seq using empty sets 即可得到。」

23.1 Lebesgue measure 的大小处于 Jordan outer/inner measure 之间

来源把这一节保留为由 elementary measure 与 outer measure 比较得出的结论, 并单独要求构造 non-Jordan-measurable 的 bounded open set,以及证明 ctbl 个 almost disjoint boxes 的 outer-measure union additivity。

Example 23.25 : example:non J-measurable 的 open set
Enumerate the rationals in [0,1] and cover the 𝑛th rational by an open interval whose lengths form a summable sequence. The union can have arbitrarily small outer measure but dense complement structure that prevents Jordan measurability, exactly as posed in the source.

来源的 personal solution 只写到「我们首先 list 出 [0,1] 之间的 ratioals, 称为 (𝑞𝑛)。我们对于每个……」便中断;这里保留其不完整状态,而不把后续构造 误标为来源解答。

24 IBL: regularity, measurability, and additivity

Theorem 24.122 : ℝ𝑛 中任意开集都是一个 ctbl union of almost disjoint boxes
Every open subset of ℝ𝑑 is a countable union of almost-disjoint boxes; the source gives a dyadic construction selecting boxes not already chosen at earlier scales.

The source’s construction starts with unit grid boxes contained in an open set, then repeats at dyadic scales after removing boxes selected earlier. It asks to verify that their union is the original open set and that interiors do not overlap.

来源的中文批注说,这与在 ℝ 上用 ctbl closed intervals 逼近任意 open interval 如出一辙;随后给出的 process 只是更 generalized 的算法。

Theorem 24.123 : Outer regularity
For every 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑑, 𝑚∗(𝐸)=inf𝐸⊆𝑈,𝑈 open𝑚∗(𝑈).

24.1 outer regularity 的 dual 并不正确

来源要求给出反例,说明不能用 contained open sets 的 outer measure supremum 来代替 outer regularity;正确的 inner regularity 要以 compact sets 逼近。

24.2 Closure properties of measurable sets

Theorem 24.124 : Null sets are measurable
Every set of outer measure zero is Lebesgue measurable.
Theorem 24.125 : Countable unions, complements, and intersections
A countable union of Lebesgue measurable sets is measurable. Complements of measurable sets are measurable, and hence countable intersections are measurable.

来源的中文证明提示为:ℕ2 也是 ctbl 的。对每个 𝐸𝑛 都选取一个 open cover,最后的 double union 仍是 countable open cover;取任意 𝜀, 再用 𝜀2𝑛 bound 每个 𝐸𝑛 与其 cover 的差距即可。

Theorem 24.126 : Closed sets are measurable
Every closed subset of ℝ𝑑 is Lebesgue measurable. The recorded approach reduces to compact pieces and uses the almost-disjoint-box decomposition of an open complement.

The recorded proof plan writes an unbounded closed set as a countable union of closed bounded pieces, reduces to compact sets, and decomposes their open complements into almost-disjoint closed cubes.

24.3 Approximation and regularity

Definition 24.80 : Symmetric difference
𝐴△𝐵=(𝐴𝐵)∪(𝐵𝐴). The source notes 𝐴△𝐵⊆(𝐴△𝐶)∪(𝐶△𝐵).
Theorem 24.127 : Approximation by open sets
𝐸 is measurable if and only if for every 𝜀>0 there is an open 𝑈 with 𝑚∗(𝐸△𝑈)≤𝜀.

For the difficult direction, the IBL notes choose open 𝑈𝑛 with errors 𝜀2𝑛+67, take their union, then cover the remaining null set by an open set of small outer measure. This preserves the original proof strategy without inventing its omitted final estimates.

来源的中文说明强调:和 9D 一样,当希望两个相近集合具有包含关系、但已知条件 又不能直接构造包含关系时,可以先用近似条件构造 measure 无限接近的序列,再经由 intersection 得到一个 measure 0 set,最后通过交、并、补得到所需关系。它还 指出 ordinary set diff 的 measure 总小于等于 sym diff 的大小,以此估计 𝑚∗(𝑈∖𝐸)。

Theorem 24.128 : Inner regularity
If 𝐸 is measurable, then 𝑚∗(𝐸)=sup𝐾𝑚∗(𝐾) as 𝐾 ranges over compact subsets of 𝐸. The source also records the equivalent approximation by closed sets in symmetric difference.
Theorem 24.129 : Countable additivity
For pairwise disjoint Lebesgue measurable sets (𝐸𝑛), 𝑚(⋃𝑛=1∞𝐸𝑛)=∑𝑛=1∞𝑚(𝐸𝑛).

The explicit 𝜀2𝑛 exercise is retained: with 𝑎𝑛,𝑚=1𝑛𝑚, one must not interchange an infimum and an infinite sum without a valid argument.

25 IBL: limits and Carathéodory’s criterion

Theorem 25.130 : Jordan measurable implies Lebesgue measurable
Every Jordan measurable subset of ℝ𝑛 is Lebesgue measurable. The source points to the zero-boundary characterization as the route to the proof.
Theorem 25.131 : Continuity from below
For measurable 𝐸1⊆𝐸2⊆…, 𝑚(⋃𝑘=1∞𝐸𝑘)=lim𝑘→∞𝑚(𝐸𝑘).

The source suggests taking the disjoint increments 𝐹𝑘=𝐸𝑘⋃𝑖=1𝑘−1𝐸𝑖 and applying countable additivity.

Theorem 25.132 : Continuity from above
For measurable 𝐸1⊇𝐸2⊇…, if some 𝐸𝑘 has finite measure, then 𝑚(⋂𝑘=1∞𝐸𝑘)=lim𝑘→∞𝑚(𝐸𝑘).
Theorem 25.133 : Finite-measure approximation by elementary sets
A finite-measure set 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑛 is measurable exactly when it differs from an elementary set by a set of arbitrarily small outer measure.
Theorem 25.134 : Caratheodory’s criterion — elementary test sets
A set 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑛 is measurable if and only if for every elementary set 𝐴, 𝑚(𝐴)=𝑚∗(𝐴∩𝐸)+𝑚∗(𝐴𝐸).

The source remarks that some texts use this elementary-test identity as the definition of measurability. Its final linear-map problem asks for the precise Jacobian factor |det𝑇|, including singular linear maps.

Theorem 25.135 : Linear change of measure
If 𝐸⊆ℝ𝑛 is measurable and 𝑇:ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑛 is linear, then 𝑇(𝐸) is measurable and 𝑚(𝑇(𝐸))=|det𝑇|𝑚(𝐸).

26 HW 1

26.1 Problem A

Suppose (𝑋,𝑑) is a metric space. For 0<𝜀<1, show that 𝑑𝜀 is a metric on 𝑋. If 𝑋=[0,1] has its usual metric, show that 𝑋 has “infinite length” using ∑𝑖=1𝑛𝑑𝜀(𝑡𝑖,𝑡𝑖−1).

Proof. Take 𝑥,𝑦,𝑧∈𝑋. Positivity and symmetry are immediate: 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)𝜀≥0, with equality exactly when 𝑥=𝑦, and 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)𝜀=𝑑(𝑦,𝑥)𝜀. Let 𝑓(𝑟)=𝑟𝜀 for 𝑟≥0. Then 𝑓′(𝑟)=𝜀𝑟𝜀−1≥0 and 𝑓″(𝑟)=𝜀(𝜀−1)𝑟𝜀−2≤0, so 𝑓 is increasing and concave. Thus

𝑓(𝑑(𝑥,𝑦))+𝑓(𝑑(𝑦,𝑧))≥𝑓(𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)+𝑑(𝑦,𝑧))≥𝑓(𝑑(𝑥,𝑧)).

Hence 𝑑𝜀(𝑥,𝑦)+𝑑𝜀(𝑦,𝑧)≥𝑑𝜀(𝑥,𝑧), completing the metric axioms.

For the length claim, take an equally spaced partition into 𝑛 subintervals. Then 𝑡𝑖−𝑡𝑖−1=1𝑛 and

∑𝑖=1𝑛𝑑𝜀(𝑡𝑖,𝑡𝑖−1)=𝑛(1𝑛)𝜀=𝑛1−𝜀.

Since 1−𝜀>0, these sums are unbounded above, so for every 𝑀∈ℕ some partition has sum greater than 𝑀.

26.2 Bonus problem

If 𝑋 is 𝑎×𝑏, 𝑌 is 𝑏×𝑐, ordinary multiplication takes 𝑎𝑏𝑐 scalar multiplications. For

𝐴1:5×1,𝐴2:1×5,𝐴3:5×2,𝐴4:2×5,𝐴5:5×1,𝐴6:1×10,

find the cheapest parenthesization. The submitted parenthesization is

((𝐴1(𝐴2𝐴3))(𝐴4𝐴5))𝐴6.

Let 𝑚(𝑖,𝑗) be the minimal cost for multiplying the matrix chain from 𝐴𝑖 through 𝐴𝑗. The recursion used was

𝑚(𝑖,𝑗)=min𝑖≤𝑘<𝑗(𝑚(𝑖,𝑘)+𝑚(𝑘+1,𝑗)+row(𝐴𝑖)col(𝐴𝑘)col(𝐴𝑗)).

The dynamic-programming calculations recorded on the page are

𝑚(1,3)=min(25+5∗5∗2,10+5∗1∗2)=20,

𝑚(2,4)=min(25+50,10+10)=20,𝑚(3,5)=min(50+25,10+10)=20,

𝑚(4,6)=min(10+20,50+100)=30,

𝑚(1,4)=min(20+50,25+50+125,20+25)=45,

𝑚(2,5)=22,𝑚(3,6)=70,𝑚(1,5)=27,

𝑚(2,6)=32,𝑚(1,6)=77.

Thus the final answer costs 77 scalar multiplications.

27 HW 2

27.1 Problem A

If ‖⋅‖ is a norm on a vector space 𝑉, then 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)=‖𝑥−𝑦‖ is a metric. For 𝑥,𝑦,𝑧∈𝑉, positivity gives ‖𝑥−𝑦‖≥0, with equality iff 𝑥=𝑦; homogeneity gives ‖𝑦−𝑥‖=‖−(𝑥−𝑦)‖=‖𝑥−𝑦‖; and

‖𝑥−𝑦‖=‖(𝑥−𝑧)+(𝑧−𝑦)‖≤‖𝑥−𝑧‖+‖𝑧−𝑦‖.

Thus a norm induces a metric.

27.2 Problem B

For a linear 𝑇:𝑉1→𝑉2, the operator norm is ‖𝑇‖=sup𝑣≠0‖𝑇𝑣‖2‖𝑣‖1=sup‖𝑣‖1=1‖𝑇𝑣‖2. If ‖𝑇‖=𝐶<∞, then ‖𝑇𝑣−𝑇𝑤‖2=‖𝑇(𝑣−𝑤)‖2≤𝐶‖𝑣−𝑤‖1, so 𝛿=𝜀𝐶 proves continuity. Conversely, continuity at 0 gives 𝛿>0 such that ‖𝑇𝑣‖2<1 for ‖𝑣‖1<𝛿. Applying this to (𝛿2)𝑤 with ‖𝑤‖1=1 gives ‖𝑇𝑤‖2<2𝛿. Hence 𝑇 is bounded.

27.3 Problem C

An unbounded linear map is the derivative 𝑇:𝐶[0,1]→ℝ, with the sup norm on the domain. For 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=sin(𝑛𝑥)𝑛, ‖𝑓𝑛‖∞≤1𝑛, while ‖𝑇𝑓𝑛‖=‖cos(𝑛𝑥)‖∞=1. Therefore the ratios are at least 𝑛.

27.4 Problem D

Take 𝑇𝑖=((1,𝑖),(0,1)). Every 𝑇𝑖 is diagonalizable with eigenvalues 1,1. For 𝑣𝑖=(1,𝑖)𝑇, ‖𝑇𝑖𝑣𝑖‖2‖𝑣𝑖‖2=1+2𝑖21+𝑖2>𝑖, so ‖𝑇𝑖‖→∞ although the eigenvalues are bounded.

27.5 Problem E

If 𝑆 is totally bounded, for every 𝑛 choose a finite 1𝑛-cover with centres 𝑥𝑖𝑛. The union of the centres is countable and dense: every 𝑥∈𝑆 either occurs among them or is the limit of selected centres at distance <1𝑛. Hence 𝑆 is separable.

27.6 Problem F

Let 𝑋 be countably many copies of [0,1] with their left endpoints glued. Write points as [(𝑖,𝑥)] and use 𝑑([(𝑖,𝑥)],[(𝑗,𝑦)])=|𝑥|+|𝑦| if 𝑖≠𝑗, and |𝑥−𝑦| if 𝑖=𝑗. It is bounded. At radius 12, a ball can cover at most one of the points from distinct far ends, since two such points have distance 2. Thus infinitely many balls are needed and 𝑋 is not totally bounded.

27.7 Problem G

For 𝑄⊂𝑐0 with the sup metric, total boundedness is equivalent to boundedness plus: for every 𝜀>0, some 𝑁 has |𝑥𝑛|<𝜀 for every 𝑥∈𝑄 and 𝑛≥𝑁. A finite cover proves the tail condition by contradiction (choose increasingly far non-small entries and form a separated subsequence). Conversely, partition the first 𝑁 bounded coordinates into finitely many pieces of length 𝜀2 and combine this finite head cover with the 𝜀2 tail bound.

27.8 Bonus problem

For a countable dense set 𝐸={𝑝𝑛} in 𝑋, define 𝑓(𝑥)=(𝑑(𝑥,𝑝𝑛)−𝑑(𝑥0,𝑝𝑛))𝑛∈ℕ. Triangle inequality makes this bounded and gives ‖𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑦)‖∞≤𝑑(𝑥,𝑦). Along a subsequence 𝑝𝑛𝑗→𝑥, the coordinate differences tend to 𝑑(𝑥,𝑦), so equality holds. This is an isometric embedding into ℓ∞(𝑁).

28 HW 3

28.1 Problem A

For a Lipschitz map 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 with constant 𝐶, 𝑑2(𝑓(𝑥),𝑓(𝑦))≤𝐶𝑑1(𝑥,𝑦). Taking 𝛿=𝜀𝐶 proves uniform continuity. If 𝑓𝑛 have one common Lipschitz constant 𝐶 and converge uniformly to 𝑓, then 𝑑(𝑓(𝑥),𝑓(𝑦))≤𝑑(𝑓(𝑥),𝑓𝑛(𝑥))+𝐶𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)+𝑑(𝑓𝑛(𝑦),𝑓(𝑦)). Letting the uniform error tend to zero proves that 𝑓 is also Lipschitz with constant 𝐶. Without a common constant this is false: on (0,∞), 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑥+1𝑛 converge uniformly to 𝑥, which is not Lipschitz near 0.

28.2 Problem B

If 𝑋 is connected and 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 is continuous, then 𝑓(𝑋) is connected: a separation 𝑓(𝑋)=𝐵1∪𝐵2 pulls back to a separation of 𝑋. Consequently a continuous 𝑓:𝑋→ℝ assumes every intermediate value between inf𝑓 and sup𝑓.

28.3 Problem C

For a continuous bijection 𝑓:𝑋→𝑌 with 𝑋 compact, 𝑓−1 is continuous. A closed 𝐵⊂𝑋 is compact, hence 𝑓(𝐵) is compact and closed in the metric space 𝑌. Thus 𝑓 is a closed map. Compactness is necessary: [0,2𝜋)→𝑆1, 𝑡↦𝑒𝑖𝑡, is a continuous bijection whose inverse is discontinuous at 1.

28.4 Problem D

If 𝐷𝑣𝑓(𝑝) exists, then 𝐷𝑐𝑣𝑓(𝑝)=𝑐𝐷𝑣𝑓(𝑝): for 𝑐≠0 substitute ℎ=𝑐𝑡 in the defining limit, and 𝑐=0 is immediate. For 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=|𝑥𝑦| at (0,0), the derivatives in (1,0) and (0,1) are 0, but that in (1,1) does not exist because |𝑡|𝑡 has unequal one-sided limits. For 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2 off the origin and 0 at it, 𝐷𝑎,𝑏𝑓(0,0)=0 when (𝑎,𝑏)=0, and 𝐷𝑎,𝑏𝑓(0,0)=𝑎𝑏2𝑎2+𝑏2 otherwise. This formula is not linear in the direction, though polar coordinates show continuity at the origin.

28.5 Problem E

The Baire Category Theorem was written as: in a complete metric space, every countable intersection of open dense subsets is dense.

28.6 Problem F

Let 𝑁⊂[0,1] select one element from each class modulo ℚ. The translations 𝑁𝑟 form a disjoint decomposition of [0,1]. A countably additive, translation-invariant measure on every subset with 𝑚([0,1])=1 would make all 𝑁𝑟 have the same measure; this gives either 0 or infinity for the interval. Therefore the stipulated measure does not exist.

28.7 Bonus problem

The Cantor set is uniformly disconnected by its middle-third gaps. The recorded equivalent ultrametric is the infimum of 𝜀 for which an 𝜀𝑑(𝑥,𝑦)-chain joins 𝑥 to 𝑦. Concatenating chains yields the ultrametric inequality. Conversely, if 𝑑′𝐶≤𝑑≤𝐶𝑑′ and 𝑑′ is ultrametric, the 𝜀=12𝐶 chain would force 𝑑′(𝑥,𝑦)≤𝑑′𝑥,𝑦2, impossible for distinct points.

29 HW 4

29.1 Problem A

Let 𝐹:ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 satisfy 𝐹(𝑡𝑥)=𝑡𝐹(𝑥) for every 𝑡>0 and suppose 𝐹 is differentiable at 0. Put 𝑟(ℎ)=𝐹(ℎ)−𝐹(0)−𝐷𝐹(0)ℎ=𝐹(ℎ)−𝐷𝐹(0)ℎ. Homogeneity gives 𝑟(𝑡ℎ)=𝑡𝑟(ℎ). If 𝑟(ℎ0)≠0, then ‖𝑟(𝑡ℎ0)‖‖𝑡ℎ0‖=‖𝑟(ℎ0)‖‖ℎ0‖>0 for every 𝑡>0, contradicting differentiability as 𝑡→0. Hence 𝐹(ℎ)=𝐷𝐹(0)ℎ, so 𝐹 is linear.

29.2 Problem B

For 𝑓:𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚, if all partial derivatives exist and are bounded on the open set 𝐴, then 𝑓 is continuous. Write 𝑥=𝑥0+ℎ and pass from 𝑥0 to 𝑥 one coordinate at a time: 𝑝0=𝑥0, 𝑝𝑖=𝑝𝑖−1+ℎ𝑖𝑒𝑖. Applying the one-variable mean value theorem to 𝑠↦𝑓𝑖(𝑝𝑖−1+𝑠𝑒𝑖) gives |𝑓𝑖(𝑝𝑖)−𝑓𝑖(𝑝𝑖−1)|≤𝑀|ℎ𝑖|. Summing coordinate and target components yields ‖𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0)‖≤𝑛𝑀‖𝑥−𝑥0‖.

29.3 Problem C

For 𝑓(𝑟,𝜃)=(𝑟cos𝜃,𝑟sin𝜃), 𝐷𝑓=((cos𝜃,−𝑟sin𝜃),(sin𝜃,𝑟cos𝜃)) and det𝐷𝑓=𝑟. On 𝑆=[1,2]×[0,𝜋2], 𝑓(𝑆) is the quarter-annulus 1≤𝑥2+𝑦2≤4, 𝑥,𝑦≥0. The inverse is (𝑥,𝑦)↦(𝑥2+𝑦2,arctan(𝑦𝑥)), continuous on this set. Its derivative is 𝐷𝑓−1=1𝑟((cos𝜃,sin𝜃),(−sin𝜃,cos𝜃)) and 𝐷𝑓𝐷𝑓−1=𝐼2.

29.4 Problem D

Take 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=(𝑥2𝑦𝑥2+𝑦2,𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2) away from 0 and 𝐹(0)=0. Every directional derivative at 0 is (0,0), yet along (𝑥𝑛,𝑦𝑛)=(1𝑛,1𝑛) the quotient of 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) by 𝑥2+𝑦2 does not tend to 0, so 𝐹 is not differentiable at the origin.

29.5 Problem E

For 𝑓(0)=0 and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦(𝑥2−𝑦2)𝑥2+𝑦2 off 0, the first partials at 0 are 0. Off 0, product and quotient rules give

𝑓𝑥=𝑦(𝑥2−𝑦2)𝑥2+𝑦2+4𝑥2𝑦3(𝑥2+𝑦2)2,

𝑓𝑦=𝑥(𝑥2−𝑦2)𝑥2+𝑦2−4𝑥3𝑦2(𝑥2+𝑦2)2.

Both tend to 0 at the origin (each term is bounded by a multiple of |𝑦| or |𝑥|), so 𝑓∈𝐶1(ℝ2). The mixed partials are equal off 0, while at 0 direct difference quotients give 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦𝑓(0)=𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥𝑓(0)=−1.

29.6 Bonus problem

In an ultrametric space, 𝐵𝑟(𝑐) is closed: if 𝑎 lies outside it and 𝑧∈𝐵𝑟(𝑎), then 𝑑(𝑧,𝑐)≤max(𝑑(𝑧,𝑎),𝑑(𝑎,𝑐)) would otherwise contradict 𝑑(𝑎,𝑐)≥𝑟. Intersecting balls are nested: if 𝑟≤𝑠 and 𝑎 belongs to both 𝐵𝑟(𝑥) and 𝐵𝑠(𝑦), then 𝑧∈𝐵𝑟(𝑥) satisfies 𝑑(𝑧,𝑦)<𝑠, hence 𝐵𝑟(𝑥)⊂𝐵𝑠(𝑦). Thus every point of a ball is a centre.

For a connected weighted graph, define 𝑑(𝑣,𝑤) as the least possible largest edge-weight along a path. Concatenating a best 𝑣-𝑧 path and a best 𝑧-𝑤 path yields 𝑑(𝑣,𝑤)≤max(𝑑(𝑣,𝑧),𝑑(𝑧,𝑤)). Conversely, from a finite ultrametric space, join every pair with an edge weighted by its distance; the least maximum path weight is the original metric.

30 HW 5

30.1 Problem A

For 𝐹:ℝ3→ℝ3,

𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=(exp(𝑥2+2𝑦2),sin(𝑧2−𝑦2)(𝑥2+2𝑧2),(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)9),

each component is a composition or product of smooth elementary functions, hence 𝐹 is differentiable. Factor 𝐹=𝐹2𝑜𝐹1 with 𝐹1(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=(𝑥,𝑥2+2𝑦2,𝑥2+2𝑧2) and 𝐹2(𝑎,𝑏,𝑐)=(exp(𝑎),𝑏sin(𝑐),(𝑎+𝑏)9). The displayed 𝐷𝐹1 has third row equal to half the difference of the second and first rows, so det𝐷𝐹1=0. Chain rule gives det𝐷𝐹=0.

30.2 Problem B

If differentiable maps 𝐹:𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛→𝐵⊂ℝ𝑚 and 𝐺:𝐵→𝐴 are inverse, then 𝐷𝐺(𝐹𝑥)𝐷𝐹(𝑥)=𝐼𝑛 and 𝐷𝐹(𝐺𝑦)𝐷𝐺(𝑦)=𝐼𝑚. Both products being identities forces 𝑛=𝑚 and 𝐷𝐹(𝑎)−1=𝐷𝐺(𝑏) when 𝐹(𝑎)=𝑏.

30.3 Problem C

𝑓(𝑥)=𝑥3 is a differentiable homeomorphism of ℝ, but 𝑓−1(𝑥)=𝑥3 is not differentiable at 0.

30.4 Problem D

If 𝐹:ℝ2→ℝ is continuous at 0 and the iterated limits exist, each equals 𝐹(0,0). For example, define 𝐹(ℎ,𝑘)=ℎ2−𝑘2ℎ2+𝑘2 away from (0,0) and 0 there. Then limℎ→0lim𝑘→0𝐹(ℎ,𝑘)=1 while the reversed order is −1.

30.5 Problem E

The number of four-variable monomials of degree at most 10 is (144)=1001 (the red working also sums ∑𝑘=010(𝑘+33)).

30.6 Problem F

If 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛 is open and connected, 𝐹:𝐴→ℝ𝑚 is differentiable, and 𝐷𝐹=0 on 𝐴, then 𝐹 is locally constant: join nearby 𝑥,𝑦 by coordinate segments inside a small ball and use the one-variable mean value theorem on each segment. The set {𝑥:𝐹(𝑥)=𝐹(𝑎)} is both open and closed in 𝐴, hence is all of 𝐴.

30.7 Problem G

Leibniz’s formula was proved by induction:

The displayed Leibniz formula differentiates the product of 𝑓1 through 𝑓𝑚: 𝜕𝑘(𝑓1𝑓2)=∑|𝛼|=𝑘𝑘!𝛼!𝜕𝛼1𝑓1𝜕𝛼2𝑓2, with the same multi-index distribution among all factors.

Differentiating the 𝑘 case and grouping every new multi-index 𝛽 with |𝛽|=𝑘+1 gives coefficient ∑𝑖𝑘!𝛽𝑖𝛽≠(𝑘+1)!𝛽!.

30.8 Problem H

Let 𝑇𝑘 be the degree-𝑘 Taylor polynomial centered at 𝑥0. For the backward direction, Taylor’s theorem writes 𝑇𝑘(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥) as a remainder whose terms have |𝛼|=𝑘+1; bounding each monomial by ‖𝑥‖𝑘+1 gives the required little-𝑜 statement.

For the forward direction, the submitted work writes 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑃(𝑥)=𝑐1𝑥𝛼1+…+𝑐𝑚𝑥𝛼𝑚 and seeks to show the quotient by ‖𝑥‖𝑘 does not tend to zero. In Case 1, ∑𝑖𝑐𝑖≠0, it chooses 𝑥𝑛=(𝑡𝑛,…,𝑡𝑛) with 𝑡𝑛=1𝑛 and obtains a nonzero constant quotient. Case 2, ∑𝑖𝑐𝑖=0, ends with “idk”. A subsequent attempted route states that a nonzero homogeneous polynomial of degree 𝑘 is not 𝑜(‖𝑥‖𝑘), using 𝑥𝑛=𝑡𝑛𝑥0; it then notes that a degree-𝑘 polynomial need not be homogeneous.

30.9 Problem I

For 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥2+𝑦2), chain rule gives 𝐹𝑥=2𝑥𝑓′(𝑥2+𝑦2) and 𝐹𝑦=2𝑦𝑓′(𝑥2+𝑦2), hence 𝑥𝐹𝑦=𝑦𝐹𝑥. For the displayed composition problem, write 𝜑=𝜑𝑚𝑜𝜑𝑛 and apply the chain rule. At (1,1,1) with 𝑓=𝑥2+𝑦𝑧, 𝑔=𝑦3+𝑥𝑦, ℎ=𝑒𝑥, both the formula and direct computation give

𝐷𝜑(1,1,1)=((2𝑒2+2,4,2),(0,1,4)).

30.10 Problems J and K

For the specified 𝑓:ℝ2→ℝ3 and 𝑔:ℝ3→ℝ2, the chain-rule calculation records 𝐷(𝑔𝑜𝑓)(0)=((6,13),(6,2)). The third order Taylor polynomial of 𝑒𝑥+𝑦2 at 0 is

1+𝑥+𝑥22+𝑦2+𝑥𝑦2+𝑥36.

30.11 Positive definite matrices

For a real symmetric matrix 𝐴, positive definiteness implies invertibility and 𝑥𝑇𝐴𝑥>0, so the angle of 𝐴𝑥 with 𝑥 is acute. Conversely, the acute-angle condition gives 𝑥𝑇𝐴𝑥>0. In an orthonormal eigenbasis, 𝑥𝑇𝐴𝑥=∑𝜆𝑖𝑐𝑖2, proving positive definiteness iff every eigenvalue is positive. Each leading principal minor inherits positive definiteness; the forward direction of Sylvester’s criterion follows. The submitted converse attempt is marked “didn’t work at all.”

31 HW 7

31.1 Problem A

For differentiable 𝑓:𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛→ℝ and unit 𝑢, 𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥)=𝐷𝑓(𝑥)𝑢=∇𝑓(𝑥)⋅𝑢. Cauchy-Schwarz gives 𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥)≤‖𝐷𝑓(𝑥)‖, with equality precisely for 𝑢=𝐷𝑓(𝑥)‖𝐷𝑓(𝑥)‖. Also 𝐷𝑢𝑓(𝑥)=0 iff 𝑢 is orthogonal to 𝐷𝑓(𝑥).

31.2 Problem B

Let 𝑀=𝑐−1(0), 𝑓:𝑈→ℝ, 𝑐:𝑈→ℝ be 𝐶1, 𝑓|𝑀 have a local minimum at 𝑝, and 𝐷𝑐(𝑝) be surjective. Reorder coordinates so 𝜕𝑐𝜕𝑥𝑛(𝑝)≠0. By IFT, locally 𝑀={(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)):𝑥∈𝐵𝑒(𝑎)}. For ℎ(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)), 𝐷ℎ(𝑎)=0. Differentiating 𝑐(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))=0 gives 𝑔𝑥𝑖=−𝑐𝑥𝑖𝑐𝑥𝑛, hence 𝑓𝑥𝑖(𝑝)−𝑓𝑥𝑛(𝑝)𝑐𝑥𝑖𝑝𝑐𝑥𝑛(𝑝)=0 for every 𝑖. Put 𝜆=𝑓𝑥𝑛𝑝𝑐𝑥𝑛(𝑝); then 𝐷𝑓(𝑝)=𝜆𝐷𝑐(𝑝).

31.3 Problems C-D

The intuitive explanation says that at a constrained minimum the gradient of 𝑓 is normal to all allowed directions, while 𝐷𝑐(𝑝) is normal to 𝑀, so the two gradients are parallel. For 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=3𝑥+𝑦 on 𝑥2+𝑦2=1, 𝐷𝑓=(3,1)=𝜆(2𝑥,2𝑦). The critical points are (310,110) and its negative; the minimum is −10 at (−310,−110).

31.4 Problem E

For 𝑐:𝑈→ℝ𝑘 with full rank 𝐷𝑐(𝑝)=𝑘, the stated generalization is 𝐷𝑓(𝑝)=∑𝑖=1𝑘𝜆𝑖𝐷𝑐𝑖(𝑝). Split variables as (𝑥,𝑦) with a nonsingular 𝜕𝑐𝜕𝑦 block. IFT writes 𝑀 locally as (𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)). The identities 𝐷ℎ(𝑎)=0 and 𝐷(𝑐(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥)))=0 combine to give 𝐷𝑓(𝑝)=(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦)(𝜕𝑐𝜕𝑦)−1𝐷𝑐(𝑝).

31.5 Problem F

Positive definite symmetric matrices form an open subset of symmetric matrices. For 𝐴>0, the quadratic form 𝑥𝑇𝐴𝑥 has positive minimum 𝑚 on the compact unit sphere. If ‖𝐴−𝐵‖<𝑚, then 𝑥𝑇𝐵𝑥=𝑥𝑇𝐴𝑥+𝑥𝑇(𝐵−𝐴)𝑥≥𝑚−‖𝐵−𝐴‖>0 on the sphere, and hence for all nonzero 𝑥.

31.6 Problem G

If 𝑓∈𝐶2(𝐴), 𝑥0 is critical, and 𝐻𝑓(𝑥0) is positive definite, continuity of the Hessian makes 𝐻𝑓 positive definite near 𝑥0. Taylor’s formula along the segment gives 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0)=12(𝑥−𝑥0)𝑇𝐻𝑓(𝑐)(𝑥−𝑥0)>0 for nearby 𝑥≠𝑥0; hence a strict local minimum.

31.7 Problem H

For an invertible matrix 𝐴 with cofactor matrix 𝐶, the diagonal entry (𝐴𝐶𝑇)𝑖𝑗 equals det𝐴 when 𝑖=𝑗 by cofactor expansion. For 𝑖≠𝑗, replace row 𝑗 by row 𝑖 to obtain a matrix with determinant 0 whose cofactor expansion is (𝐴𝐶𝑇)𝑖𝑗. Thus 𝐴𝐶𝑇=(det𝐴)𝐼, so 𝐴−1=𝐶𝑇det𝐴.

31.8 Problem I

For differentiable 𝑓,𝑔:(𝑎,𝑏)→ℝ𝑛, (𝑓⋅𝑔)(𝑡)=∑𝑖𝑓𝑖(𝑡)𝑔𝑖(𝑡), and differentiating term by term gives (𝑓⋅𝑔)′=𝑓′⋅𝑔+𝑓⋅𝑔′.

31.9 Bonus

The epigraph of 𝑓 is convex iff 𝐻𝑓(𝑥) is positive semidefinite everywhere. For the forward direction, restrict 𝑓 to 𝑥+𝑡𝑣; convexity gives its second derivative 𝑣𝑇𝐻𝑓(𝑥)𝑣≥0. For the converse, the same one-variable restriction has nonnegative second derivative, hence is convex, and this is exactly the epigraph inequality.

32 HW 8

32.1 Problem A

Let 𝑓:ℝ3→ℝ2 be 𝐶1, 𝑓(1,2,3)=0, and

𝐷𝑓(1,2,3)=((1,2,1),(1,−1,1)).

The minors are det(𝜕𝑓𝜕(𝑥,𝑦))=−3, det(𝜕𝑓𝜕(𝑦,𝑧))=3, and det(𝜕𝑓𝜕(𝑥,𝑧))=0. Thus (𝑥,𝑦) can be solved in terms of 𝑧 near (1,2,3), and (𝑦,𝑧) can be solved in terms of 𝑥; the IFT gives no conclusion for solving (𝑥,𝑧) in terms of 𝑦.

32.2 Problem B

If 𝑔:𝐵→ℝ2 satisfies 𝑓(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))=0 and 𝑔(1)=(2,3), differentiating gives 𝑓𝑥+𝑓𝑦,𝑧𝐷𝑔=0. Hence

𝐷𝑔(1)=−[𝜕𝑓𝜕(𝑦,𝑧)(1,2,3)]−1𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(1,2,3)

=−((2,1),(−1,1))−1(1,1)𝑇=(0,−1)𝑇.

33 HW 9

33.1 Problem A

Let 𝑂𝑛={𝑥:∃𝛿>0,∀𝑥1,𝑥2∈𝐵𝛿(𝑥),𝑑(𝑓(𝑥1),𝑓(𝑥2))<1𝑛}. The continuity set 𝐶𝑓 is the intersection of all 𝑂𝑛. If 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑥0, choose a ball mapping into 𝐵12𝑛(𝑓(𝑥0)), and the triangle inequality gives 𝑥0∈𝑂𝑛. Conversely, choose 𝑛 with 1𝑛<𝜀 and a ball supplied by 𝑂𝑛; then 𝑓 is continuous at 𝑥0. Each 𝑂𝑛 is open: a witnessing ball at 𝑥0 contains a smaller ball about every one of its points.

33.2 Problem B

A bounded non-decreasing 𝑓:[𝑎,𝑏]→ℝ is Riemann integrable. For a rational 𝑞 between 𝑚 and 𝑀, let 𝐷𝑞={𝑥:lim𝑡→𝑥−𝑓(𝑡)≤𝑞≤lim𝑡→𝑥+𝑓(𝑡)}. Every discontinuity belongs to some 𝐷𝑞 by density of ℚ. Each 𝐷𝑞 has at most one point, since 𝑥1<𝑥2 in it would force values left/right incompatible with monotonicity. So the discontinuity set is countable and has measure zero.

33.3 Problem C

For integrable 𝑓,𝑔:[0,1]→ℝ, 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑦) is bounded. It is continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) whenever both factors are continuous at the corresponding coordinates; hence 𝐷𝐹⊂(𝐷𝑓×[0,1])∪([0,1]×𝐷𝑔). The product covers of measure-zero sets show 𝐷𝐹 has measure zero, so 𝐹 is integrable.

33.4 Problem D

Define 𝑓(𝑥)=1𝑞 if 𝑥=𝑝𝑞∈[0,1] in lowest terms and 0 on irrationals. Given 𝜀>0, choose 𝑁 with 1𝑁<𝜀2, let 𝐴𝑁 be rationals with denominator at most 𝑁, and make a partition containing 𝐴𝑁 with mesh <𝜀𝑁2. On subintervals missing 𝐴𝑁, the supremum is at most 1𝑁; the other intervals have total length <𝜀𝑁2. Thus 𝑈(𝑓,𝑃)−𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)<𝜀. It is continuous at every irrational because its values along rationals with unbounded denominators tend to 0; discontinuities are contained in the countable rationals.

33.5 Problem E

If bounded 𝑓:𝑄→ℝ vanishes off a closed measure-zero 𝐵, cover 𝐵 by finitely many boxes of total volume <𝜀2𝑀 and choose a partition having these boxes as subboxes. On the remaining subboxes 𝑓=0, so the difference of upper and lower sums is <𝜀. Hence 𝑓 is integrable.

33.6 Problem F

For a countable closed-box cover 𝑄⊂∪𝑖𝑄𝑖, first enlarge to open boxes with volume increase <𝜀2𝑖. Compactness gives a finite subcover. Successively subtract earlier boxes to make a disjoint measurable cover; additivity and monotonicity give 𝑣(𝑄)≤∑𝑖𝑣(𝑄𝑖)+𝜀, and then let 𝜀→0.

33.7 Problem G

For 𝑓:ℝ2→ℝ, 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)=0, 𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)≠0, define 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦)=(𝑥,𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)). Since det𝐷𝐹=𝑓𝑦≠0, IFT gives a local inverse 𝐺=(𝐺1,𝐺2) with 𝐺1 the identity. Then 𝑔(𝑥)=𝐺2(𝑥,0) is 𝐶1 and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑔(𝑥))=0.

33.8 Bonus

For an open box 𝐵=∏𝑖(𝑎𝑖,𝑏𝑖), choose smooth one-variable functions 𝜑𝑖>0 on (𝑎𝑖,𝑏𝑖) and zero outside; ∏𝑖𝜑𝑖(𝑥𝑖) is smooth, positive on 𝐵, and zero outside. For an open 𝑈, use a countable ball cover and a locally finite smooth partition of unity 𝜑𝑛 subordinate to it; ∑𝑛𝜑𝑛 is smooth, positive exactly on 𝑈. For Cantor 𝐶, apply this to the complement of 𝐶2 in ℝ2. Taking ℎ=0 on 𝐶 and ℎ>0 off 𝐶, the graphs of 𝑦2 and ℎ(𝑥) meet exactly at 𝐶×{0}.

34 HW 10

34.1 Problem A

For integrable 𝑓,𝑔:𝐵→ℝ, 𝑀(𝑥)=max(𝑓(𝑥),𝑔(𝑥)) is integrable. At every point where both 𝑓 and 𝑔 are continuous, the maximum is continuous (use the two local 𝜀 bounds). Thus 𝐷𝑀⊂𝐷𝑓∪𝐷𝑔, which has measure zero.

34.2 Problem B

If 𝑓 is integrable then |𝑓| is integrable: 𝐷|𝑓|⊂𝐷𝑓, since a fixed jump in |𝑓| gives, by reverse triangle inequality, a jump in 𝑓. For every partition 𝑃, |𝐿(𝑓,𝑃)|≤𝑈(|𝑓|,𝑃), and taking infima yields the corresponding inequality between the integrals of 𝑓 and |𝑓|.

34.3 Problem C

Let 𝑅=((cos(2𝜋),sin(2𝜋)),(−sin(2𝜋),cos(2𝜋))) and let 𝑆 be the rotation of the rational points in the unit square. It is dense because 𝑅 is a rotation. Two points of 𝑆 on one vertical (or horizontal) line must have equal preimages, since the relevant sine/cosine coefficient is irrational; hence each such line meets 𝑆 at most once. The characteristic function of 𝑆 is 0 except possibly at one point on each coordinate line, so every one-variable slice is integrable; but density gives upper sum 1 and lower sum 0 for every two-dimensional partition.

34.4 Problem D

For 𝑓∈𝐶2(𝐴) and closed box 𝑄=[𝑎1,𝑏1]×[𝑎2,𝑏2]⊂𝐴, Fubini and FTC give both integrals of the mixed partials as 𝑓(𝑏1,𝑏2)−𝑓(𝑎1,𝑏2)−𝑓(𝑏1,𝑎2)+𝑓(𝑎1,𝑎2). On a small box about (𝑎,𝑏), apply the integral mean-value theorem twice to their difference; the zero double integral forces equality of mixed partials at (𝑎,𝑏).

34.5 Problem E

Riemann integrability implies Darboux integrability because a fine partition has both tagged sums within 𝜀2 of the integral, so upper and lower sums are within 𝜀. Conversely, for a Darboux integrable 𝑓, refine a near-optimal partition by any sufficiently fine partition. The boundary-strip lemma bounds total volume of new subboxes crossing old boundaries; lower and upper sums on the remaining subboxes stay close to the Darboux sums. Therefore every fine tagged sum is close to the common Darboux integral.

34.6 Problems F-G and Bonus

For 𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝐴𝑥), chain rule gives 𝐷𝑔(0)=𝐷𝑓(0)𝐴 and differentiating once more yields 𝐻𝑔(0)=𝐴𝑇𝐻𝑓(0)𝐴. The quadratic Taylor polynomial is 𝑇2(𝑥)=𝑓(0)+𝐷𝑓(0)𝑥+12𝑥𝑇𝐻𝑓(0)𝑥. The bonus proof uses that the continuity set of a map is a 𝐺𝛿 set and Baire Category: ℚ is not 𝐺𝛿, so no function can be continuous exactly on ℚ and discontinuous on its complement.

35 HW 12

35.1 Problem A

Let 𝑆 be bounded, let 𝐴 be the interior of 𝑆, and let bounded 𝑓:𝑆→ℝ be Riemann integrable on 𝑆. Since 𝐷𝑓|𝐴⊂𝐷𝑓, Lebesgue’s criterion makes 𝑓 integrable on 𝐴. Also 𝜕𝐴⊂𝜕𝑆. Split the complement of 𝐴 in 𝑆 into its isolated points, its non-isolated discontinuities, and its non-isolated continuity points. The first is countable; the second has measure zero; on the third, 𝑓 has limiting value 𝑓(𝑥0) and the integral over the set is zero. Hence the integral over the complement is 0, so the integrals over 𝐴 and 𝑆 agree. If 𝑆 is Jordan measurable, then 𝑚(𝜕𝐴)≤𝑚(𝜕𝑆)=0, and 𝑚(𝐴)=𝑚(𝑆).

35.2 Problem B

For 𝐵𝑎𝑛(𝑥), polar coordinates give its volume as Γ𝑛𝑎𝑛. The spherical-coordinate Jacobian recorded is 𝑟𝑛−1∏𝑘=1𝑛−2sin𝑘(𝜃𝑘); integration produces the factor 𝑎𝑛𝑛. Translation has determinant one, giving the formula for all centres. Γ1=2 and Γ2=𝜋. Slicing the unit 𝑛-ball by one coordinate and using polar coordinates gives Γ𝑛=(2𝜋𝑛)Γ𝑛−2, hence Γ2𝑘=𝜋𝑘𝑘! and Γ2𝑘+1=2𝑘+1𝜋𝑘(2𝑘+1)!!.

35.3 Problem C

For 𝑝=(𝑝′,𝑝𝑛) with 𝑝𝑛>0 and open Jordan measurable 𝐴⊂ℝ𝑛−1, define 𝑔:𝐴×(0,1)→𝑆 by 𝑔(𝑎′,𝑡)=(1−𝑡)(𝑎′,0)+𝑡𝑝. It is a 𝐶1 diffeomorphism. Its derivative is upper triangular with determinant (1−𝑡)𝑛−1𝑝𝑛, so change of variables gives the volume of 𝑆 as 𝑝𝑛 times the volume of 𝐴 divided by 𝑛.

35.4 Problem D

The ellipsoid ((𝑥−𝑢)2𝑎2)+((𝑦−𝑣)2𝑏2)+((𝑧−𝑤)2𝑐2)<1 is the inverse image of the unit ball under (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)↦(𝑥−𝑢𝑎,𝑦−𝑣𝑏,𝑧−𝑤𝑐). The inverse has determinant 𝑎𝑏𝑐, so its volume is 4𝜋𝑎𝑏𝑐3.

35.5 Problem E

The solid between 𝑧=𝑥2+2𝑦2 and 𝑧=2𝑥+6𝑦+1 projects to (𝑥−1)2+2(𝑦−32)2<132. Translating then using the displayed elliptical polar substitution gives the recorded volume 1692𝜋16.

35.6 Problem F

Integrating exp(−𝑥2−𝑦2) over larger and larger disks, polar coordinates give the two-dimensional Gaussian integral as 𝜋. Fubini over expanding squares makes this the square of the one-dimensional Gaussian integral, so the integral is 𝜋.

35.7 Problem G

|𝑥|𝑒 is integrable over the unit ball iff 𝑒>−𝑛: decompose the punctured ball into annuli and compare the radial series with ∑𝑖𝑖−(𝑛+𝑒). It is integrable outside the closed unit ball iff 𝑒←𝑛, by the analogous tail series.

35.8 Bonus

For 𝑓:ℝ→ℝ differentiable on compact 𝐼 with |𝑓′|≤𝛿, the mean value theorem gives |𝑓(𝐼)|≤𝛿|𝐼|. If 𝑓∈𝐶1(ℝ), write 𝐴𝑛={𝑥∈[−𝑛,𝑛]:𝑓′(𝑥)=0}. Uniform continuity of 𝑓′ lets finitely many short intervals cover 𝐴𝑛 so that 𝑓(𝐴𝑛) has arbitrarily small total length. Thus 𝑚(𝑓(𝐴𝑛))=0 and 𝑚(𝑓({𝑓′=0}))=0.

36 HW 13

36.1 Problem A

The coordinate swap matrix factors as

((0,1),(1,0))=((−1,0),(0,1))((1,−1),(0,1))((1,0),(1,1))((1,−1),(0,1)),

each factor a primitive diffeomorphism on ℝ2.

36.2 Problem B

Let 𝜓(𝑥)=exp(−11−(𝑥3.5)2) for |𝑥|<3.5 and 0 otherwise. Put 𝜓𝑛(𝑥)=𝜓(𝑥−𝑛) for odd 𝑛 and 𝜓(𝑥+𝑛) for even 𝑛. The supports are the listed intervals [𝑛−3.4,𝑛+3.4] or [−𝑛−3.4,−𝑛+3.4]; at any 𝑥 at most four are supported. Thus 𝜆=∑𝑛𝜓𝑛 is smooth and positive. Setting 𝜑𝑛=𝜓𝑛𝜆 gives ∑𝑛𝜑𝑛=1 and a smooth partition of unity dominated by the open intervals of length 7.

36.3 Problem C

For 𝑓(𝑥)=𝑒−1𝑥 when 𝑥>0 and 0 otherwise, 𝑓𝑛(𝑥)=𝑃𝑛(1𝑥)𝑒−1𝑥 on 𝑥>0, with 𝑃𝑛 polynomial. Inductively 𝑓𝑛(0)=0: after 𝑡=1𝑥, a bound |𝑄𝑛(𝑡)|≤𝐶𝑛𝑡2𝑛 makes the difference quotient tend to 0. Thus 𝑓∈𝐶∞(ℝ).

36.4 Problem D

If 𝑓:ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 is smooth and 𝑛<𝑚, its image has measure zero by the cited class result. If it contained nonempty open 𝑈, it would contain a ball of positive Jordan and Lebesgue measure, contradicting monotonicity.

36.5 Problem E

A local diffeomorphism 𝑔 with 𝑔(0)=0, 𝐷𝑔(0)=𝐼 is locally factored by choosing a coordinate 𝑖, setting ℎ(𝑥)=(𝑔1(𝑥),…,𝑔𝑖−1(𝑥),𝑥𝑖,𝑔𝑖+1(𝑥),…,𝑔𝑛(𝑥)), and correcting the 𝑖th coordinate in the target. IFT gives a local factorization into primitive diffeomorphisms. Induction freezes one coordinate at a time, giving a finite factorization into super-primitive diffeomorphisms; translations and elementary linear maps are also decomposed this way.

36.6 Problem F

No injective smooth 𝑓:ℝ2→ℝ exists. If all partials vanished everywhere, 𝑓 would be constant. Otherwise, say 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏)≠0; IFT writes the level set 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) locally as 𝑦=𝑔(𝑥), contradicting injectivity.

36.7 Problem G

If 𝑓:𝑆→ℝ is smooth at each 𝑥∈𝑆, choose local smooth extensions 𝑓𝑥:𝑈𝑥→ℝ. A locally finite smooth partition of unity 𝜑𝑛 subordinate to {𝑈𝑥} gives ℎ𝑛=𝜑𝑛𝑓𝑥𝑛 on 𝑈𝑥𝑛 and 0 elsewhere. The locally finite sum 𝑔=∑𝑛ℎ𝑛 is smooth and, at 𝑥0∈𝑆, equals 𝑓(𝑥0)∑𝑛𝜑𝑛(𝑥0)=𝑓(𝑥0).

36.8 Problem H

If matrix 𝐴 has rank 𝑘, select 𝑘 independent columns and then 𝑘 independent rows among them to obtain a 𝑘×𝑘 minor with nonzero determinant. Any larger minor has rank at most 𝑘, so determinant zero. Hence rank is the maximum order of a nonzero minor.

37 HW 14

37.1 Problem A

For 𝑎𝑖=122𝑖+2, 𝑏𝑖=122𝑖+1, 𝐼𝑖=[𝑎𝑖,𝑏𝑖], and 𝑀𝑖=4𝑖+1, let 𝜑(𝑡)=exp(−11−𝑡2) for |𝑡|<1 and 0 otherwise. Define

𝜓𝑖(𝑥)=𝑀𝑖𝜑(2𝑥−(𝑎𝑖+𝑏𝑖)|𝐼𝑖|).

The 𝜓𝑖 are smooth with disjoint supports 𝐼𝑖. If 𝜆=∑𝑖𝜓𝑖, then at the midpoint of 𝐼𝑖, 𝜓𝑖=𝑀𝑖𝜑(0)=𝑀𝑖𝑒−1→∞ while the midpoints tend to 0 and 𝜆(0)=0. Thus 𝜆 is not continuous at 0.

37.2 Problem B

The change-of-variables theorem for linear diffeomorphisms and compactly supported continuous 𝑓 is proved by induction on the dimension, after decomposing a linear map into primitive linear diffeomorphisms. The 𝑛=1 case is the one-variable substitution theorem. For a primitive map preserving the last coordinate, write 𝑄=𝐷×𝐼, restrict to 𝑆=ℎ−1(𝑄), extend (𝑓𝑜ℎ)|det𝐷ℎ| by 0, and use Fubini. For each fixed 𝑡, the (𝑛−1)-dimensional induction hypothesis supplies the inner substitution formula, which Fubini integrates to the result.

37.3 Problem C

The rank map on 𝑀𝑛,𝑚 is lower semicontinuous. If matrix 𝐴 has rank 𝑟>0, choose a nonzero 𝑟×𝑟 minor. Continuity of determinant supplies a Frobenius-norm ball about 𝐴 in which the same minor remains nonzero, so ranks are at least 𝑟. It need not be continuous: 𝐴𝑘=(1𝑘)𝐼𝑛→0, but 𝐴𝑘 has rank 𝑛 while zero has rank 0.

38 HW 15

38.1 Problem A

There is no injective smooth 𝑓:ℝ𝑛→ℝ𝑚 for 𝑛>𝑚. The proof first records the constant rank theorem: if 𝐷𝑓 has constant rank 𝑟 near 𝑥0, choose a nonsingular 𝑟×𝑟 minor and set 𝜑(𝑥)=(𝑓1(𝑥),…,𝑓𝑟(𝑥),𝑥𝑟+1,…,𝑥𝑛). IFT makes 𝜑 a local diffeomorphism. In these coordinates 𝑓𝑜𝜑−1(𝑣)=(𝑣1,…,𝑣𝑟,𝑔𝑟+1(𝑣),…,𝑔𝑚(𝑣)); the rank calculation makes the partial derivatives of the 𝑔 terms in the last variables zero. A target coordinate change then gives (𝑣1,…,𝑣𝑟,0,…,0).

For the claimed non-injectivity, lower semicontinuity and the finite set of possible ranks make rank locally constant on some neighbourhood. The normal form is not injective when 𝑛>𝑚, and composing with local diffeomorphisms preserves this contradiction.

38.2 Problem B

For continuous compactly supported 𝑓,𝑔:ℝ𝑛→ℝ, define convolution by (𝑓∗𝑔)(𝑥) equal to the integral of 𝑓(𝑥−𝑦)𝑔(𝑦) over ℝ𝑛. On a product box containing both supports, Fubini and the substitution 𝑧=𝑥−𝑦 give

the integral of 𝑓∗𝑔 equals the product of the integrals of 𝑓 and 𝑔.

The same substitution proves 𝑓∗𝑔=𝑔∗𝑓. Applying Fubini twice shows

The iterated-integral calculation has integrand 𝑓(𝑥−𝑦−𝑧)𝑔(𝑧)ℎ(𝑦) and yields ((𝑓∗𝑔)∗ℎ)(𝑥)=(𝑓∗(𝑔∗ℎ))(𝑥),

so convolution is associative.

38.3 Problem C

For 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=4𝑥2+10𝑦2 on 𝑥2+𝑦2≤4, the only interior critical point is (0,0), where 𝑓=0. On the boundary, 𝑓=16+6𝑦2, so the maximum is 40 at (0,2) and (0,−2). Thus the minimum is 0 at (0,0).

38.4 Problem D

Of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=3𝑥1𝑦2+5𝑥2𝑥3, 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥1𝑦2+𝑥2𝑦4+1, and ℎ(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥1𝑦1−7𝑥2𝑦3, only ℎ is a tensor: the first has a quadratic factor in 𝑥, and the second has a constant term. In the elementary dual basis,

ℎ=𝑒1𝑜×𝑒1−7𝑒2𝑜×𝑒3.

38.5 Problem E

For a vector space 𝑉, 𝐿𝑘(𝑉) is a vector space under pointwise addition and scalar multiplication: the displayed verification checks linearity in each argument, the zero map, additive inverses, commutativity, associativity, and distributivity.

38.6 Problem F

For the cycle taking 1 to 2 through 𝑘 and 𝑘 back to 1, write it as 𝑘−1 transpositions, so its sign is (−1)𝑘−1.

38.7 Problem G

If 𝑇:𝑉→𝑊 is linear and 𝑓∈𝐴𝑘(𝑊), then 𝑇∗𝑓(𝑣1,…,𝑣𝑘)=𝑓(𝑇𝑣1,…,𝑇𝑣𝑘) is multilinear. For a permutation 𝜎, substituting the permuted arguments gives 𝑇∗𝑓(𝑣𝜎(1),…,𝑣𝜎(𝑘)) equal to the sign of 𝜎 times 𝑇∗𝑓(𝑣1,…,𝑣𝑘), so 𝑇∗𝑓∈𝐴𝑘(𝑉).

38.8 Problem H

For the elementary alternating tensor 𝜑𝐼 on ℝ𝑛, with 𝐼=(𝑖1,…,𝑖𝑘) and column matrix 𝑋=[𝑥1…𝑥𝑘],

𝜑𝐼(𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑘) is the sum over permutations of the sign of 𝜎 times the corresponding product of the selected coordinates, and equals det𝑋𝐼,

the determinant expansion of the submatrix whose rows are indexed by 𝐼.

38.9 Bonus

The printed bonus gives the definition of a real analytic function, a binomial-series exercise, radius of convergence 𝑅=1lim sup|𝑐𝑛|1𝑛, convergence properties, coefficient bounds, and differentiation of a power series. The source page contains no handwritten solution for these printed bonus parts.